WO2022063264A1 - Oppositely-embedded locking sheet material and fastening method - Google Patents

Oppositely-embedded locking sheet material and fastening method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022063264A1
WO2022063264A1 PCT/CN2021/120635 CN2021120635W WO2022063264A1 WO 2022063264 A1 WO2022063264 A1 WO 2022063264A1 CN 2021120635 W CN2021120635 W CN 2021120635W WO 2022063264 A1 WO2022063264 A1 WO 2022063264A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tenon
groove
abutting
vertical
tongue
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/120635
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张棋惠
张家铭
许倍嘉
Original Assignee
张棋惠
张家铭
许倍嘉
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 张棋惠, 张家铭, 许倍嘉 filed Critical 张棋惠
Publication of WO2022063264A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022063264A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04BUILDING
    • E04FFINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F15/00Flooring
    • E04F15/02Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements
    • E04F15/02038Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements characterised by tongue and groove connections between neighbouring flooring elements
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04BUILDING
    • E04FFINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/01Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship
    • E04F2201/0153Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship by rotating the sheets, plates or panels around an axis which is parallel to the abutting edges, possibly combined with a sliding movement
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04BUILDING
    • E04FFINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/03Undercut connections, e.g. using undercut tongues or grooves
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04BUILDING
    • E04FFINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/04Other details of tongues or grooves
    • E04F2201/043Other details of tongues or grooves with tongues and grooves being formed by projecting or recessed parts of the panel layers

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the technical field of locking plates, in particular to an embedded locking plate and a method for fastening.
  • the tongue-and-groove floor has been used for a long time, and its assembly structure has also been applied to siding or similar boards. Now, take the floor as an example.
  • the tongue-and-groove floor is easy to assemble and can connect and combine the board units, so it is widely used.
  • the relevant industry has also spared no effort to carry out research and improvement, hoping to design more practical products.
  • This design allows the plate units to be connected to each other by inserting the tongue into the plate slot obliquely, and then using the tongue-shaped tenon as a fulcrum to rotate the plate and press down and move the plane to each other.
  • the mechanical locking device prevents it from falling off. Open, because it adopts the method of rotating and pressing down and moving the plane phase to assemble the plate units, so when the long side is combined and positioned and then the short side is combined, it can still be combined by horizontal push, which has its practicality. .
  • the plate unit of this design if the plate unit undergoes drying shrinkage and translates in a direction away from each other, the translation between the plate units can be limited by the limit of the tongue and the groove, but if the plate unit is used for a long time, it will be like geothermal heat.
  • the continuous heating and drying of heating will cause the evaporation of water from the wooden floor, which will cause the wooden floor to shrink in a larger scale. If only the tongue and groove are connected by a single limit buckle, the buckle tension will be significantly reduced, due to the tongue and groove.
  • the tongue and tenon and the limit notch are loosened, which causes the joints of the interconnected board units to be separated from the seam, and then the wooden floor shrinks slightly, that is, The floor unit and floor unit tongue and groove separation trip will occur.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to overcome the defects of the prior art, to provide an embedded locking plate and a method for fastening, so as to solve the problem that the shrinkage of the plate body caused by the shrinkage of the plate body in the dry environment of the existing plate unit is reduced, causing the gap between the two plates.
  • the joints of the locks are separated and the volume of the board unit expands in a humid environment, which causes the floors to push each other and arch, and the floor is pressed by the foot to cause the board unit to rotate, which can easily cause the tenon to move from the tenon and groove.
  • the internal rotation makes the two plate units separate from each other and affects the stability of the connection.
  • the present invention provides a pair of embedded locking plate, which is assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, at least two of which are A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the opposite sides (13, 14);
  • the side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical direction setting;
  • the first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
  • a second tongue groove (32) concave inward is also formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) the connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
  • An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
  • the other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141).
  • the first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ;
  • the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
  • a second tenon (31) protruding to the outside is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31).
  • the connected second vertical surface (142) the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
  • a limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
  • a first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first convex The step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
  • a first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141).
  • the groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
  • the first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
  • the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) and the first groove (52) and the second convex
  • the tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) cooperate with each other to perform snap connection.
  • the inter-unit connection of the embedded locking plate is that the first tenon (21) is inserted into the first tenon (22), and the second tenon (32) is snapped on the second tenon (31). realized.
  • the two plate units can be pressed against the assembly positioning position and the two plate units can be connected and buckled by pressing force, or a plate unit can be rotated and pressed in an inclined state to force the two plates.
  • the connection and snapping are realized between the units.
  • the first top surface (211) of the first tongue groove (22) is in close contact with the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) to form a second pinning point
  • the first lateral surface ( 511) is in close contact with the first transverse wall surface (521) of the first groove (52) to form a third pinning point
  • the second lower trough wall (323) is close to each other to form the fourth pinning point, and the mutual pinning of the four pinning points can ensure that the two plate units are not separated from the seam or separated, and play a good role in the plate lock connection.
  • the structural design increases the locking tension between the plate units, and improves the connection and buckle stability between the plate units. If there is rotation between the two plate units, the rotational force must overcome the locking tension from the first pinning point to the fourth pinning point to separate the two board units, so that the two board units can be prevented from being easily rotated and separated, improving the The stability of the connection between the plate units is improved.
  • the present invention also provides a method for fastening a plate with a built-in lock, comprising the following steps: the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) moves to the same plane with the first tenon (22) ) of another plate unit (10), the first tenon (21) begins to enter the first tenon groove (22), and the second tenon groove (32) begins to cover and buckle the second tenon Tenon (31), so that the first outer side surface (212) of the first tenon (21) abuts against the wall surface corresponding to the first groove (52), and the first convex step (51) corresponds to the wall surface.
  • the side faces abut against the second abutting surface (141), so that the abutting surface (41) abuts on the limiting surface (42), and then presses vertically against the first tenon (21).
  • the edge of the plate unit (10) of the The step (51) enters the first groove (52), and the second tenon (32) is snapped on the second tenon (31), that is, two-way locking between the plate units (10) is realized Buckle connection.
  • the present invention also provides a method for fastening a plate with a built-in lock, comprising the steps of: moving the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) in an inclined state to the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) in an inclined state. 22) of another plate unit (10); the first tenon (21) is partially inserted into the first tenon groove (22), and the second tenon groove (32) is partially covered and fastened to the first tenon (21).
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 , FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 5 and 6 are schematic diagrams illustrating the deformation of the tongue and groove when the two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention are assembled by pressing.
  • FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the deformation of the tongue and groove when the two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention are assembled by rotating and pressing down.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the decomposition steps of the two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention using a rotary pressing method.
  • FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 are schematic views of the reverse rotation limit after two plate units are assembled in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 14 to 16 are diagrams showing the arrangement of the plate unit processing tool according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 to 23 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 24 and 25 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 26 to 28 are diagrams showing the arrangement of a plate unit processing tool according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of the fifth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of the sixth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled board unit according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is a partial enlarged schematic view of the connection between the relief and the depression in FIG. 34 .
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a seventh embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic structural diagram of the eighth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of the ninth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 42 to 44 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 45 and FIG. 46 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic structural diagram of the tenth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic structural diagram of the tenth embodiment of the present invention assembling with various nails during assembly.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of the eleventh embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 51 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • 52 to 54 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units by pressing according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 55 and FIG. 56 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of the twelfth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 58 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 59 to 61 are schematic diagrams of disassembled steps of assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 62 and FIG. 63 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 64 is a schematic structural diagram of the thirteenth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 65 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 66 to 68 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 69 and FIG. 70 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 71 is a schematic structural diagram of the fourteenth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 72 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figures 73 to 75 are schematic diagrams of disassembled steps in which two plate units are assembled by pressing according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figures 76 and 77 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 78 is a schematic structural diagram of the fifteenth embodiment of the panel unit of the invention to lock the panel.
  • FIG. 79 is a schematic structural diagram of the sixteenth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
  • FIG. 80 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 81 to 82 are diagrams showing the arrangement of a plate unit processing tool according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 83 is a schematic structural diagram of the seventeenth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
  • FIG. 84 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 85 to 87 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by pressing according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figures 88 and 89 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 90 is a schematic structural diagram of the eighteenth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
  • FIG. 91 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 92 to 94 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by pressing according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 95 and FIG. 96 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 97 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembly and arrangement of plate units according to the present invention to form the first mosaic pattern.
  • FIG. 98 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled and arranged plate units of the present invention to form a second mosaic pattern.
  • the present invention provides a pair of embedded locking plates, which are assembled from plate units to improve the connection stability of the locking plates.
  • the first tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 are used to connect the two
  • the board unit 10 is stuck from two directions at the same time, forming a solid connection principle of tenon and mortise for different workpieces, which is similar to traditional Chinese wooden furniture, so that its structure and function can achieve the same good buckle effect, which can well guarantee the space between the board units.
  • the long-term horizontal connection does not leave the seam and does not separate, which increases the tension of the lock connection of the plate.
  • FIG. 1 a schematic structural diagram of the first embodiment of the plate unit is shown. The following describes the structure of the embedded locking plate of the present invention with reference to FIG. 1 .
  • the embedded locking plate of the present invention is assembled from a plate unit 10 .
  • the plate unit 10 has an upper surface 11 , a bottom surface 12 and four sides.
  • the upper surface 11 and the bottom surface 12 are flat and Oppositely arranged, the four sides are arranged around the upper surface 11 and the bottom surface 12, and at least two opposite sides of the four sides are respectively formed with a first tenon 21 and a first tenon groove 22 which are matched ;
  • the side 13 with the first tenon 21 is formed with a first butt surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11, the first butt surface 131 is arranged vertically; the first tenon 21 is formed in the Below a butting surface 131 , and the first tenon 21 protrudes outward from the first butting surface 131 ; a second tenon groove 32 concave inward is also formed under the first tenon 21 .
  • the bottom of the tongue groove 32 is formed with a first vertical surface 132 connected with the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12.
  • the groove bottom of the second tongue groove 32 is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132;
  • An abutting surface 41 is formed between the two tongue grooves 32 ;
  • the other side 14 with the first tongue groove 22 is formed with a second abutting surface 141 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 , and the second abutting surface 141 is Vertically arranged;
  • the first tongue groove 22 is formed below the second butting surface 141 , and the bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is concave inward from the second butting surface 141 ;
  • the bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is also formed with a direction A second tenon 31 protruding from the outside, a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31, and the head of the second tenon 31 is formed from the second vertical surface 142 protrudes outward;
  • the first convex step 51 protrudes outward from the first abutting surface 131 ; a concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141
  • the first groove 52 is concave inward from the second abutting surface 141; the first groove 52 is adapted to the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first groove 52.
  • Convex step 51 Therefore, with reference to FIG. 2 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 .
  • the two tongue grooves 32 cooperate with each other to perform stable connection and buckle.
  • a first tenon 21 protruding outward, a second tenon 32 concave inward, and a first convex step 51 protruding outward are formed at the side edge 13;
  • a first tongue groove 22 concave inward, a first groove 52 concave inward and a second tenon 31 protruding outward are formed at the edge 14 .
  • the first tenon 21 is matched with the first tenon groove 22, the first tenon groove 22 can accommodate the first tenon 21, the first convex step 51 is matched with the first groove 52, the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51 , the second tenon 32 is matched with the second tenon 31 , and the second tenon 32 can receive the second tenon 31 .
  • the two plate units 10 of the first embodiment are connected by inserting in the lateral (or horizontal) direction. After the two plate units 10 are assembled, as shown in FIG.
  • the first abutting surface 131 is in contact with the second abutting surface 141 , the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 is placed in the first groove 52 , and the second tenon groove 32 is locked in the first groove 52 .
  • the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 are disposed opposite to each other.
  • the first tenon 21 of one plate unit 10 protrudes into the inner side of the other plate unit 10
  • the second tenon 31 of the other plate unit 10 protrudes into the inner side of the one plate unit 10, that is, the first convex
  • the second tenon groove 32 is correspondingly snapped on the second tenon 31 to press the plate with the first tenon 21 therein.
  • the unit 10 can specifically press the position of the upper surface 11 close to the first butt surface 131, and only need to apply a little force in a vertical pressing manner to realize the locking and positioning of the two-way tenon and groove of the two plate units 10.
  • the first tenon 21 plus the first protruding step 51 and the elongated tenon and the first tenon groove 22 plus the first groove 52, the formed double tenon and groove are connected to each other and the plate unit connection buckle that is restrained by each other In this way, the connection and fastening stability of the plate unit 10 can be greatly improved.
  • the two plate units 10 will follow the direction shown in F2 of FIG. 7 .
  • first tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 are located on the two plate units 10 that are assembled and connected. If one of the plate units 10 has the problem of uneven material, the first tenon 21 or the second tenon 31 appears When damaged, the first tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 on the other plate unit 10 can still maintain the normal use of the plate.
  • the first The tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 can be easily separated from the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 and are tightly clamped and fastened to each other with a wide depth without causing the material of the board unit to shrink slightly due to the dry environment. Larger inclination angle and upturning force can complete the disassembly of the plate unit, and it is very difficult to trip and separate.
  • the first convex step 51 includes a first transverse surface 511 connected with the first abutting surface 131 and a first longitudinal surface connected with the first transverse surface 511 512 , the first longitudinal surface 512 is connected to the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 , and the first longitudinal surface 512 is disposed between the first butt surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 .
  • the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is connected with the first top surface 211
  • the first bottom surface 213 is connected with the first outer side surface 212 .
  • the first outer side surface 212 includes a vertical part and an oblique part, the vertical part is connected with the first top surface 211, the top of the oblique part is connected with the vertical part, and the bottom of the oblique part faces toward the vertical part.
  • the inner side of the plate unit 10 is inclined and connected to the first bottom surface 213 .
  • the first bottom surface 213 is slightly straight, the first top surface 211 is slightly inclined, and the end of the first top surface 211 and the first longitudinal surface 512 is higher than the first top surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 the end of the connection.
  • the first groove 52 includes a first transverse wall surface 521 connected with the second abutting surface 141 and a first longitudinal wall surface 522 connected with the first transverse wall surface 521 .
  • the groove walls 221 are connected, and the first longitudinal wall surface 522 is disposed between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 .
  • the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22 is connected with the first upper groove wall 221
  • the first lower groove wall 223 is connected with the first inner groove wall 222 .
  • the first inner groove wall 222 is adapted to the shape of the first outer side surface 212, and includes a vertical part and an oblique part, the top of the oblique part is connected to the vertical part, and the bottom of the oblique part faces the vertical part.
  • the outside of the plate unit 10 is inclined and connected with the first lower groove wall 223 .
  • the first lower groove wall 223 is slightly inclined, and the height of the end of the first lower groove wall 223 connected to the limiting surface 42 is relatively low.
  • the first upper groove wall 221 is also slightly inclined, and the connecting end of the first upper groove wall 221 and the first vertical wall surface 522 is higher than the end connecting the first upper groove wall 221 and the first inner groove wall 222 .
  • the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321 , a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323 , the second upper groove wall 321 is connected to the abutting surface 41 , and the second inner groove wall 322 is connected to the second upper groove wall
  • the groove wall 321 is connected, and the second lower groove wall 323 is connected with the second inner groove wall 322 .
  • the second inner groove wall 322 includes two inclined portions, one inclined portion is connected to the second upper groove wall 321, the bottom of the inclined portion is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit 10, and the other inclined portion is Connected to the second lower groove wall 323 , the bottom of the inclined portion is disposed closer to the outside of the plate unit 10 .
  • the second upper groove wall 321 is slightly inclined, and the end of the second upper groove wall 321 connected to the second inner groove wall 322 is slightly lower than the end of the second upper groove wall 321 connected to the abutting surface 41 .
  • the second lower groove wall 323 is disposed in an inclined shape, and the end of the second lower groove wall 323 connected to the second inner groove wall 322 is higher than the end of the second lower groove wall 323 connected to the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311 , a second outer side surface 312 and a second bottom surface 313 , the second top surface 311 is connected with the limiting surface 42 , the second outer side surface 312 is connected with the second top surface 311 , the second The bottom surface 313 is connected to the second outer side surface 312 .
  • the shape of the second outer side surface 312 is adapted to the shape of the second inner wall surface 322, the second top surface 311 is a flat surface, and the shape of the second bottom surface 313 is adapted to the shape of the second lower groove wall 323.
  • the elevation of the first bottom surface 213 is lower than the elevation of the second upper groove wall 321 ; the elevation of the second top surface 311 is higher than the elevation of the first lower groove wall 223 .
  • FIG. 7 after the two plate units 10 are assembled, if the two plate units 10 are subjected to a force that separates from each other in the horizontal direction or when the two plate units 10 move in the direction shown by F2 in FIG.
  • the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 will block each other, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 will also be in close contact with each other, which restricts the separation of the two plate units 10 from each other along the horizontal direction, and can lock the two
  • Each plate unit 10 ensures that the two plate units 10 are not separated from each other, and the structural connection stability of the plate units 10 is improved.
  • the first top surface 211 is slightly inclined, and the first upper groove wall 221 is also slightly inclined.
  • the first top surface 211 is closely attached to the first upper groove wall 221
  • the first bottom surface 213 is closely attached to the first lower groove wall 223 . 1
  • the second bottom surface 313 is inclined
  • the second lower groove wall 323 is also inclined.
  • the second tenon 31 is placed in the second tenon groove 32
  • the second bottom surface 313 and the second lower groove wall 323 are in close contact with each other, and there is a gap between the second top surface 311 and the second upper groove wall 321 .
  • the two plate units 10 dry and shrink, the two plate units 10 will move along the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 7 , that is, the right plate unit 10 moves to the right, and the left plate unit 10 moves to the left
  • F2 the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 7
  • the plate unit 10 on the right will move obliquely upward along the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42.
  • the first lateral direction of the first convex step 51 The surface 511 is clamped with the first lateral wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 to form a first pinning point; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 is in contact with the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22
  • the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 to form the third containment point; Therefore, the abutting surface 41 cannot be set along the slope of the limiting surface 42 of the first tongue groove 22 of the right plate unit 10 to be lifted and disengaged obliquely upward, resulting in the contact between the abutting surface 41 of the first tenon and the first tongue groove 22 .
  • the limiting surfaces 42 are also clamped to each other to form a fourth restraining point.
  • the mutual restraining force generated by the first to fourth restraining action points prevents the first tenon 21 of the right plate unit 10 from being able to break free from the clamping of the left first tenon groove 22. Therefore, it can be well ensured that the two
  • the plate unit 10 is not separated from the seam or separated, and has a good locking and limiting function, and the wider depth of the first tenon groove 22 simultaneously holds the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51.
  • the tenon structure design increases the locking tension of the connecting plates.
  • the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 is the first
  • the horizontal distance L1 between the vertical extension lines of the outermost position point of the outer side surface 212 is smaller than the horizontal distance L2 between the vertical extension line of the highest point of the limiting surface 42 and the lowest point of the first vertical wall surface 522, ie L1 ⁇ L2.
  • the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved to another plate unit 10 with the first tenon 22 on the same plane, and the first outer surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is the most When the outer side is in contact with the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52, the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 corresponds to the limiting surface 42. Since L1 ⁇ L2, if the The connection between the first bottom surface 213 and the top surface 41 and the limit surface 42 are in contact with each other. At this time, the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 and the top surface 41 is located below the highest point of the limit surface 42 . As shown in FIG.
  • the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can no longer be moved along the same plane, and then the edge of the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed vertically, that is, to the The upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 exerts force in a vertical pressing manner, and as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG.
  • a convex step 51 enters the first groove 52, and the second tenon groove 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31, that is, a two-way locking connection between the plate units is realized.
  • the horizontal line between the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the vertical extension line of the outermost position point of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 The distance L1 is greater than the horizontal distance L3 between the junction of the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 and the limiting surface 42 and the vertical extension line of the lowest point of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52, that is, L1> L3.
  • the first tenon 21 When the first tenon 21 is on the wall surface 522, the first tenon 21 has fallen into the range of the first tenon groove 22 of the other plate unit 10. Based on the technical point of L1>L3, the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the top The lowest point of the connection of the leaning surface 41 has not yet touched the connection between the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 and the limiting surface 42, so that the present invention can perform the buckle between the plate units 10 by pressing. .
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is smaller than the distance between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22 .
  • the maximum horizontal distance L5, that is, L4 ⁇ L5, is shown in FIG. 7.
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the maximum horizontal distance L6 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first vertical wall surface 522 , that is, L4 > L6 .
  • the distance L7 between the connection between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second bottom surface 313 and the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is greater than
  • the minimum distance L8 between the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 and the abutting surface 41 that is, L7>L8, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is placed in the The same plane is moved to another plate unit 10 with the first tongue groove 22, if the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the first top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is located within the range of the abutting surface 41, because L7> L8, the connection between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second outer side surface 312 is not yet in contact with the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the connection between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second outer surface 312 is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the junction between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 is an interference fit, that is, the second tenon 31 will press the notch of the second tongue groove 32 (the notch refers to The area between the abutting surface 41 and the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second lower groove wall 323 ) is stretched, so that the second tenon groove 32 can be snapped on the second tenon 31 .
  • L7>L8 when the second tenon 32 is snapped onto the second tenon 31, the second tenon 32 and the second tenon 31 form a snapping function, so separation is unlikely to occur.
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces.
  • the inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces.
  • the arc surface is used as a guide, and the arc surface is preferably a circular arc surface, which can make the two panel units 10 better assembled.
  • the plate unit of the arc-shaped abutting surface 41 of 21 and the plate unit of the other arc-shaped limiting surface 42 with the first tenon groove 22 are connected together, and the contact points of the arc surfaces of the two plate units are When the ground plane angles are different, the arc surfaces of the two different plate units form micro-rotational contact, so the friction noise at the connection between the abutting surfaces 41 and the limiting surfaces 42 of the different plate units can be extremely effectively reduced.
  • a separation seam 43 is provided between the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 .
  • the space for expansion is reserved for the board by the set separation seam 43, which can reduce the contact surface of the board when it is damp and expand, and reduce the friction noise.
  • FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 when the plate unit 10 on the right is subjected to the force F3 of reverse rotation, the first vertical surface 132 abuts against the second vertical surface 142 , restricting the plate unit 10 on the right The continuous rotation of the plate unit 10 makes it impossible for the plate unit 10 to continue to tilt.
  • the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 also play the role of positioning and limiting.
  • the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 of the left plate unit 10 and the second upper surface of the second tenon 32 of the right plate unit 10 The groove wall 321 is in close contact with each other, which also restricts the continued rotation of the plate unit 10 on the right side.
  • the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 also play the role of positioning and limiting again.
  • the second abutting surface 141 and the second vertical surface 142 of the plate unit 10 are both arranged vertically, and the second abutting surface 141 and the second vertical surface 142 are arranged staggered from each other, that is, the second abutting surface 141 and the second vertical surface 142 are not in the same vertical plane, so that the notch of the first tongue groove 22 can be made larger, and the notch is formed by the second vertical surface 141. It is formed between the lowermost part of the limit surface 42 and the uppermost part of the limiting surface 42 , which can facilitate the assembly of the first tenon 21 .
  • the first abutting surface 131 and the first vertical surface 132 of the plate unit 10 are both arranged vertically, and the first abutting surface 131 and the first vertical surface 132 are staggered from each other, that is, the first abutting surface 131 and the first vertical surface 132 are arranged vertically.
  • the surfaces 132 are not in the same vertical plane, so that the notch of the second tongue groove 32 can be made larger.
  • the second tenon 31 is fastened on the second tenon groove 32 .
  • the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove 224, and the plate unit 10 with the first tongue groove 22 can be fixed by using the installation groove On the installation foundation (generally refers to the ground, wall, wood, metal channel, plastic slat keel, etc.).
  • the installation slot 224 can accommodate fixing nails for fixed connection to directly fix the board on the ground or wall surface.
  • the fixing nails can be wood screws, air gun U-shaped nails, iron nails, etc. or other types of fixing nails.
  • the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 provided on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10, and the second tenon
  • the vertical maximum height of the grooves 32 is 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the panel unit 10 .
  • the plate unit 10 is provided with a first tenon, a first convex step, a second tenon groove, a first tenon groove, a first groove and a second tenon on the opposite sides of the plate unit 10, so as to ensure the space between the tenon and the tenon groove.
  • the overall thickness of the plate unit can be relatively thin, and the thickness of the plate unit can be between 4mm and 8mm.
  • the thickness of the plate unit is 4mm.
  • the first bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 are connected to form a first embossment 215 that protrudes downward
  • the first lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 are connected to form a downward concave
  • the specific structures of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as those of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the seventh embodiment, please refer to the seventh embodiment Structure description in .
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 and the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 .
  • the two tongue grooves 32 are fastened by translation and pressing. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
  • the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 is moved on the same plane to the one with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51
  • the plate unit 10 of the tenon groove 22 and the first groove 52, the first tenon 21 begins to enter the first tenon groove 22, the notch of the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31, and the first tenon 21 starts to enter the first tenon groove 22.
  • the first outer side surface 212 of a tenon 21 is in contact with the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52
  • the first top surface 211 is in contact with the first lateral wall surface 521 of the first groove 52
  • the first convex step 51 The first longitudinal surface 512 of the first longitudinal surface 512 is in contact with the second abutting surface 141.
  • the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 can be dropped downward, so that the first bottom surface 213 of the plate unit 10 can be lowered.
  • the junction with the resting surface 41 is in contact with the junction between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 , and then continue to push the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 , so that the first The first inclined surface 214 between the top surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 abuts against the second inclined surface 45 at the connection between the first longitudinal wall surface 522 and the first upper groove wall 221 , and the first lateral surface 511 and the first longitudinal surface
  • the first inclined surface 513 between the 512 is in contact with the first inclined surface 44 at the connection between the second abutting surface 141 and the first lateral wall surface 521, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in an interference state.
  • the first tongue groove 22 of a plate unit 10 will be elastically deformed and stretched, and the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 The joints are in contact. At this time, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 cannot be pushed on the same plane, and then the plate unit with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 cannot be pushed.
  • the upper surface 11 of the 10 exerts a vertical downward pressing force, and as shown in FIG. Inside, the second tenon 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31. As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG.
  • the first transverse wall 521 of the first groove 52 is stretched and elastically deformed upward.
  • the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 is stretched and elastically deformed upward, and the abutting surface 41 presses the limiting surface 42, so that the second tenon 31 is elastically deformed downward, and then presses the second tenon groove.
  • the second lower groove wall 323 of 32 is elastically deformed downward, so that the first groove 52 is stretched so that the first convex step 51 can fall in, and the first tenon groove 22 is stretched so that the first tenon 21 can be opened. After falling, the second tenon groove 32 is stretched and can be snapped to the second tenon 31 , so that the two-way locking connection between the two plate units 10 can be completed.
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 and the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 .
  • the two tenon grooves 32 are fastened by rotating and pressing down.
  • the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 is inserted into the plate unit 10 with the first tenon in an inclined state.
  • the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon 22, and the second tenon 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butting surface 131 Abut against the second abutting surface 141 , and then use the abutting position as a contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 , so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon 21 .
  • the first groove The first lateral wall surface 521 of the second tongue groove 32 is stretched and elastically deformed upward so that the first convex step 51 can fall, and the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 is stretched and elastically deformed downward so that the second tongue groove 32 It can be snapped on the second tenon 31 , that is, the two-way locking connection of the 10 pieces of plate unit can be realized.
  • the plate unit 10 of the first embodiment requires three types of cutting tools during production and processing, namely, a horizontal tool 151 , a vertical tool 152 and an inclined tool 153 .
  • the horizontal tool 151 can be used along the plate.
  • the cutting process is performed in the transverse direction of the unit 10
  • the vertical knife 152 can perform the cutting process along the vertical direction of the plate unit 10 . Since the groove bottoms of the first tongue groove 22 and the second tongue groove 32 are disposed toward the interior of the plate unit 10 , the inclined blade 153 needs to be used for cutting.
  • FIG. 17 a second embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention is shown. As shown in FIG. 17 , the difference between the second embodiment and the first embodiment is that a third tenon 71 is provided below the second tenon groove 32 , and a third tenon is provided below the second tenon 31 .
  • the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 is provided with a double relief structure, and the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tenon 22 is provided with a double locking groove structure.
  • a third tenon 71 protruding to the outside is formed between the second tenon groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132, and the third tenon 71 protrudes from the first vertical surface 132 to the outside; the second A third tongue groove 72 is formed between the tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142, which is concave inward.
  • the third tongue groove 72 is recessed inward from the second vertical surface 142;
  • the three tenons 71 are matched to each other, and the third tenon 72 can accommodate the third tenon 71 .
  • the bottom of the second tongue groove 32 is concave inward from the third outer side surface 711 of the third tongue 71 , and the head of the second tongue 31 is from the third side of the third tongue groove 72 .
  • the inner groove wall 721 protrudes to the outside, the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 is closer to the outer side of the plate unit 10 than the first vertical surface 132 , and the second outer side surface 312 of the second tongue groove 31 It is closer to the inner side of the board unit 10 than the second vertical surface 142 .
  • the third tenon 71 includes a third outer surface 711 connected with the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and a third bottom surface 712 connected with the third outer surface 711.
  • the second tongue groove 32 The second lower groove wall 323 is used as the top surface of the third tenon 71 .
  • the third tongue groove 72 includes a third inner groove wall 721 connected with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and a third lower groove wall 722 connected with the third inner groove wall 721 .
  • the two bottom surfaces 313 serve as the upper groove walls of the third tongue groove 72 .
  • the first bottom surface 213 includes a first inclined top surface 2131, a second inclined top surface 2132 and a first connecting plane 2133.
  • the first inclined top surface 2131 is connected with the first outer side surface 212 and the first connecting plane 2133.
  • the two inclined top surfaces 2132 are connected to the first connecting plane 2133 and the abutting surface 41 , wherein the height of the end of the first inclined top surface 2131 connecting with the first outer side surface 212 is lower than that of the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first connecting plane 2133 is connected to the height of the end portion, so that the connection between the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first outer side surface 212 is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief 216 .
  • the height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the first connection plane 2133 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the abutment surface 41 , so that the second inclined top surface 2132 is connected to the abutment surface 41 .
  • 41 is formed with a downwardly protruding first relief 215, and the first connecting plane 2133 is a flat surface.
  • the first relief 215 and the second relief 216 constitute a double relief structure.
  • the first tongue groove 22 includes a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223 .
  • the first lower groove wall 223 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 and the limiting surface 42 .
  • the first lower groove wall 223 includes a first inclined surface 2231, a second inclined surface 2232 and a second connecting plane 2233.
  • the first inclined surface 2231 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 and the second connecting plane 2233.
  • the second leaning surface 2232 is connected with the second connecting plane 2233 and the limiting surface 42 , wherein the height of the end of the first leaning surface 2231 connecting with the first inner groove wall 222 is lower than that of the first leaning surface 2231 and the second
  • the height of the end connected by the connecting plane 2233 is such that a downwardly concave second locking groove 226 is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface 2231 and the first inner groove wall 222 .
  • the height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the second connecting plane 2233 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the limiting surface 42, so that the second inclined surface 2232 is connected to the limiting surface.
  • a first locking groove 225 recessed downward is formed at the connection of 42 .
  • the first lock groove 225 is used for accommodating the first embossment 215
  • the second lock groove 226 is used for accommodating the second embossment 216 , wherein the first lock groove 225 and the second lock groove 226 constitute a double lock groove structure.
  • the fastening method and process of the second embodiment of the plate unit 10 are the same as the fastening method and process of the first embodiment.
  • the second tenon 31 and the The third tenon 71 and the third tenon 72 cooperate with each other under the second tenon 32.
  • the setting direction of the third tenon 71 is the same as that of the first tenon 21, and the third tenon 71 is arranged in the same direction as the first tenon 21.
  • the direction is opposite to the setting direction of the second tenons 31, and the staggered arrangement can increase the tension of the connection lock between the plate units.
  • the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 provided on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 .
  • the thickness of 51 accounts for 40% to 50% of the thickness of the first tenon 21
  • the sum of the vertical maximum height of the second tenon 32 and the thickness of the third tenon 71 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10
  • the thickness of the third tenon 71 accounts for 40% to 50% of the vertical maximum height of the second tenon groove 32 .
  • the plate unit 10 is provided with a first tenon 21 , a first protruding step 51 , a second tenon 32 , a third tenon 71 , and the first tenon 22 , the first groove 52 and the second tenon 71 on opposite sides of the plate unit 10 .
  • the tenon 31 and the third tenon-groove 72 ensure that the structural strength between the tenon and the tenon-groove meets the requirements.
  • the overall thickness of the plate unit can be biased toward the middle thickness, and the thickness of the plate unit 10 can be between 9mm and 18mm. Preferably, the thickness of the plate unit is 12mm.
  • FIG. 19 there is shown a third embodiment of the panel unit 10 for recessed locking according to the present invention.
  • the difference between the third embodiment and the second embodiment is that the shapes of the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 are different, and the setting positions of the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove 72 are different .
  • the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure provided in the third embodiment are the same as those in the second embodiment, and the functions of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the two embodiments are also the same.
  • Both the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are used to increase the clamping force of the first tenon groove 22 to the first tenon 21, improve the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit, and effectively reduce or avoid the plate unit locking tenon Separated from the horizontal seam of the lock slot. As shown in FIGS.
  • the first tenon 21 is accommodated in the first tenon groove 22
  • the first relief 215 is accommodated in the first locking groove 225
  • the second embossment 216 is accommodated in the second locking groove 226, wherein the first top surface 211 is in contact with the first upper groove wall 221, the first inclined top surface 2131 is in contact with the first inclined surface 2231, the first The connecting plane 2133 is in contact with the second connecting plane 2233.
  • the first inclined top surface 2131 is clamped with the first inclined surface 2231, and the first The top surface 211 is clamped with the first upper groove wall 221, so that the head of the first tenon 21 is clamped by the first upper groove wall 221 and the first inclined surface 2231, so that the head of the first tenon 21 is clamped.
  • the second tongue groove 32 is formed below the first tenon 21 , and a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 , and the second tongue groove 32 is The first vertical surface 132 is concave toward the direction of the upper surface 11 , and the second tongue groove 32 is arranged vertically.
  • the second tenon 31 is formed below the first tenon groove 22 , and a second vertical surface 142 is formed below the second tenon which is connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 , and the head of the second tenon 31 faces upwards
  • the direction of the surface 11 is upwardly convex.
  • a third tenon 72 is provided below the second tenon 32 , and a third tenon 71 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and the third tenon 71 is matched with the third tenon 72 .
  • the second tongue groove 32 includes a second upper groove wall 321 and a second inner groove wall 322, the second upper groove wall 321 is connected with the abutting surface 41, and the second inner groove wall 322 is connected with the second upper groove wall 321 is connected, and the second inner groove wall 322 is arranged vertically.
  • the second inner groove wall 322 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical plane.
  • the third tongue groove 72 is disposed between the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 , the third tongue groove 72 is recessed inward from the first vertical surface 132 , and the third tongue groove 72 includes a third upper The slot wall 723, the third inner slot wall 721 and the third lower slot wall 722, wherein the third upper slot wall 723 is connected with the second inner slot wall 322, and the third inner slot wall 721 is connected with the third upper slot wall 723,
  • the third lower groove wall 722 is connected with the third inner groove wall 721 , and the third lower groove wall 722 is connected with the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the second tenon 31 includes a second top surface 311 and a second outer side surface 312 connected to the second top surface 311 , the second outer side surface 312 is arranged vertically, and the second outer side surface 312 is connected to the second vertical surface 142 are arranged in parallel, and the second outer side surface 312 is located at the outer side of the second vertical surface 142 .
  • the third tenon 71 is disposed between the second tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142 , the third tenon 71 protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142 , and the third tenon 71 includes a third top Surface 713, third outer surface 711 and third bottom surface 712, the third top surface 713 is connected with the second outer surface 312, the third outer surface 711 is connected with the third top surface 713 and the third bottom surface 712, the third bottom surface 712 is connected to the second vertical surface 142 .
  • a first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the third lower groove wall 722 , and the first inclined guide surface 1321 is connected with the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 is disposed closer to the outside than the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the third lower groove wall 722 .
  • the third outer side surface 711 of the third tenon 71 is an inclined surface, and the end of the third outer side surface 711 connected to the third bottom surface 712 is disposed closer to the inner side.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 and the third outer surface 711 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly of the plate units by vertical pressing, rotation or translation.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the third outer side surface 711 of the third tenon 71 to play the role of contact positioning, Then, under the action of the assembling force, the first inclined guide surface 1321 will move downward along the inclined direction of the third outer side surface 711 , thereby propping up the third tenon groove 72 so that the third tenon groove 72 is buckled in the third tenon groove 72 .
  • the three tenons 71 when the two plate units are in a semi-assembled state, the situation that the relevant pre-contact points are mutually collided and cannot be installed or the installation is not smooth occurs.
  • the plate unit 10 also has technical points of L1 ⁇ L2, L1>L3, L4 ⁇ L5 and L4>L6, and the functions and effects of these technical points are the same as those of the first embodiment. same.
  • the distance L9 between the lowest point of the third outer side surface 711 of the third tenon 71 and the connection between the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 and the limiting surface 42 is greater than the first
  • the minimum distance L10 between the connection between the third lower groove wall 722 of the three tongue grooves 72 and the second vertical surface 132 and the abutting surface 41 that is, L9>L10, is to place the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 on the same The plane moves to the other plate unit 10 with the first tongue groove 22.
  • connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is within the range of the abutting surface 41, since L9>L10 , the lowest point of the third outer side surface 312 of the third tenon 71 is not yet in contact with the connection between the third lower groove wall 722 of the third tenon groove 72 and the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the edge of the upper surface 11 of the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed vertically, the connection between the third outer surface 711 and the third bottom surface 712 of the third tenon 71 is shown in FIG. 22 .
  • the connection between the third lower groove wall 722 of the third tenon groove 72 and the first vertical surface 132 is an interference fit, that is, the third tenon 71 will spread the notch of the third tenon groove 72, so that the The third tenon 72 is fastened on the third tenon 71 .
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 , two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by rotating and pressing down.
  • the buckling method and process of the third embodiment are the same as the buckling method and process of the second embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second tongue groove 32 is arranged vertically, and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical surface or the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the two inner groove walls 322 are disposed closer to the outside than the first vertical surface 132 , so that an inclined knife can be omitted when the plate unit 10 is processed, that is, the plate unit 10 of the third embodiment only needs to be
  • the horizontal knife, the vertical knife and one inclined knife are sufficient for machining, and the machining of one inclined knife can be omitted compared to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 29 there is shown a fourth embodiment of the panel unit of the present invention for the panel locking panel.
  • the fourth embodiment adds an installation groove 224 on the basis of the third embodiment.
  • the installation groove 224 is opened on the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 .
  • the installation groove 224 The first lower groove wall 223 is concave downward toward the bottom surface 12 .
  • the installation groove 224 is used for accommodating the installation nails 81 for fixing the plate unit 10 .
  • the mounting nails 81 When assembling the board unit 10, first fix the board unit 10 on the left side, that is, use the mounting nails 81 to fix the board unit 10 on the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, wall, wood, metal groove, plastic slat keel, etc. ), the mounting nails 81 are driven into the plate unit 10 from the mounting grooves 224 and into the mounting base, the heads of the mounting nails 81 are placed in the mounting grooves 224, and the mounting nails 81 will not interfere with the assembly of the plate unit 10 The cooperation between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 .
  • the mounting nails 81 are screws.
  • a fifth embodiment of the panel unit of the present invention is shown.
  • the fifth embodiment adds a protrusion 715 and a groove 714 on the basis of the third embodiment. Specifically, a direction is provided between the third tenon 71 and the second vertical surface 142 A lower protruding protrusion 715 and an upwardly concave groove 714 , the protrusion 715 is connected with the third tenon 71 , and the groove 714 is connected with the second vertical surface 142 .
  • the second vertical surface 142 is disposed more toward the inner side of the plate unit 10 than the second vertical surface 142 in the third embodiment, so that the third tenon
  • the length of the third bottom surface 712 of the 71 becomes longer, and a protrusion 715 and a groove 714 are arranged at the part of the third bottom surface 712 corresponding to the second tenon 31.
  • the protrusions 715 and the grooves 714 are located in the division slits 43 between the second vertical surface 142 and the first vertical surface 132 .
  • the protrusions 715 and the grooves 714 are provided, so that the third tenon 71 can generate a large elastic deformation during the assembly of the plate, so that the assembly of the plate unit is more convenient.
  • the bottom surface of the protrusion 715 is higher than the bottom surface 12 of the panel unit 10.
  • the protrusion 715 is connected to the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, the wall , wood, metal groove, plastic slatted keel, etc.) leave a gap 716, use the gap 716 to provide a deformation space for the elastic deformation of the third tenon 71, and use the protrusion 715 to contact the mounting base to limit the third
  • the amount of deformation of the tenon 71 avoids damage to the structure of the third tenon 71 during the assembly process.
  • the arrangement of the protrusions 715 enables the protrusions 715 and the third tenon 71 to form a thicker structure, which can ensure that the third tenon 71 is not easily damaged when the plate unit 10 is disassembled and rotated.
  • the protrusions 715 are arc-shaped protrusions
  • the grooves 714 are arc-shaped grooves.
  • a sixth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention is shown.
  • the sixth embodiment adds a double embossing structure, a double locking groove structure, a first inclined guide surface 1321 and a second inclined guide surface 3121 on the basis of the first embodiment, wherein the double floating structure
  • the convex structure is the first embossing 215 and the second embossing 216
  • the double locking groove structure is the first locking groove 225 and the second locking groove 226.
  • the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are the same as those in the third embodiment.
  • the embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are the same, and for details, please refer to the description in the third embodiment.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second lower groove wall 323 , and the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to The end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the second lower groove wall 323 is disposed closer to the outside.
  • the second outer surface 312 of the second tenon 31 is provided with a second inclined guide surface 3121 , the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the second bottom surface 313 , and the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the second bottom surface 313 The ends are set closer to the inside.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 and the second inclined guide surface 3121 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly between the plate units.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the second inclined guide surface 3121 on the second tenon 31 to play the role of contact positioning and guiding, and then under the action of the assembly force, the first inclined guide surface 3121
  • the surface 1321 will move down along the second inclined guide surface 3121, and then open the second tenon groove 32, so that the second tenon groove 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31, which can avoid the assembly of the board unit.
  • the first vertical surface 132 and the second tenon 31 abut against each other, resulting in failure to install or unsmooth installation.
  • a seventh embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention is shown.
  • the seventh embodiment adds a first embossing protrusion 215 , a first locking groove 225 , a first protruding strip 61 and a first accommodating groove 62 .
  • a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31
  • a first accommodating groove 62 matching the first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon groove 32 .
  • the first accommodating groove 62 can accommodate the first protruding strip 61 .
  • the specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the first accommodating grooves 62 are the same as the specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the first accommodating grooves 62 in the ninth embodiment. For details, please refer to the description of the ninth embodiment.
  • the first bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief 215
  • the first bottom surface 213 includes a first oblique subsurface 2134 and a second oblique subsurface 2135 and the first flat surface 2136
  • the height of the end of the first oblique surface 2134 connecting the first outer side 212 is lower than the height of the end of the first oblique surface 2134 connecting the second oblique surface 2135
  • the first oblique surface 2134 is an inclined surface; the second oblique surface 2135 and the abutting surface 41 are used as the two sidewall surfaces of the first embossment 215 , and the first flat surface 2136 is used as the first embossment 215 bottom wall.
  • the first lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove 225
  • the first lower groove wall 223 includes a third oblique dividing surface 2234, a fourth oblique dividing surface 2235 and
  • the height of the end of the second flat facet 2236 and the third inclined facet 2234 connected to the first inner groove wall 222 is lower than the height of the end of the third inclined facet 2234 and the fourth inclined facet 2235 , so that the third oblique dividing surface 2234 is an inclined surface;
  • the fourth oblique dividing surface 2235 and the limiting surface 42 serve as the two side groove walls of the first locking groove 225 , and the second flat dividing surface 2236 serves as the first Bottom groove wall of lock groove 225 .
  • the inclination angle of the first oblique facet 2134 of the first relief 215 is larger, so that the size of the head of the first tenon 21 is larger than the size of the tail, that is, the first outer side 212 is connected to the first top.
  • the distance between the end of the surface 211 and the end of the first outer side surface 212 connected to the first oblique facet 2134 is greater than the distance between the end of the first top surface 211 and the first convex step 51 from the first inclined facet 2134 connects the distance between the ends of the second oblique facets 2135 .
  • the first locking groove 225 is adapted to the first embossment 215, and the inclination angle of the third oblique facet 2234 is also larger, so that the size of the notch of the first tongue groove 22 is smaller than the size of the groove bottom, and the two plate units 10
  • the first oblique surface 2134 and the third oblique surface 2234 are in close contact with each other, and the third oblique surface 2234 and the first upper groove wall 221 clamp the first tenon 21.
  • the head of the first tenon 21 is to be separated from each other in the horizontal direction, the head of the first tenon 21 is tightly clamped in the first tenon groove 22.
  • the displacement direction of the first inclined face 2134 must be When the inclined surface is displaced upward, that is, the first top surface 211 and the first lateral surface 511 of the first tenon 21 are pressed against the first upper groove wall 221 and the first lateral wall surface 521 of the first tenon groove 22 and are more clamped. , so that the two plate units 10 cannot be separated horizontally.
  • the limiting surface 42 is in close contact with the resting surface 41, and the limiting surface 42 limits the horizontal displacement of the resting surface 41, so that the first tenon 21 cannot prop up the first tenon groove 22, the A tenon 21 is tightly clamped in the first tenon groove 22 by the first upper groove wall 221 and the third oblique dividing surface 2234, thereby increasing the horizontal buckling tension between the two plate units.
  • the eighth embodiment is based on the modification of the third embodiment.
  • the shapes of the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove 72 are changed, and the first float is also changed.
  • the third tenon 71 includes a third top surface 713 , a third outer side surface 711 and a third bottom surface 712 .
  • the third top surface 713 is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the third bottom surface 712 is inclined inward.
  • the third outer side surface 711 is also an inclined surface, and the end of the third outer side surface 711 connected with the third top surface 713 is closer to the outside than the end connected with the third outer side surface 711 and the third bottom surface 712;
  • the third The tongue groove 72 includes a third inner groove wall 721 and a third lower groove wall 722.
  • the third inner groove wall 721 is an inclined surface inclined inward
  • the third lower groove wall 722 is an inclined surface inclined outward.
  • a first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the third lower groove wall 722 , and the connecting end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 and the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to the first inclined guide surface
  • the end of the 1321 connected to the third lower groove wall 722 is disposed closer to the outside.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 and the third outer side surface 711 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly of plate units.
  • the positioning and guiding functions of the two oblique guide surfaces ie, the first oblique guide surface 1321 and the third outer side surface 711 ) are the same as those of the oblique guide surfaces in the third embodiment.
  • the first bottom surface 213 is connected with the abutting surface 41 to form a first embossment 215 that protrudes downward, and the first lower groove wall 223 is connected to the limiting surface 42 to form a downwardly concave first protrusion 215 .
  • a locking groove 225, the first bottom surface 213 includes a first oblique subsurface 2134, a second oblique subsurface 2135 and a first flat subsurface 2136, the first oblique subsurface 2134 is connected to the end of the first outer side surface 212
  • the height is lower than the height of the end of the first inclined facet 2134 connecting the second inclined facet 2135, so that the first inclined facet 2134 is an inclined plane;
  • the second inclined facet 2135 and the abutment surface 41 serve as On the two sidewall surfaces of the first embossment 215, the first flat face 2136 serves as the bottom wall of the first embossment 215, wherein the height of the highest point of the first oblique facet 2134 is the same as the height of the second upper groove wall 321.
  • the first lower groove wall 223 includes a third inclined facet 2234 , a fourth inclined facet 2235 and a second flat facet 2236 , and the third inclined facet 2234 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 .
  • the height of the end portion is lower than the height of the end portion where the third inclined facet 2234 is connected to the fourth inclined facet 2235, so that the third inclined facet 2234 is an inclined plane; the fourth inclined facet 2235 and the limit
  • the bit surface 42 serves as the two side walls of the first lock slot 225
  • the second flat face 2236 serves as the bottom wall of the first lock slot 225
  • the height of the highest point of the third inclined face 2234 is the same as that of the second flat face 2236 .
  • the height of the second top surface 311 of the tenon 31 is approximately the same.
  • the first oblique facet 2134 and the third inclined facet 2234 are in close contact with each other, the first embossment 215 is placed in the first lock groove 225, and the two plate units are separated from each other when the two plate units are separated from each other.
  • the first oblique face 2134 is in close contact with the inclined surface of the third inclined face 2234 of the first tongue groove 22 and is lifted upwards, which promotes the linkage between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first transverse direction.
  • the surface 511 is tightly pressed against the first upper groove wall 221 and the first transverse wall surface 521 of the first tenon groove 22, which limits the separation of the two plate units based on the great clamping force, and improves the efficiency of the two plates. Horizontal snap tension between elements.
  • the lowest point of the first relief 215 is higher than the connection between the third outer side surface 721 and the second inner groove wall 322 , and the connection between the third oblique subsurface 2234 and the fourth oblique subsurface 2235 of the first lower groove wall 223 is higher than the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 .
  • the second inner groove wall 322 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical plane, or the second inner groove wall 322 is disposed closer to the outer side than the first vertical surface 132 . Thereby, the plate unit 10 of the eighth embodiment can omit an inclined knife during processing.
  • FIG. 40 there is shown a ninth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel.
  • the difference between the ninth embodiment and the first embodiment is that a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 32 .
  • the first accommodating groove 62 is matched; the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 is provided with a double relief structure, and the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tenon groove 22 is provided with a double locking groove structure.
  • the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321 , a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323
  • the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311 , a second outer side surface 312 and a first Two bottom surfaces 313
  • a first convex strip 61 protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142
  • the first convex strip 61 extends from the second vertical surface 142 bulge out.
  • first receiving groove 62 recessed inwardly, and the first receiving groove 62 is recessed inward from the first vertical surface 132 ;
  • the first accommodating groove 62 is matched with the first protruding strip 61 , and the first accommodating groove 62 can accommodate the first protruding strip 61 .
  • the first protruding strip 61 includes a first abutting surface 611 connected with the second bottom surface 313 and a first pressing surface 612 connected with the first abutting surface 611 .
  • the vertical surface 142 is connected, a first guide surface 613 is provided between the first pressing surface 612 and the first abutting surface 611 , the first guiding surface 613 is inclined, and the first guiding surface 613 is connected to the first pressing surface 613
  • a chamfer is provided at the connection between the surface 612 and the first abutting surface 611 .
  • the first guide surface 613 plays a guiding role, and when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the first accommodating groove 62 can be easily snapped onto the first protruding strip 61 by guiding the first accommodating groove 62 through the first guide surface 613 .
  • the connection between the first abutting surface 611 and the second bottom surface 313 , the connection between the first abutting surface 611 and the first pressing surface 612 , and the connection between the first pressing surface 612 and the second vertical surface 142 The joints are all designed with chamfer transition.
  • the first accommodating groove 62 includes a first abutting surface 621 connected with the second lower groove wall 323 and a first clamping surface 622 connected with the first abutting surface 621 , the first clamping surface 622 is vertically aligned with the first clamping surface 622 .
  • the connection between the first bonding surface 621 and the second lower groove wall 323, the connection between the first bonding surface 621 and the first clamping surface 622, and the first clamping surface 622 and the Chamfers are provided at the joints of the first vertical surfaces 132 .
  • first pressing surface 612 of the first protruding strip 61 is slightly inclined, and the end of the first pressing surface 612 connected to the first abutting surface 611 is higher than the first pressing surface 612 and the first pressing surface 612 .
  • the first clamping surface 622 of the first accommodating groove 62 is also slightly inclined, so that after the first pressing surface 612 and the first clamping surface 622 are in contact with each other, as shown in FIG. When the clamping surface 622 moves in an obliquely upward direction, the first pressing surface 612 can be clamped with the first clamping surface 622 to achieve a restraining and limiting effect.
  • the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the ninth embodiment are the same as the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the third embodiment.
  • the convex structure is composed of a first lock groove 225 and a second lock groove 226 to form a double lock groove structure, wherein the first lock groove 225 is used to accommodate the first embossment 215, and the second lock groove 226 is used to accommodate the second Emboss 216 .
  • the double embossing structure and double locking groove structure are used to increase the clamping force of the tenon and groove, and improve the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit, which can effectively reduce or avoid the horizontal separation of the locking tenon and the locking groove of the plate unit.
  • the specific structure description of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure can refer to the structure description of the third embodiment, and the principle of improving the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit can also be referred to the description of the third embodiment.
  • the second tenon 32 and the first accommodating groove 62 are designed at the side edge 13 of the plate unit 10
  • the second tenon 31 and the first convex strip 61 are designed at the side edge 14 . It is more conducive to the installation to reduce the coefficient of interference deformation during the installation of the plate. 40 , 41 and 44 , after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first abutting surface 131 is attached to the second abutting surface 141 , and the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22 .
  • the first convex step 51 is placed in the first groove 52 , the second tenon groove 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31 , the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened on the first convex strip 61 , and the first vertical surface 132 It is disposed opposite to the second vertical surface 142 , and a separation slit 43 is formed between the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 .
  • the two plate units 10 achieve bidirectional locking positioning. When the two plate units 10 shrink in a dry environment, the two plate units 10 will move in the direction shown by F2 in FIG.
  • the plate unit 10 moves to the right, the left plate unit 10 moves to the left, the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 block each other, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in close contact, which can limit the two
  • the plate units 10 are separated from each other in the direction shown by F2, and the cooperation of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure increases the force of the first tenon 22 to clamp the displacement of the first tenon 21, which can further increase. Horizontal snap tension between large plate units. If the force generated by the drying shrinkage is relatively large, the plate unit 10 on the right will move upwards obliquely in the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42 .
  • the double embossing and double locking groove structure between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 is an interference fit
  • the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 are interference fit
  • the double embossing and double locking groove structure between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 form a second pinning point by interference fit;
  • the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 The first upper groove wall 221 is clamped to form the third restraint point;
  • the first lateral surface 511 of the first convex step 51 is clamped with the first transverse wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 to form the fourth restraint point ,
  • the first to sixth restraining action points generate mutual restraining force, which can well ensure that the two plate units 10 are not separated from the seam or separated, and have a good locking and limiting function.
  • This structural design increases the lock of the plate. Buckle connection pull.
  • the first tenon 21 moves obliquely upward in the direction indicated by F1
  • the abutting surface 41 presses the limiting surface 42 and tries to stretch the first tenon groove 22.
  • the second lower groove wall 323 is against the second bottom surface 313
  • the first clamping surface 622 is against the first pressing surface 612
  • the first upper groove wall 221 is pressed against the first top surface 211
  • the wall surface 521 presses the first lateral surface 511
  • the double embossing and double locking groove structure bears against the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 .
  • the transverse wall surfaces 521 cooperate to clamp the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon groove 22 cannot be stretched, and a stable locking effect is achieved.
  • the two plate units 10 are very difficult to be released and separated after being fastened together, and a relatively large inclination angle and upturning force are required to complete the rotation and disassembly of the plate units. .
  • connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the first tenon 21 The horizontal distance L1 between the outermost vertical extension lines of the first outer side surface 212 is smaller than the horizontal distance L2 between the vertical extension lines of the highest point of the limiting surface 42 and the lowest point of the first vertical wall surface 522, ie L1 ⁇ L2.
  • the horizontal distance L1 between the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the outermost vertical extension line of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the first tenon groove 22 .
  • the horizontal distance L3 between the connection between the lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 and the vertical extension line of the lowest point of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52 is L1>L3.
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is smaller than the maximum horizontal distance L5 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22, That is, L4 ⁇ L5, as shown in FIG. 44 , when the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are in close contact, the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first inner groove of the first tenon groove 22 There are gaps between the walls 222. A gap is also left between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 .
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the maximum horizontal distance L6 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first vertical wall surface 522 , that is, L4 > L6 .
  • the connection between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second bottom surface 313 and the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 The distance L7 is greater than the minimum distance L8 between the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first abutment surface 621 of the first accommodating groove 62 and the abutting surface 41 , that is, L7>L8.
  • the horizontal distance L11 between the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the highest point of the abutting surface 41 is greater than or equal to the first distance between the first abutting surface 131 and the first tenon 21 .
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the outer sides 212 is 3 times, that is, L11 ⁇ L4*3.
  • the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 will be subjected to a reaction force.
  • the tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 can be rotated and deformed downward with the highest point of the abutting surface 41 as a fulcrum.
  • L11 is greater than or equal to 3 times L4
  • the highest point of the abutting surface 41 as the pivot point can be closer to
  • the inner side of the plate unit 10 makes the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 have a certain amount of rotational deformation, so as to avoid damage to the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 during the assembly process of the plate unit 10 The phenomenon.
  • the fulcrum is closer to the outside of the plate unit 10 , so that the rotational deformation of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 is small, and the first tenon 21 is easily damaged when the plate unit 10 is assembled.
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces.
  • the inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces.
  • the cambered surface is used as a guide, and the cambered surface is preferably a circular cambered surface, which can better assemble the two panel units 10 and pave the connected panel after the buckle, and can greatly reduce the friction noise when stepping on in use.
  • the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 provided on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10, and the second tenon
  • the sum of the vertical maximum height of the groove 32 and the vertical maximum height of the first accommodating groove 62 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 , wherein the vertical maximum height of the first accommodating groove 62 accounts for the second tongue groove 32 40% to 50% of the vertical maximum height.
  • the opposite sides of the plate unit 10 are provided with a first tenon 21 , a first convex step 51 , a second tenon 32 , a first accommodating groove 62 and a first tenon 22 , a first groove 52 , and a second convex
  • the tenon 31 and the first protruding strip 61 on the premise that the structural strength between the tenon and the tenon and the groove meets the requirements, the overall thickness of the plate unit can be relatively thin, and the thickness of the plate unit can be between 6mm and 18mm. Preferably, the thickness of the plate unit is 15mm.
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 , and the first convex strip 61 and the first tenon groove 32 .
  • An accommodating groove 62 is fastened by translation and pressing. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved to the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 22 in the same plane. The tenon 21 begins to enter the first tenon groove 22, and the notch of the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31, so that the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first groove 52 are in contact with each other.
  • the first vertical wall surface 522 is attached to each other, the first longitudinal surface 512 of the first convex step 51 is attached to the second abutting surface 141 , and the bottom of the abutting surface 41 corresponds to the top of the limiting surface 42 in FIG.
  • the connection between the surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 is in contact with the connection between the first longitudinal wall surface 522 and the first upper groove wall 221, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in an interference state.
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 .
  • the two tenon grooves 32 are fastened together with the first protruding strip 61 and the first accommodating groove 62 by rotating and pressing down.
  • the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 and the second butt surface 141 abut against each other, and then use the abutting position as the contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex step 51 enters the In the first groove 52 , the second tenon 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened on the first protruding strip 61 , that is, the two-way locking connection between the plate units 10 is realized.
  • the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the ninth embodiment are changed to a first embossing 215 and a first locking groove 225, and the first embossing 215 and the first embossing
  • the specific structure of the locking groove 225 is the same as that of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the eighth embodiment, and for details, please refer to the structure description of the eighth embodiment.
  • FIG. 47 there is shown a tenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel.
  • the difference between the tenth embodiment and the ninth embodiment is that the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are omitted, and the first lower groove wall 223 is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove 224 48, the installation groove 224 is used to accommodate the installation nails 81, and the installation nails 81 are used to fix the plate unit 10 on the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, wall, wood, metal groove, plastic slatted keel, etc.
  • the head of the mounting nail 81 is placed in the mounting groove 224, and the mounting nail 81 will not interfere with the cooperation between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 when the panel unit 10 is assembled.
  • the mounting nails 81 are screws.
  • nails 82 may be driven into the installation groove 224 to fix the plate unit 10
  • staples 83 may be driven to fix the plate unit 10 .
  • FIG. 50 there is shown an eleventh embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel.
  • the difference between the eleventh embodiment and the ninth embodiment is that a second convex step 53 is provided above the first convex step 51 , and a second groove 54 is provided above the first groove 52 , the second groove 54 is adapted to the second convex step 53 .
  • a first convex step 51 and a second convex step 53 that protrude outward and are stepped. Both the 51 and the second convex step 53 protrude outward from the first abutting surface 131 .
  • a stepped first groove 52 and a second groove 54 are formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141 .
  • the grooves 54 are all concave inward from the second abutting surface 141 .
  • the first groove 52 is matched with the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51;
  • the second groove 54 is matched with the second convex step 53, and the second groove 54 can accommodate the first convex step 51.
  • the second convex step 53 is accommodated.
  • the first convex step 51 includes a first transverse surface 511 and a first longitudinal surface 512 connected with the first transverse surface 511 , and the first longitudinal surface 512 is connected with the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 .
  • the second convex step 53 includes a second transverse surface 531 and a second longitudinal surface 532 connected with the second transverse surface 531 , the second longitudinal surface 532 is connected with the first transverse surface 511 , and the second transverse surface 531 is butted with the first transverse surface 531 . face 131 is connected.
  • a first oblique surface 513 is provided between the first lateral surface 511 and the first vertical surface 512 , and the first lateral surface 511 and the first vertical surface 512 are connected by the first oblique surface 513 .
  • the first inclined surface 513 plays a guiding role, and when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the first convex step 51 is guided to easily slide into the first groove 52 through the first inclined surface 513 .
  • a second oblique surface 533 is provided between the second transverse surface 531 and the second longitudinal surface 532 , and the second transverse surface 531 and the second longitudinal surface 532 are connected by the second oblique surface 533 .
  • the second inclined surface 533 plays a guiding role, and the second inclined surface 533 guides the second convex step 53 to easily slide into the second groove 54 when the plate unit 10 is assembled.
  • the first groove 52 includes a first longitudinal wall surface 522 connected with the first transverse wall surface 521 and the first transverse wall surface 521 , and the first longitudinal wall surface 522 is connected with the first upper groove wall 221 .
  • the second groove 54 includes a second transverse wall surface 541 and a second longitudinal wall surface 542 , the second longitudinal wall surface 542 is connected with the first transverse wall surface 521 , and the second transverse wall surface 541 is connected with the second abutting surface 141 .
  • the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 are designed on one side of the plate unit 10 , and the first groove 52 and the second groove 54 are designed on the other side to form the first tongue groove 22 with a wider depth, which can be enlarged Tenon and groove lock connection tension of plate.
  • the first abutting surface 131 is attached to the second abutting surface 141, the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22, and the first The step 51 is placed in the first groove 52, the second convex step 53 is placed in the second groove 54, the second tenon 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31, the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical The facing surfaces 142 are disposed opposite to each other, and a separation slit 43 is formed between the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 .
  • the first tenon 21 of one plate unit 10 can be pre-inserted into the first tenon 22 of the other plate unit 10 by about two-thirds of the depth, and then the second tenon 32 can be supplemented to correspond to
  • the edge of the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can be pressed, and two plate units 10 can be realized by applying a little force and pressing vertically.
  • the two-way tenon and the groove are locked and connected.
  • the first tenon 21 plus the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 are the elongated tenon and the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32.
  • the formed double tenons and grooves are connected to each other, and the plate units that are restrained by each other are connected and buckled, which can extremely effectively prevent the first tenon 21 and the second tenon when the material shrinks in size in a dry environment.
  • the tenon 31 easily slips out of the clamping of the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 to cause the release and separation of the plate units, that is, the connection and buckle stability of the plate units 10 can be greatly improved.
  • the two plate units 10 when the two plate units 10 dry and shrink, the two plate units 10 will move along the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 54 , that is, the plate unit 10 on the right moves to the right, and the plate unit 10 on the left moves to the right.
  • the plate unit 10 moves to the left, the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 block each other, and the abutting surface 41 is in close contact with the limiting surface 42, which can restrict the separation of the two plate units 10 in the direction shown by F2 .
  • the force generated by the drying shrinkage is relatively large, the plate unit 10 on the right will move upwards obliquely in the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42 .
  • the interference fit, the interference fit between the second convex step 53 and the second groove 54 , the interference fit between the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the interference fit between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the interference fit between the second tenon groove 32 and the second tenon 31 is specifically: the second lateral surface 531 of the second convex step 53 is clamped with the second lateral wall surface 541 of the second groove 54 to form a first Pinning point; the first transverse surface 511 of the first convex step 51 is clamped with the first transverse wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 to form a second pinning point; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 is connected to the The first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 is clamped to form a third pinning point; the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 .
  • the fourth restraining point is formed; the first clamping surface 622 of the first accommodating groove 62 is clamped with the first pressing surface 612 of the first protruding strip 61 to form the fifth restraining point; the limiting surface 42 and the abutting surface 41 is closely attached and clamped to form the sixth pinning point.
  • the first to sixth restraining action points generate mutual restraining force, which can well ensure that the two plate units 10 are not separated or separated, and play a good locking and limiting function.
  • the structural design increases the The latching tension of the sheet.
  • first protruding step 51 and the second protruding step 53 and the first tenon 21 form a stepped structure
  • the first protruding strip 61 and the second tenon 31 also form a stepped structure, so that the sides of the plate unit 10
  • the outwardly protruding part is the overall width of the stepped structure.
  • the first tongue groove 22 and the second tongue groove 32 are also formed with a stepped groove that is concave inward.
  • the width of the part of one plate unit 10 extending into the other plate unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure formed by the first convex step 51 , the second convex step 53 and the first tenon 21 , which is relatively deep and long.
  • the width of the part of a board unit 10 extending into a board unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure formed by the first protruding strip 61 and the second tenon 31 , that is, the part where the two board units 10 are assembled and stacked is
  • the overall width of the stepped structure forms a relatively deep and long tenon and groove to engage with each other, thus increasing the tension of the lock, which can effectively solve the problem that the narrow and short tenon in the prior art is easy to fall out of the tenon and groove clamping and cause the Tripping separation problem between plate units.
  • the present invention reduces the length of the first tenon 21 , the first protruding step 51 , the second protruding step 53 and the second tenon 31 and the first protruding strip 61 on the other side 14 of the plate unit 10 to form a deeper and longer tenon Due to the difficulty of installing the protruding part, the step-by-step pre-buckling method is specially designed.
  • the first tenon 21 is pre-stretched into two-thirds of the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove is inserted into the first tenon groove 22.
  • One-half of the cover 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31, so that the assembly interference resistance between the two plate units 10 becomes very small, and then the two plate units can be easily completed by pressing vertically with a little force.
  • the installation action of all the snap-in connections realizes the straight-drop two-way locking installation in which the first tenon 21 is installed in the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 is completely snapped on the second tenon 31 .
  • the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the outermost side of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 The horizontal distance L1 between the vertically extending lines is smaller than the horizontal distance L2 between the vertical extending lines between the highest point of the limiting surface 42 and the lowest point of the first vertical wall surface 522, ie, L1 ⁇ L2.
  • the horizontal distance L1 between the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the outermost vertical extension line of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the first tenon groove 22 .
  • the horizontal distance L3 between the connection between the lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 and the vertical extension line of the lowest point of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52 that is, L1 > L3 .
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is smaller than the maximum horizontal distance L5 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22, That is, L4 ⁇ L5, as shown in FIG. 54 , when the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are in close contact, the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first inner groove of the first tenon groove 22 There are gaps between the walls 222.
  • the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the maximum horizontal distance L6 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first vertical wall surface 522 , that is, L4 > L6 .
  • the distance L7 between the connection between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second bottom surface 313 and the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is greater than the distance L7 of the second tongue groove 32
  • the minimum distance L8 between the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 and the first abutment surface 621 of the first container 62 and the abutting surface 41 that is, L7 > L8, whereby, when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the second convex The tenon 31 can open the second tenon groove 32 so that the second tenon groove 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31 .
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces.
  • the inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces.
  • the cambered surface is used as a guide, and the cambered surface is preferably a circular cambered surface, which can better assemble the two panel units 10 and pave the connected panel after the buckle, and can greatly reduce the friction noise when stepping on in use.
  • the first bottom surface 213 is formed with a double relief structure and a double lock groove structure.
  • the double relief structure and the double lock groove structure are the same as the double relief structure in the ninth embodiment and The structure of the double lock grooves is the same, for details, please refer to the structure description of the ninth embodiment.
  • the first bottom surface 213 is formed with a first relief 215 and a first locking groove 225 .
  • the specific structures of the first relief 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as those of the ninth embodiment.
  • the structures of the first embossment 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the example are the same.
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the second convex step 53 and the first groove 52 .
  • the two grooves 54 , the second tenon 31 , the second tenon groove 32 , the first protruding strip 61 and the first accommodating groove 62 are fastened by translation and pressing.
  • the plate unit 10 of the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 moves in the same plane to the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 22 , the first groove 52 and the second groove 54 , the first tenon 21 Begin to enter the first tongue groove 22 , the notch of the second tongue groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31 , so that the first outer side 212 of the first tenon 21 is connected to the first groove 52 .
  • the vertical wall surfaces 522 are in contact with each other, the first longitudinal surface 512 of the first convex step 51 is in contact with the second longitudinal wall surface 542 of the second groove 54 , and the second longitudinal surface 532 of the second convex step 53 is in contact with the second abutting surface 141 .
  • the abutting surface 41 of the plate unit 10 is brought into contact with the limiting surface 42 , and then the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pushed in parallel.
  • the second convex step 53 is The second longitudinal surface 532 abuts against the second abutting surface 141 , the first tenon 21 enters about two-thirds of the depth of the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon groove 32 is covered above the second tenon 32 , at this time The plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 cannot be pushed further on the same plane. As shown in FIG. 53 and FIG. 54 , the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed downward.
  • the second tenon groove 32 is supplemented by the second tenon groove 32 to be correspondingly snapped on the second plate unit 10 .
  • the edge of the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can be pressed, and the two-way tenon and groove of the two plate units 10 can be realized only by applying a little force and adopting a vertical pressing method.
  • the two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by rotating and pressing down. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is inserted into the In the plate unit 10 of the tenon and groove 22, the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 is connected to the second butt surface.
  • FIG. 57 there is shown a twelfth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the panel lock panel of the present invention.
  • the difference between the twelfth embodiment and the eleventh embodiment is that the second protruding strips 63 and the second grooves 64 , the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are added to play a positioning and guiding role of multiple inclined guide surfaces.
  • a second convex strip 63 is provided below the first convex strip 61, and a second groove 64 is provided below the first groove 62.
  • the second groove 64 is adapted to the second convex strip 63.
  • first protruding strips 61 and second protruding strips 63 protruding outward, and the first protruding strips 61 and the second protruding strips 63 protrude outward from the second vertical surface 142 ;
  • a first cavity 62 and a second recessed inwardly recessed groove are formed between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132
  • the accommodating groove 64, the first accommodating groove 62 and the second accommodating groove 64 are both concave inward from the first vertical surface 132, the first accommodating groove 62 is matched with the first protruding strip 61, the first accommodating groove 62 can accommodate the first protruding strip 61 , the second accommodating groove 64 is matched with the second protruding strip 63 , and the second accommodating groove 64 can accommodate the second protruding strip 63 .
  • the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the twelfth embodiment are the same as the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the third embodiment.
  • the embossing structure is composed of a first locking slot 225 and a second locking slot 226 to form a double locking slot structure, wherein the first locking slot 225 is used for accommodating the first embossing 215, and the second locking slot 226 is used for accommodating the first locking slot 226.
  • Two embossings 216 Two embossings 216 .
  • the double embossing structure and double locking groove structure are used to increase the clamping force of the tenon and groove, and improve the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit, which can effectively reduce or avoid the horizontal separation of the locking tenon and the locking groove of the plate unit.
  • the specific structure description of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure can refer to the structure description of the third embodiment, and the principle of improving the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit can also be referred to the description of the third embodiment.
  • the plurality of inclined guide surfaces for positioning and guiding include a first inclined guide surface 1321 , a second inclined guide surface 3121 , a first guide surface 613 , a second guide surface 633 , and a third inclined guide surface
  • the surface 6211 and the fourth inclined guide surface 6411, and the plurality of inclined guide surfaces above are all inclined surfaces.
  • the first oblique guide surface 1321 is formed at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second clamping surface 642 , and the end of the first oblique guide surface 1321 connected to the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to the first oblique surface.
  • the end of the guide surface 1321 connected to the second clamping surface 642 is disposed closer to the outside; the second inclined guide surface 3121 is formed at the connection between the second outer side surface 312 and the second bottom surface 313, and the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected to the first The end connected with the two outer side surfaces 312 is disposed closer to the outside than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface 3121 and the second bottom surface 313 .
  • the first guide surface 613 is provided between the first abutting surface 611 and the first pressing surface 612 , and the first abutting surface 611 , the first guiding surface 613 and the first pressing surface 612 constitute the first protruding strip 61 .
  • the second guide surface 633 is provided between the second abutting surface 631 and the second pressing surface 632 , and the second abutting surface 631 , the second guiding surface 633 and the second pressing surface 632 constitute the second protruding strip 63 .
  • the third inclined guide surface 6211 is formed at the connection between the first bonding surface 621 and the second lower groove wall 323
  • the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 is formed at the connection between the second bonding surface 641 and the first clamping surface 622 .
  • the above-mentioned inclined guide surfaces play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly of the plate units.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the second guide surface 633
  • the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 abuts against the first guide surface 613
  • the third inclined guide surface 6211 abuts against the second inclined guide surface 3121 to play the role of contact positioning, and then under the action of the assembly force, the first inclined guide surface 1321 will move down along the second guide surface 633, and the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 moves down along the first guide surface 613, and the third inclined guide surface 6211 moves down along the second inclined guide surface 3121, thereby propping up the second tongue groove 32, so that the second tongue groove 32 can be smoothly clamped.
  • the first groove 62 is buckled on the first convex strip 61
  • the second groove 64 is buckled on the second convex strip 62 , which can avoid the tenon and tenon when the board unit is assembled.
  • the groove structure is dead against each other, which leads to the situation that the installation cannot be installed or the installation is not smooth.
  • the sides of the plate unit 10 are designed with the first convex steps 51 and the second convex steps 53 and the first convex strips 61 and the second convex strips 63 , which can increase the locking force of the plate.
  • the first abutting surface 131 is attached to the second abutting surface 141, the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex
  • the step 51 is placed in the first groove 52
  • the second convex step 53 is placed in the second groove 54
  • the second tenon 32 is fastened to the second tenon 31, and the first groove 62 is fastened to the first groove 54.
  • the second accommodating groove 64 is snapped on the second protruding strip 63, the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 are arranged facing each other, and the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface Partition slits 43 are formed between the surfaces 142 .
  • the second tenon groove 32 is supplemented by the second tenon groove 32 to be correspondingly snapped on the second plate unit 10 .
  • the edge of the upper surface 11 of the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can be pressed, and the two board units 10 can be locked and positioned in two directions only by applying a little force and adopting a vertical pressing method.
  • the elongated tenon and the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 are snapped onto the second tenon 31 .
  • the double tenons and grooves are connected to each other, and the plate units that are restrained by each other are connected and buckled, which can greatly improve the connection and buckle stability of the plate unit 10 . As shown in FIG.
  • the plate unit 10 on the right will move upwards obliquely in the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42 .
  • the interference fit, the interference fit between the second convex step 53 and the second groove 54 , the interference fit between the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the interference fit between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the second tongue groove 32 and the second tenon 31 are in interference fit, the first protruding strip 61 and the first accommodating groove 62 are in interference fit, and the second protruding strip 63 and the second accommodating slot 64 are in interference fit.
  • the second lateral surface 531 of the second convex step 53 is clamped with the second lateral wall surface 541 of the second groove 54 to form a first containment point; the first lateral surface 511 of the first convex step 51
  • the first lateral wall surface 521 of a groove 52 is clamped to form a second pinning point; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 is clamped to the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 to form a The third pinning point;
  • the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 to form the fourth pinning point; the first clamping point of the first accommodating groove 62
  • the surface 622 is clamped with the first pressing surface 612 of the first protruding strip 61 to form a fifth pinning point; the second clamping surface 642 of the second accommodating groove 64 and the second pressing surface of the second protruding strip 63 632 are
  • the first to eighth pinning action points generate mutual pinning force, which can better ensure that the two plate units 10 are not separated from the seam or separated, and have a good locking and limiting function.
  • This structural design increases the lock of the plate. Buckle pull.
  • the first convex steps 51 and the second convex steps 53 and the first tenon 21 form a stepped structure
  • the first convex strip 61 and the second convex strip 63 and the second tenon 31 also form a stepped structure, so that the The width of the outwardly protruding portion of the side edge of the plate unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure.
  • the width of the part of one plate unit 10 extending into the other plate unit 10 is the whole of the stepped structure formed by the first convex step 51 , the second convex step 53 and the first tenon 21 .
  • Width the width is relatively deep and long
  • the width of the part of the other plate unit 10 extending into one plate unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure formed by the first protruding strip 61 , the second protruding strip 63 and the second tenon 31 , that is, the part where the two plate units 10 are assembled and superimposed is the overall width of the stepped structure, and then a relatively long tenon and groove are formed to engage with each other, which increases the tension of the lock, which can effectively solve the problem in the prior art.
  • the tenon with narrow and short width is easy to come out of the tenon and groove clamping, resulting in the tripping and separation between the plate units, and the common butt plate surface at the short side connection between the plate units has the problem of uneven height and drop.
  • the first tenon 21 , the first protruding step 51 , the second protruding step 53 and the second tenon 31 , the first protruding strip 61 and the second protruding strip 63 of the other side 14 of the plate unit 10 are reduced due to the Due to the difficulty of installation of the protruding part of the deep and long tenon formed by superposition, the step-by-step pre-fastening method is specially designed.
  • the first tenon 21 is pre-stretched into two-thirds of the first tenon and groove. 22, the second tenon groove 32 is also two-thirds of the cover on the second tenon 31, so that the assembly interference resistance between the two plate units 10 becomes very small, and then the vertical force is applied slightly. Press to easily complete the installation action of all the two plate units being snapped and connected, so that the first tenon 21 is installed in the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 is completely snapped on the second tenon 31. Drop two-way lock installation.
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces.
  • the inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
  • the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces.
  • the cambered surface is used as a guide, and the cambered surface is preferably a circular cambered surface, which can better assemble the two panel units 10 and pave the connected panel after the buckle, and can greatly reduce the friction noise when stepping on in use.
  • the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure can also be changed into the structure of the first embossing 215 and the first locking groove 225.
  • the specific structure of a locking groove 225 is the same as the structures of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the first embodiment.
  • the plate unit 10 also has technical points of L1 ⁇ L2, L1>L3, L4 ⁇ L5, L4>L6, and L7>L8, and the functions and effects of these technical points The same as the eleventh embodiment.
  • the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 , the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 disposed on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 20% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 .
  • the sum of the vertical maximum height of the second tongue groove 32 , the vertical maximum height of the first accommodating groove 62 and the vertical maximum height of the second accommodating groove 64 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 .
  • the vertical maximum height of the groove 62 and the vertical maximum height of the second accommodating groove 64 account for 20% to 40% of the vertical maximum height of the second tongue groove 32.
  • the maximum height is the same.
  • the opposite sides of the plate unit 10 are provided with a first tenon 21 , a first protruding step 51 , a second protruding step 53 , a second tenon groove 22 , a first accommodating groove 62 , a second accommodating groove 64 and a first tenon
  • the groove 22 , the first groove 52 , the second groove 54 , the second tenon 31 , the first convex strip 61 and the second convex strip 63 on the premise of ensuring that the structural strength between the tenon and the tenon groove meets the requirements,
  • the overall thickness of the plate unit needs to be thicker, and the thickness of the plate unit is more than 18mm.
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by translation and pressing. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved to the same plane as the A plate unit 10 with a tongue and groove 22, the first tenon 21 begins to enter the first tongue and groove 22, the notch of the second tongue and groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31, and the first convex step 51 Adhere to the groove wall of the second groove 54 so that the abutting surface 41 of the plate unit 10 is in contact with the limiting surface 42 , as shown in FIG. 60 , and then continue to push the plate unit with the first tenon 21.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 is in contact with the second guide surface 633
  • the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 is in contact with the first guide surface 613
  • the third inclined guide surface 6211 is in contact with the second guide surface 633.
  • the inclined guide surfaces 3121 abut against each other.
  • the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 cannot be pushed further on the same plane, and then a downward pressing force is applied to the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 . , that is, apply force to the edge of the upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 in a vertical pressing manner, and as shown in FIG. 61 , press the first tenon 21 into the first tenon groove 22 in a vertical pressing manner.
  • the first convex step 51 is pressed into the first groove 52
  • the second convex step 53 is pressed into the second groove 54
  • the second tenon groove 32 is buckled on the second tenon 31
  • the first groove 62 is locked Buckled on the first protruding strip 61
  • the second accommodating groove 64 is clipped on the second protruding strip 63 , thereby completing the buckling between the two plate units 10 .
  • two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by rotating and pressing down. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is inserted into the In the plate unit 10 of the tenon and groove 22, the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 is connected to the second butt surface.
  • the abutting position as the contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex step 51 Entering into the first groove 52 , the second convex step 53 entering the second groove 54 , the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened to the first convex strip 61 , the second accommodating groove 64 is buckled on the second protruding strip 63 , that is, the two-way locking connection of the 10 plate units is realized.
  • a thirteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel there is shown a thirteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel.
  • the side 13 of the plate unit 10 is provided with a first tenon 21 with a wider depth and a second tongue groove 32 with a wider depth
  • the side 14 is provided with a first tenon 21 with a wider depth.
  • the tongue groove 22 and the second tenon 31 .
  • the side edge 13 is further formed with a first butting surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11
  • the first tenon 21 is formed below the first butting surface 131
  • the first tenon 21 extends from the first butting surface.
  • a second tongue groove 32 recessed inward is formed below the first tenon 21, and a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32,
  • the first vertical surface 132 and the first abutting surface 131 are both arranged vertically.
  • the groove bottom of the second tongue groove 32 is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132 , and an abutting surface 41 is formed between the first tenon 21 and the second tongue groove 32 .
  • a second abutting surface 141 is also formed on the side edge 14 to connect with the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 .
  • the first tongue groove 22 is formed below the second abutting surface 141 , and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove 22 extends from the second abutting surface. 141 is concave inward; a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is also formed below the first tongue groove 22 , and the second vertical surface 142 and the second abutting surface 141 are arranged vertically.
  • the head of the second tenon 31 protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142 , and a limiting surface 42 is formed between the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 .
  • the wider depth first tenon 21 includes a first top surface 211 , a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213 , wherein a first inclined surface 214 is provided at the connection between the first top surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 .
  • a bottom surface 213 is connected with the first outer side surface 212 and the abutting surface 41 .
  • the first bottom surface 213 includes a first inclined top surface 2131, a second inclined top surface 2132 and a first connecting plane 2133.
  • the first inclined top surface 2131 is connected to the first outer side surface 212 and the first connecting plane 2133.
  • the second inclined top surface The surface 2132 is connected with the first connection plane 2133 and the abutting surface 41, wherein the height of the end of the first inclined top surface 2131 connected with the first outer side surface 212 is lower than the height of the connection between the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first connection plane 2133.
  • a second embossment 216 protruding downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first outer side surface 212 .
  • the height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the first connection plane 2133 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the abutment surface 41 , so that the second inclined top surface 2132 is connected to the abutment surface 41 .
  • the wider depth first tongue groove 22 includes a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223 , the first lower groove wall 223 and the first inner groove wall 222 and the limiter face 42 is connected.
  • the first lower groove wall 223 includes a first inclined surface 2231, a second inclined surface 2232 and a second connecting plane 2233.
  • the first inclined surface 2231 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 and the second connecting plane 2233.
  • the second leaning surface 2232 is connected with the second connecting plane 2233 and the limiting surface 42 , wherein the height of the end of the first leaning surface 2231 connecting with the first inner groove wall 222 is lower than that of the first leaning surface 2231 and the second A second locking groove 226 recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface 2231 and the first inner groove wall 222 due to the height of the end connected by the connecting plane 2233 .
  • the height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the second connecting plane 2233 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the limiting surface 42, so that the second inclined surface 2232 is connected to the limiting surface.
  • a first locking groove 225 recessed downward is formed at the connection of 42 .
  • the first locking groove 225 is used for accommodating the first embossing protrusion 215
  • the second locking groove 226 is used for accommodating the second embossing protrusion 216 .
  • a double relief structure of a first relief 215 and a second relief 216 is formed on the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 to increase the clamping force of the first tenon groove 22 and improve the level of the board unit 10 Buckling tension can effectively reduce or avoid the horizontal separation between the lock tenon and the lock groove of the plate unit.
  • the first tenon 21 is accommodated in the first tenon groove 22
  • the first relief 215 is accommodated in the first locking groove 225
  • the second embossment 216 is accommodated in the second locking groove 226, and the second tenon groove 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31
  • the first top surface 211 is in contact with the first upper groove wall 221
  • the first inclined top The surface 2131 is in contact with the first inclined surface 2231
  • the first connecting surface 2133 is in contact with the second connecting surface 2233
  • the top surface 41 is in contact with the limiting surface 42
  • the second bottom surface 313 is in contact with the second lower groove wall 323.
  • the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first inclined leaning surface 2231 are clamped, and the first top surface 211 and the first upper groove wall 221
  • the head of the first tenon 21 is clamped by the first upper groove wall 221 and the first inclined surface 2231, so that the head of the first tenon 21 with a wider depth is difficult to spread the first tenon 21.
  • the grooves on the upper groove wall 221 and the first inclined surface 2231 can improve the horizontal buckling force.
  • the abutting surface 41 is clamped with the limiting surface 42 , the abutting surface 41 is about to disengage obliquely and pushes the limiting surface 42 so that the second tenon 31 is linked and deformed downward, and the first tenon groove 22 is about to be disengaged.
  • the second lower groove wall 323 is pressed against the second bottom surface 313 to limit the deformation of the second tenon 31, so that the first tenon groove 22 cannot be opened, and the first tenon 21 is stable. is clamped in the first tongue groove 22 .
  • the double-relief structure is provided to match the position limit of the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 with a wider depth, which increases the clamping force of the first tenon groove 22 for clamping the first tenon 21, and greatly improves the
  • the horizontal buckling tension between the two board units 10 ensures the connection and buckling stability of the two board units 10 , so that the two board units 10 are flatly spliced, neither seamed nor separated.
  • a first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second lower groove wall 323 , and the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to each other.
  • the end portion where the first inclined guide surface 1321 is connected with the second lower groove wall 323 is disposed closer to the outside.
  • a second inclined guide surface 3121 is provided on the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 with a wider depth, the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the second bottom surface 313 , and the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the first The ends where the two bottom surfaces 313 are connected are disposed closer to the inner side.
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 and the second inclined guide surface 3121 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the smooth assembly between the plate units. 10
  • the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the second inclined guide surface 3121 on the second tenon 31 to play the role of contact and positioning, and then under the action of the assembly force, the first inclined guide surface 1321 It will move downward along the second inclined guide surface 3121, and then open the second tongue groove 32 with a wider depth, so that the second tongue groove 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31 with a wider depth. It can avoid the situation that the first vertical surface 132 and the second tenon 31 abut against each other when the plate unit is assembled, resulting in inability to install or unsmooth installation.
  • the plate unit 10 also has the technical points of L1 ⁇ L2, L1>L3, L4 ⁇ L5, and L7>L8.
  • the functions and effects of these technical points are the same as those of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 71 there is shown a fourteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 for the recessed latch panel of the present invention.
  • the difference between the fourteenth embodiment and the thirteenth embodiment is that a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first container is provided below the second tenon 32 .
  • the specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the second accommodating grooves 62 in the fourteenth embodiment are the same as the specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the second accommodating grooves 62 in the ninth embodiment. Refer to the structural description of the ninth embodiment, which is not repeated here.
  • the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 are both circular arc surfaces.
  • the plate unit 10 also has the technical points of L1 ⁇ L2, L1>L3, L4 ⁇ L5, and L7>L8.
  • the functions and effects of these technical points are the same as those of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 78 there is shown a fifteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 for the recessed locking panel of the present invention.
  • the fifteenth embodiment is based on the fourteenth embodiment and adds a design of a mounting groove 224
  • the mounting groove 224 is opened on the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22
  • the installation groove 224 is recessed downward from the first lower groove wall 223 toward the bottom surface 12
  • the installation groove 224 is used for accommodating the installation nails for fixing the plate unit 10 .
  • the panel unit 10 When assembling the panel unit 10, first fix the panel unit 10 on the left side, that is, use the mounting nails to fix the panel unit 10 on the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, wall, wood, metal groove, plastic slatted keel, etc.) Above, the mounting nails are driven into the board unit 10 from the mounting groove 224 and into the mounting base, the head of the mounting nails is placed in the mounting groove 224, and the mounting nails will not interfere with the first tenon when the board unit 10 is assembled The fit between 21 and the first tongue and groove 22 .
  • a sixteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 for the recessed locking panel of the present invention As shown in FIG. 79 and FIG. 80 , in the sixteenth embodiment, the side edge 13 of the plate unit 10 is formed with a first abutting surface 131 connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 , and the first abutting surface 131 is arranged vertically ; The first tenon 21 is formed below the first butt surface 131, and the first tenon 21 protrudes from the first butt surface 131 to the outside; the bottom of the first tenon 21 is also formed with a second tenon groove 32, A first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 .
  • the second tongue groove 32 is concave from the first vertical surface 132 toward the upper surface 11 ; the first tenon 21 Abutting surface 41 is formed between it and the second tongue groove 32; the side 14 is formed with a second abutting surface 141 connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface, and the second abutting surface 141 is arranged vertically; the first tongue groove 22 Formed below the second butting surface 141 , the groove bottom of the first tenon groove 22 is concave inward from the second butting surface 141 ; a second tenon 31 protruding upward is also formed below the first tenon groove 22 .
  • a second vertical surface 142 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31 , a limiting surface 42 is formed between the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 , the first The bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief 215 ; the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 and the limiting surface 42 are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove 225 .
  • connection between the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 is provided with a third tongue groove 72 concave inwardly, the third tongue groove 72 is recessed inward from the first vertical surface 132 , and the second tenon 31
  • connection with the second vertical surface 142 is provided with a third tenon 71 protruding to the outside, and the third tenon 71 protrudes from the second vertical surface 142 to the outside;
  • the two adjacent plate units 10 can be buckled by the mutual cooperation of the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 and the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove 72 . combined connection.
  • first embossing protrusions 215 and the first locking grooves 225 in the sixteenth embodiment are the same as those of the first embossing protrusions and the first locking grooves 225 in the seventh embodiment.
  • first embossing protrusions 215 and the first locking grooves 225 in the seventh embodiment are the same as those of the first embossing protrusions and the first locking grooves 225 in the seventh embodiment.
  • the lowest point of the first relief 215 is higher than the connection between the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 and the third upper groove wall 723 of the third tongue groove 72;
  • the height of the connection point of the lower groove wall 223 is higher than and equal to the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31; the second inner groove wall 322 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical plane or the second inner groove wall 322 is closer to the outer side of the side edge 13 than the first vertical surface 132 . Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 81 and 82 , the plate unit 10 of the sixteenth embodiment can be processed without the inclined knife, and only the horizontal knife 151 and the vertical knife 152 can be processed and formed.
  • FIG. 83 there is shown a seventeenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for panel locking panels.
  • the difference between the seventeenth embodiment and the eighth embodiment is that, in the seventeenth embodiment, one side edge 13 of the plate unit 10 is formed with a first edge connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 .
  • the opposing veneer 133 and the first pressing surface 134 vertically connected to the first pair of veneers 133 are disposed toward the inner side of the plate unit 10 , and the first pressing surface 134 is attached from the first pair of veneers 133 .
  • the surface 133 extends inwardly, a first butting surface 131 is formed below the first pressing surface 134 , the first pressing surface 134 is vertically connected with the first butting surface 131 , and the first abutting surface 131 is opposite to the first pair of
  • the veneer surface 133 is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit 10 , so that the first pressing surface 134 and the first abutting surface 131 enclose the inserting groove 135 .
  • a second pair of veneers 143 connected with the corresponding edges of the upper surface 11 and a second pressing surface 144 connected with the second pair of veneers 143 are formed on one side 14 of the plate unit 10 .
  • the opposite veneer 143 is disposed correspondingly to the first pair of veneers 133 , the second pressing surface 144 extends toward the outside of the plate unit 10 , and the second pressing surface 144 extends outward from the second pair of veneers 143 , A second abutting surface 141 is formed below the second pressing surface 144 , and the second abutting surface 141 and the second pressing surface 144 are connected to form a snap protrusion 145 that fits with the inserting groove 135 .
  • the first pair of veneers 133 are attached to the second pair of veneers 143 , and the first pressing surface 134 is pressed on the second pressing surface 144 , the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are disposed opposite to each other with a gap therebetween, and the latching protrusion 145 is placed in the inserting groove 135 .
  • the structures of the first relief 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as the corresponding structures in the eighth embodiment.
  • the structures of the third tongue groove 72 and the third tenon 71 are the same as the corresponding structures in the third embodiment.
  • the two plate units 10 of the seventeenth embodiment are fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 88 and FIG. 89 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the seventeenth embodiment are fastened by rotating and pressing down.
  • FIG. 87 after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 abuts against the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 , and the first outer side 212 is in contact with the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 .
  • a gap is left between the inner groove walls 222, and a gap is left between the first bottom surface 213 and the first lower groove wall 223; as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 90 there is shown an eighteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel.
  • the difference between the eighteenth embodiment and the seventeenth embodiment is that the shapes of the first relief 215 and the first locking groove 225 are different, the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove are different 32 is different in shape, a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first accommodating groove 62 is provided below the second tenon 32 .
  • the specific structures of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as those of the first embossing protrusion and the first locking groove in the seventh embodiment.
  • the two plate units 10 of the eighteenth embodiment are fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 95 and FIG. 96 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the eighteenth embodiment are fastened by rotating and pressing down.
  • FIG. 97 it shows the structure in which the panel units of the present invention are assembled and arranged to form the first parquet style, which is commonly known as herringbone parquet or V-shaped parquet.
  • the panel unit 10 of the present invention has a pair of Long side and a pair of short sides, one long side and one short side are provided with the first tenon 21 and the second tenon groove 32 (that is, the structure is the same as the above-mentioned side 13), the other long side and the other short side
  • the side is provided with a first tenon 22 and a second tenon 31 (that is, the structure is the same as the above-mentioned side 14).
  • the length of the first panel unit 10 The side and the short side of the second plate unit 10 are assembled and connected, and then the third plate unit 10 is placed at the angle between the first plate unit 10 and the second plate unit 10, so that the third plate unit 10 The first tenon 21 on the long side is placed above the first tenon 22 on the long side of the first plate unit 10 .
  • the second tenon 32 on the long side of the third plate unit 10 will synchronize the cover Buckle on the second tenon 31 on the long side of the first board unit 10; let the first tenon 21 on the short side of the third board unit 10 be placed on the first tenon 21 on the long side of the second board unit 10 Above the tenon groove 22, the second tenon groove 32 on the short side of the third plate unit 10 will simultaneously cover the second tenon 31 on the long side of the second plate unit 10.
  • the second pattern of parquet selects four strip plates and a square plate of the same size, and the surface size of the square plate is One-half of the surface length of the strip-shaped plates, the opposite sides of the plates are provided with a first tenon 21, a first tenon 22, a second tenon 32 and a second tenon 31.
  • the present invention also provides a method for buckling the embedded locking plate, and the buckling method is described below.
  • a method for buckling an embedded lock plate of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • a plurality of board units 10 are provided, and the provided board unit 10 has an upper surface 11 , a bottom surface 12 and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides 13 and 14 are respectively formed with matching the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22;
  • a first butting surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 is formed on the side 13 with the first tenon 21 , the first butting surface 131 is arranged vertically, and the first tenon 21 is formed on the first butting surface 131, and the first tenon 21 protrudes outward from the first butt surface 131, the first tenon 21 has a first top surface 211, a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213;
  • a second tongue groove 32 recessed inward is formed below the first tenon 21 , a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 , and the second tongue groove 32 The bottom of the groove is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132, and the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321, a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323;
  • a resting surface 41 is formed between the second upper groove wall 321 and the first bottom surface 213;
  • a second abutting surface 141 is formed on the other side 14 with the first tongue groove 22 and connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 .
  • the second abutting surface 141 is arranged vertically, and the first tongue groove 22 is formed on the first Below the two abutting surfaces 141 , the groove bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is recessed inward from the second abutting surface 141 , and the first tongue groove 22 has a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223;
  • a second tenon 31 protruding to the outside is formed below the first tenon groove 22 , a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31 , and the second tenon 31
  • the head protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142, and the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311, a second outer side surface 312 and a second bottom surface 313;
  • a limiting surface 42 is formed between the second top surface 311 and the first lower groove wall 223;
  • a first convex step 51 protruding outward is formed between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first butting surface 131 , and the first convex step 51 protrudes outward from the first butting surface 131 ;
  • a first groove 52 concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141, and the first groove 52 is concave inward from the second abutting surface 141; And the first groove 52 is matched with the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51;
  • the sheet unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved in the same plane to the other sheet unit 10 with the first tenon 22, the first tenon 21 begins to enter the first tenon 22, the second tenon 32 begins
  • the cover is fastened to the second tenon 31, so that the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 abuts against the wall surface corresponding to the first groove 52, and the side surface corresponding to the first convex step 51 abuts against the second abutting surface 141.
  • Let the abutting surface 41 abut on the limiting surface 42, and then apply force to the edge of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 in a pressing manner, that is, press the upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 with a vertical pressure.
  • the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22
  • the first convex step 51 enters the first groove 52
  • the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the second convex On the tenon 31, the two-way locking connection between the plate units 10 is realized.
  • Another method for buckling an embedded lock plate of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • a plurality of board units 10 are provided, and the provided board unit 10 has an upper surface 11 , a bottom surface 12 and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides 13 and 14 are respectively formed with matching the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22;
  • a first butting surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 is formed on the side 13 with the first tenon 21 , the first butting surface 131 is arranged vertically, and the first tenon 21 is formed on the first butting surface 131, and the first tenon 21 protrudes outward from the first butt surface 131, the first tenon 21 has a first top surface 211, a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213;
  • a second tongue groove 32 recessed inward is formed below the first tenon 21 , a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 , and the second tongue groove 32 The bottom of the groove is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132, and the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321, a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323;
  • a resting surface 41 is formed between the second upper groove wall 321 and the first bottom surface 213;
  • a second abutting surface 141 is formed on the other side 14 with the first tongue groove 22 and connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 .
  • the second abutting surface 141 is arranged vertically, and the first tongue groove 22 is formed on the first Below the two abutting surfaces 141 , the groove bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is recessed inward from the second abutting surface 141 , and the first tongue groove 22 has a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223;
  • a second tenon 31 protruding to the outside is formed below the first tenon groove 22 , a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31 , and the second tenon 31
  • the head protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142, and the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311, a second outer side surface 312 and a second bottom surface 313;
  • a limiting surface 42 is formed between the second top surface 311 and the first lower groove wall 223;
  • a first convex step 51 protruding outward is formed between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first butting surface 131 , and the first convex step 51 protrudes outward from the first butting surface 131 ;
  • a first groove 52 concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141, and the first groove 52 is concave inward from the second abutting surface 141; And the first groove 52 is matched with the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51;

Abstract

The present invention relates to an oppositely-embedded locking sheet material, which is formed by assembling sheet material units. A first protruding tenon and a first tenon groove which match each other, comprise stepped protruding steps and grooves, and have a wider depth are formed on at least two opposite sides of the sheet material unit. A second tenon groove is formed below the first protruding tenon, and a second protruding tenon is formed below the first tenon groove. In this way, two adjacent sheet material units can be conveniently locked and connected in a direct drop type mounting mode by means of segmented snap-fit of the first protruding tenon and the first tenon groove, and segmented snap-fit of the second protruding tenon and the second tenon groove. According to the present invention, it is well guaranteed that the two fastening sheet material units are seamless, and are not separated from each other; a good locking limiting function is achieved; the horizontal locking connection pulling force between the sheet material units is further increased by the structural design of double relieves and double lock recesses. The sheet material units in a direct drop type mounting mode can also be paved into locking parquet floors. The design of the two-way limiting function of the tenon groove of the structure greatly improves the long-term stability of locking connection between the sheet material units.

Description

对嵌式锁扣板材及扣合方法Counter-integrated lock plate and fastening method 技术领域technical field
本发明涉及锁扣板材技术领域,特指一种对嵌式锁扣板材及扣合方法。The invention relates to the technical field of locking plates, in particular to an embedded locking plate and a method for fastening.
背景技术Background technique
企口地板被运用已相当长久,其组装结构也被运用到壁板或类似的板材,今以地板为例作说明,企口地板组装方便且能让板材单元间相互连接组合,故而广泛被消费者所采用,相关业者亦不遗余力的进行研究改良,希望能够设计出更具实用性的产品。The tongue-and-groove floor has been used for a long time, and its assembly structure has also been applied to siding or similar boards. Now, take the floor as an example. The tongue-and-groove floor is easy to assemble and can connect and combine the board units, so it is widely used. The relevant industry has also spared no effort to carry out research and improvement, hoping to design more practical products.
其中的一种设计是尤尼林管理私营公司获准的CN97190692.0等系列《由硬板材单元构成的地板以及制造这种板材单元的方法》中国发明专利案(相应于该公司Unilin Beheer BV在美国取得的6,874,292号等系列《Floor panels with edge connectors》美国专利案),该系列专利申请案迄今共有二十余件,其基本架构均相同,其具有由舌状物与槽构成的连接部分,并在该连接部分上设有整体的机械锁定装置,以防止两块相互连接的板材单元在垂直于相关边缘和平行于相互连接板材单元下边的方向上脱开,当然,其特色在于设置在舌状物下表面上的凸出部、设置在槽的下凸出部分上的槽和可弹性弯曲的下凸出部分,让其以一种平面方式相对地推移所述的板材单元的时候允许其相互连接在一起。此一设计让板材单元相互连接时可由舌状物斜插入板材槽内后,以舌状凸榫为支点旋转板材下压以及平面相推移的方式相互连接在一起,并由其机械锁定装置防止脱开,因为其是采旋转下压、平面相推移的方式来进行板材单元间的组装,故而在长边结合定位后再进行短边的结合时,仍可平推进行结合,确实具有其实用性。One of the designs is the CN97190692.0 and other series "floors composed of hard board units and methods for manufacturing such board units" China invention patent case approved by Unilin Management Private Company (corresponding to the company Unilin Beheer BV in the United States 6,874,292 and other series "Floor panels with edge connectors" U.S. patent case), there are more than 20 patent applications in this series so far, all of which have the same basic structure, which has a connecting part composed of a tongue and a groove, and An integral mechanical locking device is provided on this connecting part to prevent the disengagement of the two interconnected sheet elements in a direction perpendicular to the relevant edge and parallel to the lower edge of the interconnected sheet elements, which, of course, features a tongue-like arrangement The protrusions on the lower surface of the object, the grooves provided on the lower protrusions of the grooves, and the elastically bendable lower protrusions allow them to be mutually displaced when they are relatively displaced in a planar manner. connected. This design allows the plate units to be connected to each other by inserting the tongue into the plate slot obliquely, and then using the tongue-shaped tenon as a fulcrum to rotate the plate and press down and move the plane to each other. The mechanical locking device prevents it from falling off. Open, because it adopts the method of rotating and pressing down and moving the plane phase to assemble the plate units, so when the long side is combined and positioned and then the short side is combined, it can still be combined by horizontal push, which has its practicality. .
该种设计的板材单元在使用过程中,若板材单元发生干燥收缩而向相互远离的方向平移时,通过舌状物与槽的限位可限制板材单元间的平移,但若长时间,有如地热采暖的持续发热干燥,形成木质地板的水分蒸发,致使木质地板更大幅面收缩,而仅以舌榫与槽口的单一限位扣合连接,其 扣合拉力将明显降低,因舌榫、槽口以及在木质地板本体大面积干燥收缩的共同作用下,进而产生舌榫与限位槽口松脱,致使相互连接的板材单元的连接处离缝,再稍加严重的木质地板幅面收缩,即会发生地板单元与地板单元舌榫与槽口的分离脱扣。During the use of the plate unit of this design, if the plate unit undergoes drying shrinkage and translates in a direction away from each other, the translation between the plate units can be limited by the limit of the tongue and the groove, but if the plate unit is used for a long time, it will be like geothermal heat. The continuous heating and drying of heating will cause the evaporation of water from the wooden floor, which will cause the wooden floor to shrink in a larger scale. If only the tongue and groove are connected by a single limit buckle, the buckle tension will be significantly reduced, due to the tongue and groove. Under the combined action of the large-area drying and shrinkage of the wooden floor body, the tongue and tenon and the limit notch are loosened, which causes the joints of the interconnected board units to be separated from the seam, and then the wooden floor shrinks slightly, that is, The floor unit and floor unit tongue and groove separation trip will occur.
另又在较为潮湿环境时,则易发生板材单元的膨胀,板材单元相互推挤,造成板材单元一侧的下方空鼓,在受到挤压后的该板材单元另一侧就会向侧边向上翘,进而受压不均导致发生板材单元的向上旋转,此时两板材单元的舌状物可从槽内旋出,使得两板材单元相互分离,影响了板材单元间的连接扣合稳定性。On the other hand, in a relatively humid environment, the expansion of the plate unit is likely to occur, and the plate units are pushed against each other, causing the bottom of one side of the plate unit to be hollow, and the other side of the plate unit after being squeezed will go up to the side. warping, and then the uneven pressure leads to the upward rotation of the plate unit. At this time, the tongues of the two plate units can be rotated out of the groove, so that the two plate units are separated from each other, which affects the connection stability between the plate units.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本发明的目的在于克服现有技术的缺陷,提供一种对嵌式锁扣板材及扣合方法,解决现有板材单元在干燥环境,板材本体产生的收缩幅面尺寸减小,造成两板材间的锁扣连接处开缝分离,以及板材单元在潮湿环境的体积膨胀,引发地板相互推挤而起拱,地板又经由脚踩下压受力而发生板材单元旋转,极易导致凸榫从榫槽内旋出使得两板材单元相互分离而影响连接扣合稳定性的问题。The purpose of the present invention is to overcome the defects of the prior art, to provide an embedded locking plate and a method for fastening, so as to solve the problem that the shrinkage of the plate body caused by the shrinkage of the plate body in the dry environment of the existing plate unit is reduced, causing the gap between the two plates. The joints of the locks are separated and the volume of the board unit expands in a humid environment, which causes the floors to push each other and arch, and the floor is pressed by the foot to cause the board unit to rotate, which can easily cause the tenon to move from the tenon and groove. The internal rotation makes the two plate units separate from each other and affects the stability of the connection.
实现上述目的的技术方案是:The technical solution to achieve the above purpose is:
本发明提供了一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);The present invention provides a pair of embedded locking plate, which is assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, at least two of which are A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the opposite sides (13, 14);
带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;The side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical direction setting;
所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A second tongue groove (32) concave inward is also formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) the connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ; the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A second tenon (31) protruding to the outside is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶(51),且所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first convex The step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与所述第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;A first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141). The groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);The first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一凸阶(51)及第一凹槽(52)与第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) and the first groove (52) and the second convex The tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) cooperate with each other to perform snap connection.
本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元间连接是通过第一凸榫(21)插入第一榫槽(22)中,第二榫槽(32)卡扣于第二凸榫(31)上来实现的。在组装时,可将两板材单元贴靠至组装定位位置进而以按压方式施力使两板材单元间实现连接扣合,也可以倾斜状态将一板材单元以旋转下压的方式施力使两板材单元间实现连接扣合。在两板材单元扣合好后,若板材单元发生干燥收缩而向相互远离的方向平移,顶靠面(41)与限位面(42)相抵靠形成第一牵制作用点,第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)相紧贴形成第二牵制作用点,第一凸阶(51)的第一横向面(511)与第一凹槽(52)的第一横壁面(521)相紧贴形成第三牵制作用点,第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与第二榫槽 (32)的第二下槽壁(323)相紧贴形成第四牵制作用点,四个牵制作用点的相互牵制可以很好的保证两板材单元不离缝、不分离,起到很好的板材锁扣连接限位功能,该结构设计加大了板材单元间的锁扣拉力,提高了板材单元间的连接扣合稳定性。若两板材单元间发生旋转时,该旋转力需克服第一牵制作用点至第四牵制作用点的锁扣拉力方可将两板材单元相分离,故而能够避免两板材单元轻易的旋转脱离,提高了板材单元间的连接扣合稳定性。In the present invention, the inter-unit connection of the embedded locking plate is that the first tenon (21) is inserted into the first tenon (22), and the second tenon (32) is snapped on the second tenon (31). realized. When assembling, the two plate units can be pressed against the assembly positioning position and the two plate units can be connected and buckled by pressing force, or a plate unit can be rotated and pressed in an inclined state to force the two plates. The connection and snapping are realized between the units. After the two plate units are fastened together, if the plate units undergo drying shrinkage and translate in a direction away from each other, the abutting surface (41) and the limiting surface (42) abut to form a first pinning point, and the first tenon ( 21) The first top surface (211) of the first tongue groove (22) is in close contact with the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) to form a second pinning point, and the first lateral surface ( 511) is in close contact with the first transverse wall surface (521) of the first groove (52) to form a third pinning point, the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) The second lower trough wall (323) is close to each other to form the fourth pinning point, and the mutual pinning of the four pinning points can ensure that the two plate units are not separated from the seam or separated, and play a good role in the plate lock connection. Limit function, the structural design increases the locking tension between the plate units, and improves the connection and buckle stability between the plate units. If there is rotation between the two plate units, the rotational force must overcome the locking tension from the first pinning point to the fourth pinning point to separate the two board units, so that the two board units can be prevented from being easily rotated and separated, improving the The stability of the connection between the plate units is improved.
本发明还提供了一种对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,包括如下步骤,带有第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽(22)的另一板材单元(10),所述第一凸榫(21)开始进入所述第一榫槽(22)中,所述第二榫槽(32)开始罩扣于所述第二凸榫(31),让所述第一凸榫(21)的第一外侧面(212)顶靠在所述第一凹槽(52)对应的壁面,所述第一凸阶(51)对应的侧面顶靠于所述第二对接面(141),让所述顶靠面(41)顶靠在所述限位面(42)上,接着以垂直按压的方式对带第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)边缘施力,经由所述限位面(42)的引导,让所述第一凸榫(21)进入所述第一榫槽(22)中、所述第一凸阶(51)进入所述第一凹槽(52)中、所述第二榫槽(32)卡扣于所述第二凸榫(31)上,即实现板材单元(10)间的双向锁扣连接。The present invention also provides a method for fastening a plate with a built-in lock, comprising the following steps: the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) moves to the same plane with the first tenon (22) ) of another plate unit (10), the first tenon (21) begins to enter the first tenon groove (22), and the second tenon groove (32) begins to cover and buckle the second tenon Tenon (31), so that the first outer side surface (212) of the first tenon (21) abuts against the wall surface corresponding to the first groove (52), and the first convex step (51) corresponds to the wall surface. The side faces abut against the second abutting surface (141), so that the abutting surface (41) abuts on the limiting surface (42), and then presses vertically against the first tenon (21). The edge of the plate unit (10) of the The step (51) enters the first groove (52), and the second tenon (32) is snapped on the second tenon (31), that is, two-way locking between the plate units (10) is realized Buckle connection.
本发明还提供了一种对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,包括如下步骤,将带有第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)呈倾斜状态移向带有第一榫槽(22)的另一板材单元(10);使所述第一凸榫(21)部分插入所述第一榫槽(22)中,所述第二榫槽(32)部分罩扣于所述第二凸榫(31),让所述第一对接面(131)与所述第二对接面(141)相抵靠,接着将带有第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)进行旋转下压,让所述第一凸榫(21)进入所述第一榫槽(22)中、所述第一凸阶(51)进入所述第一凹槽(52)中、所述第二榫槽(32)卡扣于所述第二凸榫(31)上,即实现板材单元(10)间的双向锁扣连接。The present invention also provides a method for fastening a plate with a built-in lock, comprising the steps of: moving the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) in an inclined state to the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) in an inclined state. 22) of another plate unit (10); the first tenon (21) is partially inserted into the first tenon groove (22), and the second tenon groove (32) is partially covered and fastened to the first tenon (21). Two tenons (31), so that the first abutting surface (131) and the second abutting surface (141) abut, and then the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) is rotated down Press the first tenon (21) into the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) into the first groove (52), and the second tenon The groove (32) is snapped on the second tenon (31), that is, the two-way locking connection between the plate units (10) is realized.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第一实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图2为本发明中第一实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
图3、图4和图7为本发明中第一实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。FIG. 3 , FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
图5和图6为本发明中第一实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装时榫槽变形的示意图。5 and 6 are schematic diagrams illustrating the deformation of the tongue and groove when the two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention are assembled by pressing.
图8和图9为本发明中第一实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
图10为本发明中第一实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装时榫槽变形示意图。10 is a schematic diagram of the deformation of the tongue and groove when the two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention are assembled by rotating and pressing down.
图11为本发明中第一实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式的分解步骤示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the decomposition steps of the two plate units according to the first embodiment of the present invention using a rotary pressing method.
图12和图13为本发明第一实施例中两个板材单元组装好后反向旋转限位的示意图。FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 are schematic views of the reverse rotation limit after two plate units are assembled in the first embodiment of the present invention.
图14至图16为本发明第一实施例的板材单元加工刀具的配置图。14 to 16 are diagrams showing the arrangement of the plate unit processing tool according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
图17为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第二实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图18为本发明中第二实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
图19为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第三实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图20为本发明中第三实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
图21至图23为本发明中第三实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。21 to 23 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
图24和图25为本发明中第三实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压的方式组装的结构示意图。24 and 25 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
图26至图28为本发明第三实施例的板材单元加工刀具的配置图。26 to 28 are diagrams showing the arrangement of a plate unit processing tool according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
图29为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第四实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图30为本发明第四实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
图31为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第五实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of the fifth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
图32为本发明第五实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
图33为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第六实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of the sixth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
图34为本发明中第六实施例的板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled board unit according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
图35为图34中浮凸和凹陷连接处的局部放大示意图。FIG. 35 is a partial enlarged schematic view of the connection between the relief and the depression in FIG. 34 .
图36为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第七实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a seventh embodiment of a plate unit for an embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图37为本发明中第七实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
图38为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第八实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 38 is a schematic structural diagram of the eighth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图39为本发明中第八实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
图40为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第九实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of the ninth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图41为本发明中第九实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
图42至图44为本发明中第九实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。42 to 44 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
图45和图46为本发明中第九实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。FIG. 45 and FIG. 46 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
图47为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 47 is a schematic structural diagram of the tenth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图48为本发明中第十实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
图49为本发明中第十实施例组装时采用多种钉子组装的结构示意图。FIG. 49 is a schematic structural diagram of the tenth embodiment of the present invention assembling with various nails during assembly.
图50为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十一实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of the eleventh embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图51为本发明中第十一实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 51 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
图52至图54为本发明中第十一实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。52 to 54 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units by pressing according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
图55和图56为本发明中第十一实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。FIG. 55 and FIG. 56 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
图57为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十二实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of the twelfth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图58为本发明中第十二实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 58 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
图59至图61为本发明中第十二实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。FIGS. 59 to 61 are schematic diagrams of disassembled steps of assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
图62和图63为本发明中第十二实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。FIG. 62 and FIG. 63 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
图64为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十三实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 64 is a schematic structural diagram of the thirteenth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图65为本发明中第十三实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 65 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图66至图68为本发明中第十三实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。66 to 68 are schematic diagrams of disassembly steps for assembling two plate units in a pressing manner according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图69和图70为本发明中第十三实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。FIG. 69 and FIG. 70 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图71为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十四实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 71 is a schematic structural diagram of the fourteenth embodiment of the plate unit of the embedded locking plate according to the present invention.
图72为本发明中第十四实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 72 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图73至图75为本发明中第十四实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的分解步骤示意图。Figures 73 to 75 are schematic diagrams of disassembled steps in which two plate units are assembled by pressing according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图76和图77为本发明中第十四实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。Figures 76 and 77 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图78为发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十五实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 78 is a schematic structural diagram of the fifteenth embodiment of the panel unit of the invention to lock the panel.
图79为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十六实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 79 is a schematic structural diagram of the sixteenth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
图80为本发明中第十六实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 80 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图81至图82为本发明第十六实施例的板材单元加工刀具的配置图。81 to 82 are diagrams showing the arrangement of a plate unit processing tool according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图83为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十七实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 83 is a schematic structural diagram of the seventeenth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
图84为本发明中第十七实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 84 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
图85至图87为本发明中第十七实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的结构示意图。85 to 87 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by pressing according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
图88和图89为本发明中第十七实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。Figures 88 and 89 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
图90为本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第十八实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 90 is a schematic structural diagram of the eighteenth embodiment of the panel unit of the embedded locking panel of the present invention.
图91为本发明中第十八实施例的两个板材单元组装好后的结构示意图。FIG. 91 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled two plate units according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图92至图94为本发明中第十八实施例的两个板材单元采用按压方式组装的结构示意图。92 to 94 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by pressing according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图95和图96为本发明中第十八实施例的两个板材单元采用旋转下压方式组装的结构示意图。FIG. 95 and FIG. 96 are schematic structural diagrams of two plate units assembled by rotating and pressing down according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图97为本发明板材单元组装排列形成第一种拼花样式的结构示意图。FIG. 97 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembly and arrangement of plate units according to the present invention to form the first mosaic pattern.
图98为本发明板材单元组装排列形成第二种拼花样式的结构示意图。FIG. 98 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembled and arranged plate units of the present invention to form a second mosaic pattern.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合附图和具体实施例对本发明作进一步说明。The present invention will be further described below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments.
参阅图1,本发明提供了一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元组装而成,用于提升锁扣板材的连接稳定性,利用第一凸榫21和第二凸榫31将两个板材单元10从两个方向同时卡住,形成与中国传统木质家具,不同工件采用榫与卯的稳固相连接原理,使其结构功能达到相同良好的扣合效果,可以很好的保证板材单元间的长时间水平连接不离缝、不分离,更加大了板材的锁扣连接拉力。下面结合附图对本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的结构进行说明。Referring to FIG. 1 , the present invention provides a pair of embedded locking plates, which are assembled from plate units to improve the connection stability of the locking plates. The first tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 are used to connect the two The board unit 10 is stuck from two directions at the same time, forming a solid connection principle of tenon and mortise for different workpieces, which is similar to traditional Chinese wooden furniture, so that its structure and function can achieve the same good buckle effect, which can well guarantee the space between the board units. The long-term horizontal connection does not leave the seam and does not separate, which increases the tension of the lock connection of the plate. The structure of the embedded locking plate of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
参阅图1,显示了板材单元的第一实施例的结构示意图。下面结合图 1,对本发明的对嵌式锁扣板材的结构进行说明。Referring to FIG. 1 , a schematic structural diagram of the first embodiment of the plate unit is shown. The following describes the structure of the embedded locking plate of the present invention with reference to FIG. 1 .
如图1所示,本发明的对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元10组装而成,该板材单元10具有上表面11、底面12以及四个侧边,上表面11和底面12为平面且相对设置,四个侧边设于上表面11和底面12的四周,在四个侧边中至少两个相对的侧边上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫21和第一榫槽22;带有第一凸榫21的一侧边13上形成有与上表面11的对应边缘连接的第一对接面131,该第一对接面131呈竖向设置;第一凸榫21形成于第一对接面131的下方,且该第一凸榫21自第一对接面131向外侧凸出;在第一凸榫21的下方还形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽32,该第二榫槽32的下方形成有与底面12的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面132,该第二榫槽32的槽底自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入;第一凸榫21与第二榫槽32之间形成有顶靠面41;带有第一榫槽22的另一侧边14形成有与上表面11的对应边缘连接的第二对接面141,该第二对接面141呈竖向设置;第一榫槽22形成于第二对接面141的下方,该第一榫槽22的槽底自第二对接面141向内侧凹入;第一榫槽22的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫31,该第二凸榫31的下方形成有与底面12对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面142,该第二凸榫31的头部自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出;第一榫槽22与第二凸榫31之间形成有限位面42;第一凸榫21具有第一顶面211、第一外侧面212以及第一底面213,第一榫槽22具有第一上槽壁221、第一内槽壁222以及第一下槽壁223,第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一对接面131之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶51,该第一凸阶51自第一对接面131向外侧凸出;第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221与第二对接面141之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽52,该第一凹槽52自第二对接面141向内侧凹入;第一凹槽52与第一凸阶51相适配,该第一凹槽52可容置第一凸阶51。借此,结合图2所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第一凸阶51及第一凹槽52与第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32的相互配合而进行稳固的连接扣合。As shown in FIG. 1 , the embedded locking plate of the present invention is assembled from a plate unit 10 . The plate unit 10 has an upper surface 11 , a bottom surface 12 and four sides. The upper surface 11 and the bottom surface 12 are flat and Oppositely arranged, the four sides are arranged around the upper surface 11 and the bottom surface 12, and at least two opposite sides of the four sides are respectively formed with a first tenon 21 and a first tenon groove 22 which are matched ; The side 13 with the first tenon 21 is formed with a first butt surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11, the first butt surface 131 is arranged vertically; the first tenon 21 is formed in the Below a butting surface 131 , and the first tenon 21 protrudes outward from the first butting surface 131 ; a second tenon groove 32 concave inward is also formed under the first tenon 21 . The bottom of the tongue groove 32 is formed with a first vertical surface 132 connected with the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12. The groove bottom of the second tongue groove 32 is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132; An abutting surface 41 is formed between the two tongue grooves 32 ; the other side 14 with the first tongue groove 22 is formed with a second abutting surface 141 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 , and the second abutting surface 141 is Vertically arranged; the first tongue groove 22 is formed below the second butting surface 141 , and the bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is concave inward from the second butting surface 141 ; the bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is also formed with a direction A second tenon 31 protruding from the outside, a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31, and the head of the second tenon 31 is formed from the second vertical surface 142 protrudes outward; a limiting surface 42 is formed between the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 ; the first tenon 21 has a first top surface 211 , a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213 , the first The tongue groove 22 has a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223 , and an outward protrusion is formed between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first butting surface 131 . The first convex step 51 protrudes outward from the first abutting surface 131 ; a concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141 The first groove 52 is concave inward from the second abutting surface 141; the first groove 52 is adapted to the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first groove 52. Convex step 51. Therefore, with reference to FIG. 2 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 . The two tongue grooves 32 cooperate with each other to perform stable connection and buckle.
本发明的第一实施例中,在侧边13处形成向外侧凸出的第一凸榫21和向内侧凹入的第二榫槽32、向外侧凸出的第一凸阶51;在侧边14处形成向内侧凹入的第一榫槽22、向内侧凹入的第一凹槽52和向外侧凸出的第二凸榫31。第一凸榫21与第一榫槽22相适配,该第一榫槽22可容置第一凸榫21,第一凸阶51与第一凹槽52相适配,该第一凹槽52可容置 第一凸阶51,第二榫槽32与第二凸榫31相适配,该第二榫槽32可容置第二凸榫31。结合图3和图4所示,该第一实施例的两个板材单元10通过沿侧向(或水平向)对插实现连接,在两个板材单元10组装好后,结合图2所示,第一对接面131与第二对接面141相贴,第一凸榫21置于第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51置于第一凹槽52内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一竖向面132与第二竖向面142相面对设置。借此,一板材单元10上的第一凸榫21伸入到另一板材单元10的内侧,另一板材单元10的第二凸榫31伸入到一板材单元10的内侧,即第一凸榫21预先伸入第一榫槽22约二分之一深度后,另再辅以第二榫槽32对应卡扣于第二凸榫31上,可按压其中带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,具体可按压上表面11靠近第一对接面131处的位置,仅需以垂直按压方式略加施力,就可实现了两个板材单元10双向榫与槽的锁扣定位,此时,第一凸榫21加上第一凸阶51后的加长型凸榫和第一榫槽22加上第一凹槽52,所形成的双榫、槽相互连接与相互牵制的板材单元连接扣合,即能大大提高板材单元10的连接扣合稳定性,如图7所示,当组装后的两个板材单元10干燥收缩时,两个板材单元10会沿着图7的F2所示的方向移动,即左侧的板材单元10向左侧移动,右侧的板材单元10向右侧移动,在两个板材单元10将要向着相互分离的方向移动时,第一凸榫21向右侧移动,顶靠面41压迫限位面42并欲将第一榫槽22撑开,此时第二凸榫31会被第二榫槽32顶住,使得第一榫槽22无法被撑开,达到了稳固锁合的效果,保证两个板材单元10既不离缝,也不分离,确保了板材单元10的连接扣合稳定性。另外,第一凸榫21和第二凸榫31位于组装连接的两个板材单元10上,若其中的一个板材单元10因材质不均的问题而出现第一凸榫21或第二凸榫31有损坏时,另一板材单元10上的第一凸榫21和第二凸榫31依然能够保持板材的正常使用。还由于较宽深度的第一凸榫21插入第一榫槽22内,以及第二凸榫31伸入第二榫槽32内的相同设置,使得两个板材单元10在扣合后,第一凸榫21、第二凸榫31不因干燥环境致使板材单元材料稍微收缩就能轻易脱离第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32较宽深度对嵌的相互紧密夹持扣合,而需要以较大的倾斜角度与上翘力才能完成板材单元的拆卸,非常不易脱扣分离。In the first embodiment of the present invention, a first tenon 21 protruding outward, a second tenon 32 concave inward, and a first convex step 51 protruding outward are formed at the side edge 13; A first tongue groove 22 concave inward, a first groove 52 concave inward and a second tenon 31 protruding outward are formed at the edge 14 . The first tenon 21 is matched with the first tenon groove 22, the first tenon groove 22 can accommodate the first tenon 21, the first convex step 51 is matched with the first groove 52, the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51 , the second tenon 32 is matched with the second tenon 31 , and the second tenon 32 can receive the second tenon 31 . As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 , the two plate units 10 of the first embodiment are connected by inserting in the lateral (or horizontal) direction. After the two plate units 10 are assembled, as shown in FIG. 2 , The first abutting surface 131 is in contact with the second abutting surface 141 , the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 is placed in the first groove 52 , and the second tenon groove 32 is locked in the first groove 52 . On the second tenon 31 , the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 are disposed opposite to each other. Thereby, the first tenon 21 of one plate unit 10 protrudes into the inner side of the other plate unit 10, and the second tenon 31 of the other plate unit 10 protrudes into the inner side of the one plate unit 10, that is, the first convex After the tenon 21 is pre-extended into the first tenon groove 22 by about half of the depth, the second tenon groove 32 is correspondingly snapped on the second tenon 31 to press the plate with the first tenon 21 therein. The unit 10 can specifically press the position of the upper surface 11 close to the first butt surface 131, and only need to apply a little force in a vertical pressing manner to realize the locking and positioning of the two-way tenon and groove of the two plate units 10. At this time , the first tenon 21 plus the first protruding step 51 and the elongated tenon and the first tenon groove 22 plus the first groove 52, the formed double tenon and groove are connected to each other and the plate unit connection buckle that is restrained by each other In this way, the connection and fastening stability of the plate unit 10 can be greatly improved. As shown in FIG. 7 , when the assembled two plate units 10 dry and shrink, the two plate units 10 will follow the direction shown in F2 of FIG. 7 . direction movement, that is, the left plate unit 10 moves to the left, the right plate unit 10 moves to the right, and when the two plate units 10 are about to move in the direction of separation from each other, the first tenon 21 moves to the right , the abutting surface 41 presses the limiting surface 42 and intends to stretch the first tenon groove 22, at this time, the second tenon 31 will be supported by the second tenon groove 32, so that the first tenon groove 22 cannot be stretched, and the In order to achieve the effect of stable locking, it is ensured that the two plate units 10 are neither separated from the seam nor separated, and the connection and buckle stability of the plate units 10 is ensured. In addition, the first tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 are located on the two plate units 10 that are assembled and connected. If one of the plate units 10 has the problem of uneven material, the first tenon 21 or the second tenon 31 appears When damaged, the first tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 on the other plate unit 10 can still maintain the normal use of the plate. Also due to the same arrangement in which the wider depth of the first tenon 21 is inserted into the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 extends into the second tenon groove 32, after the two plate units 10 are fastened together, the first The tenon 21 and the second tenon 31 can be easily separated from the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 and are tightly clamped and fastened to each other with a wide depth without causing the material of the board unit to shrink slightly due to the dry environment. Larger inclination angle and upturning force can complete the disassembly of the plate unit, and it is very difficult to trip and separate.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,如图1所示,第一凸阶51包括与第一对接面131连接的第一横向面511和与该第一横向面511连接的第一 纵向面512,该第一纵向面512与第一凸榫21的第一顶面211连接,第一纵向面512设于第一对接面131和第一外侧面212之间。第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一顶面211连接,第一底面213与第一外侧面212连接。较佳地,该第一外侧面212包括一竖向部和一斜向部,该竖向部与第一顶面211连接,斜向部的顶部与竖向部连接,斜向部的底部向着板材单元10的内侧倾斜并与第一底面213连接。第一底面213略呈平直状,第一顶面211略呈倾斜状,该第一顶面211与第一纵向面512连接的端部高于该第一顶面211与第一外侧面212连接的端部。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 1 , the first convex step 51 includes a first transverse surface 511 connected with the first abutting surface 131 and a first longitudinal surface connected with the first transverse surface 511 512 , the first longitudinal surface 512 is connected to the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 , and the first longitudinal surface 512 is disposed between the first butt surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 . The first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is connected with the first top surface 211 , and the first bottom surface 213 is connected with the first outer side surface 212 . Preferably, the first outer side surface 212 includes a vertical part and an oblique part, the vertical part is connected with the first top surface 211, the top of the oblique part is connected with the vertical part, and the bottom of the oblique part faces toward the vertical part. The inner side of the plate unit 10 is inclined and connected to the first bottom surface 213 . The first bottom surface 213 is slightly straight, the first top surface 211 is slightly inclined, and the end of the first top surface 211 and the first longitudinal surface 512 is higher than the first top surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 the end of the connection.
第一凹槽52包括与第二对接面141连接的第一横壁面521和与第一横壁面521连接的第一纵壁面522,该第一纵壁面522与第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221连接,该第一纵壁面522设于第二对接面141和第一内槽壁222之间。第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222与第一上槽壁221连接,第一下槽壁223与第一内槽壁222连接。较佳地,该第一内槽壁222与第一外侧面212的形状相适配,包括竖向部和斜向部,其斜向部的顶部与竖向部连接,斜向部的底部向着板材单元10的外侧倾斜并与第一下槽壁223连接。该第一下槽壁223略呈倾斜状设置,且第一下槽壁223与限位面42连接的端部的高度较低。第一上槽壁221也略呈倾斜状,该第一上槽壁221与第一纵壁面522连接端部高于该第一上槽壁221与第一内槽壁222连接的端部。The first groove 52 includes a first transverse wall surface 521 connected with the second abutting surface 141 and a first longitudinal wall surface 522 connected with the first transverse wall surface 521 . The groove walls 221 are connected, and the first longitudinal wall surface 522 is disposed between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 . The first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22 is connected with the first upper groove wall 221 , and the first lower groove wall 223 is connected with the first inner groove wall 222 . Preferably, the first inner groove wall 222 is adapted to the shape of the first outer side surface 212, and includes a vertical part and an oblique part, the top of the oblique part is connected to the vertical part, and the bottom of the oblique part faces the vertical part. The outside of the plate unit 10 is inclined and connected with the first lower groove wall 223 . The first lower groove wall 223 is slightly inclined, and the height of the end of the first lower groove wall 223 connected to the limiting surface 42 is relatively low. The first upper groove wall 221 is also slightly inclined, and the connecting end of the first upper groove wall 221 and the first vertical wall surface 522 is higher than the end connecting the first upper groove wall 221 and the first inner groove wall 222 .
第二榫槽32具有第二上槽壁321、第二内槽壁322以及第二下槽壁323,第二上槽壁321与顶靠面41连接,第二内槽壁322与第二上槽壁321连接,第二下槽壁323与第二内槽壁322连接。较佳地,第二内槽壁322包括两个斜向部,一个斜向部与第二上槽壁321连接,该斜向部的底部更靠近板材单元10的内侧设置,另一个斜向部与第二下槽壁323连接,该斜向部的底部更靠近板材单元10的外侧设置。第二上槽壁321略呈倾斜状,该第二上槽壁321与第二内槽壁322连接的端部略低于第二上槽壁321与顶靠面41连接的端部。第二下槽壁323呈倾斜状设置,该第二下槽壁323与第二内槽壁322连接的端部高于第二下槽壁323与第一竖向面132连接的端部。The second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321 , a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323 , the second upper groove wall 321 is connected to the abutting surface 41 , and the second inner groove wall 322 is connected to the second upper groove wall The groove wall 321 is connected, and the second lower groove wall 323 is connected with the second inner groove wall 322 . Preferably, the second inner groove wall 322 includes two inclined portions, one inclined portion is connected to the second upper groove wall 321, the bottom of the inclined portion is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit 10, and the other inclined portion is Connected to the second lower groove wall 323 , the bottom of the inclined portion is disposed closer to the outside of the plate unit 10 . The second upper groove wall 321 is slightly inclined, and the end of the second upper groove wall 321 connected to the second inner groove wall 322 is slightly lower than the end of the second upper groove wall 321 connected to the abutting surface 41 . The second lower groove wall 323 is disposed in an inclined shape, and the end of the second lower groove wall 323 connected to the second inner groove wall 322 is higher than the end of the second lower groove wall 323 connected to the first vertical surface 132 .
第二凸榫31具有第二顶面311、第二外侧面312以及第二底面313,第二顶面311与限位面42连接,第二外侧面312与第二顶面311连接,第二底面313与第二外侧面312连接。该第二外侧面312的形状与第二内 壁面322的形状相适配,第二顶面311为平直面,第二底面313的形状与第二下槽壁323的形状相适配。The second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311 , a second outer side surface 312 and a second bottom surface 313 , the second top surface 311 is connected with the limiting surface 42 , the second outer side surface 312 is connected with the second top surface 311 , the second The bottom surface 313 is connected to the second outer side surface 312 . The shape of the second outer side surface 312 is adapted to the shape of the second inner wall surface 322, the second top surface 311 is a flat surface, and the shape of the second bottom surface 313 is adapted to the shape of the second lower groove wall 323.
第一底面213的标高低于第二上槽壁321的标高;第二顶面311的标高高于第一下槽壁223的标高。结合图7所示,在两个板材单元10组装好后,若两个板材单元10受到了水平方向的相互分离的作用力时或者当两个板材单元10向着图7中F2所示的方向移动时,第二凸榫31和第一凸榫21会相互阻挡,且顶靠面41与限位面42也会相互紧贴,限制两个板材单元10沿着水平方向相互分离,能够锁住两个板材单元10,确保两个板材单元10不离缝、不分离,提高板材单元10的结构连接稳定性。The elevation of the first bottom surface 213 is lower than the elevation of the second upper groove wall 321 ; the elevation of the second top surface 311 is higher than the elevation of the first lower groove wall 223 . As shown in FIG. 7 , after the two plate units 10 are assembled, if the two plate units 10 are subjected to a force that separates from each other in the horizontal direction or when the two plate units 10 move in the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 7 At the same time, the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 will block each other, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 will also be in close contact with each other, which restricts the separation of the two plate units 10 from each other along the horizontal direction, and can lock the two Each plate unit 10 ensures that the two plate units 10 are not separated from each other, and the structural connection stability of the plate units 10 is improved.
如图4和图7所示,第一顶面211略呈倾斜状,第一上槽壁221也略呈倾斜状,第一凸榫21置于第一榫槽22内时,第一顶面211与第一上槽壁221相紧贴,第一底面213与第一下槽壁223相贴。结合图1所示,第二底面313呈倾斜状,第二下槽壁323也呈倾斜状,第二凸榫31置于第二榫槽32内时,第二底面313与第二下槽壁323相紧贴,第二顶面311与第二上槽壁321间留有间隙。若两个板材单元10干燥收缩时,两个板材单元10会沿着图7中的F2所示的方向移动,即右侧的板材单元10向右侧移动,左侧的板材单元10向左侧移动,若干燥收缩产生的力较大时,经限位面42的导向,右侧的板材单元10会沿着F1所示的方向斜向上移动,此时,第一凸阶51的第一横向面511与第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521相卡紧,形成第一牵制作用点;第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221相卡紧,形成第二牵制作用点;第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第二凸榫31的第二底面313相卡紧,形成第三牵制作用点;左侧板材单元10的顶靠面41因而无法沿着右侧板材单元10的第一榫槽22的限位面42的斜面设置朝斜向上抬升脱离而致使第一凸榫的顶靠面41与第一榫槽22的限位面42也相互卡紧,形成第四牵制作用点。第一至第四牵制作用点产生的相互牵制作用力,阻止了右侧板材单元10的第一凸榫21能够挣脱左侧第一榫槽22的夹持,因此,可以很好的保证两个板材单元10不离缝、不分离,起到很好的锁扣限位功能,且该较宽深度的第一榫槽22同时夹持着第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51较宽深长的凸榫结构设计更是加大了连接板材的锁扣拉力。As shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 , the first top surface 211 is slightly inclined, and the first upper groove wall 221 is also slightly inclined. When the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22, the first top surface 211 is closely attached to the first upper groove wall 221 , and the first bottom surface 213 is closely attached to the first lower groove wall 223 . 1 , the second bottom surface 313 is inclined, and the second lower groove wall 323 is also inclined. When the second tenon 31 is placed in the second tenon groove 32, the second bottom surface 313 and the second lower groove wall 323 are in close contact with each other, and there is a gap between the second top surface 311 and the second upper groove wall 321 . If the two plate units 10 dry and shrink, the two plate units 10 will move along the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 7 , that is, the right plate unit 10 moves to the right, and the left plate unit 10 moves to the left When moving, if the force generated by the drying shrinkage is large, the plate unit 10 on the right will move obliquely upward along the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42. At this time, the first lateral direction of the first convex step 51 The surface 511 is clamped with the first lateral wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 to form a first pinning point; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 is in contact with the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 The second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 to form the third containment point; Therefore, the abutting surface 41 cannot be set along the slope of the limiting surface 42 of the first tongue groove 22 of the right plate unit 10 to be lifted and disengaged obliquely upward, resulting in the contact between the abutting surface 41 of the first tenon and the first tongue groove 22 . The limiting surfaces 42 are also clamped to each other to form a fourth restraining point. The mutual restraining force generated by the first to fourth restraining action points prevents the first tenon 21 of the right plate unit 10 from being able to break free from the clamping of the left first tenon groove 22. Therefore, it can be well ensured that the two The plate unit 10 is not separated from the seam or separated, and has a good locking and limiting function, and the wider depth of the first tenon groove 22 simultaneously holds the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51. The tenon structure design increases the locking tension of the connecting plates.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,如图1和图3所示,第一凸榫21的第一底面213与顶靠面41的连接处的最低点与第一凸榫21的第一外侧 面212的最外侧位置点的垂直延伸线间的水平距离L1小于限位面42的最高点与第一纵壁面522的最低点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L2,即L1<L2。结合图3所示,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22的另一板材单元10,第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212的最外侧与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522相贴时,第一凸榫21的第一底面213与顶靠面41的连接处与限位面42相对应,由于L1<L2,若该第一底面213与顶靠面41的连接处和限位面42相贴,此时的第一底面213与顶靠面41的连接处的最低点位于限位面42的最高点的下方,结合图4所示,也即在第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522相紧贴时(此时第一外侧面212与第一纵壁面522也呈现过盈状态),第一底面213和顶靠面41的连接处的最低点与限位面42间过盈配合,此时第一凸榫21部分落入到第一榫槽22的范围内。在该状态下无法继续沿同一平面移动带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10了,接着以垂直按压的方式对带第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11边缘施力,即向顶靠面41垂直上方的上表面11以垂直按压的方式施力,结合图4和图7所示,经由限位面42的引导,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中,第一凸阶51进入第一凹槽52中,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,即实现板材单元间的双向锁扣连接。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 , the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 is the first The horizontal distance L1 between the vertical extension lines of the outermost position point of the outer side surface 212 is smaller than the horizontal distance L2 between the vertical extension line of the highest point of the limiting surface 42 and the lowest point of the first vertical wall surface 522, ie L1<L2. Referring to FIG. 3 , the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved to another plate unit 10 with the first tenon 22 on the same plane, and the first outer surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is the most When the outer side is in contact with the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52, the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 corresponds to the limiting surface 42. Since L1<L2, if the The connection between the first bottom surface 213 and the top surface 41 and the limit surface 42 are in contact with each other. At this time, the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 and the top surface 41 is located below the highest point of the limit surface 42 . As shown in FIG. 4 , that is, when the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is in close contact with the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52 (at this time, the first outer side surface 212 and the first longitudinal wall surface 522 are also presenting an interference state), the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in an interference fit, and at this time, the first tenon 21 partially falls into the range of the first tenon groove 22 . In this state, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can no longer be moved along the same plane, and then the edge of the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed vertically, that is, to the The upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 exerts force in a vertical pressing manner, and as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. A convex step 51 enters the first groove 52, and the second tenon groove 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31, that is, a two-way locking connection between the plate units is realized.
如图3所示,第一凸榫21的第一底面213与顶靠面41的连接处的最低点与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212的最外侧位置点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L1大于第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223与限位面42的连接处与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522的最低点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L3,即L1>L3。带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10推向带有第一榫槽22的板材单元10时,该第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212顶靠在另一板材单元10的第一纵壁面522上时,该第一凸榫21已落入另一板材单元10的第一榫槽22的范围中,基于L1>L3的技术要点,该第一凸榫21的第一底面213与顶靠面41的连接处的最低点尚未触及第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223与限位面42的连接处,如此本发明才能够采按压的方式来进行板材单元10间的扣合。As shown in FIG. 3 , the horizontal line between the lowest point of the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the vertical extension line of the outermost position point of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 The distance L1 is greater than the horizontal distance L3 between the junction of the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 and the limiting surface 42 and the vertical extension line of the lowest point of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52, that is, L1> L3. When the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pushed toward the board unit 10 with the first tenon 22 , the first outer side 212 of the first tenon 21 abuts against the first longitudinal direction of the other board unit 10 . When the first tenon 21 is on the wall surface 522, the first tenon 21 has fallen into the range of the first tenon groove 22 of the other plate unit 10. Based on the technical point of L1>L3, the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the top The lowest point of the connection of the leaning surface 41 has not yet touched the connection between the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 and the limiting surface 42, so that the present invention can perform the buckle between the plate units 10 by pressing. .
如图3所示,第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4小于第二对接面141与第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222间的最大的水平距离L5,即L4<L5,结合图7所示,在第一对接面131 与第二对接面141相紧贴时,第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222间有缝隙。相应地,第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312和第二榫槽32的第二内槽壁322间也留有缝隙通过留设的缝隙,可避免凸榫与榫槽的槽壁间相碰撞或摩擦而产生异响。As shown in FIG. 3 , the maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is smaller than the distance between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22 . The maximum horizontal distance L5, that is, L4<L5, is shown in FIG. 7. When the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are in close contact with each other, the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove There is a gap between the first inner groove walls 222 of 22 . Correspondingly, there is also a gap between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tenon groove 32. Through the left gap, the contact between the tenon and the groove wall of the tenon groove can be avoided. Abnormal noise caused by collision or friction.
第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4大于第二对接面141与第一纵壁面522间最大的水平距离L6,即L4>L6。The maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the maximum horizontal distance L6 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first vertical wall surface 522 , that is, L4 > L6 .
如图3所示,第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312与第二底面313的连接处和限位面42与第二凸榫31的第二顶面311的连接处间的距离L7大于第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一竖向面132的连接处和顶靠面41间最小距离L8,即L7>L8,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22的另一板材单元10,若限位面42与第二凸榫31的第一顶面311的连接处位于顶靠面41范围内时,由于L7>L8,第二凸榫31的第二底面313与第二外侧面312的连接处尚未与第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一竖向面132的连接处相接触。在以垂直按压的方式对带第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11边缘施力时,结合图4所示,第二凸榫31的第二底面313与第二外侧面312的连接处和第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一竖向面132的连接处过盈配合,即第二凸榫31会将第二榫槽32的槽口(该槽口是指顶靠面41与第一竖向面132和第二下槽壁323连接处之间的范围)撑开,从而能够让第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上。另外,由于L7>L8,在第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上时,该第二榫槽32与第二凸榫31形成卡扣功能作用,故不易发生分离。As shown in FIG. 3 , the distance L7 between the connection between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second bottom surface 313 and the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is greater than The minimum distance L8 between the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 and the abutting surface 41 , that is, L7>L8, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is placed in the The same plane is moved to another plate unit 10 with the first tongue groove 22, if the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the first top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is located within the range of the abutting surface 41, because L7> L8, the connection between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second outer side surface 312 is not yet in contact with the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 . When the edge of the upper surface 11 of the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed vertically, the connection between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second outer surface 312 is shown in FIG. 4 . The junction between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 is an interference fit, that is, the second tenon 31 will press the notch of the second tongue groove 32 (the notch refers to The area between the abutting surface 41 and the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second lower groove wall 323 ) is stretched, so that the second tenon groove 32 can be snapped on the second tenon 31 . In addition, since L7>L8, when the second tenon 32 is snapped onto the second tenon 31, the second tenon 32 and the second tenon 31 form a snapping function, so separation is unlikely to occur.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为斜面。利用斜面起到导向作用,以便于两个板材单元10间的连接。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces. The inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为弧面。利用弧面起到导向作用,该弧面较佳为圆弧面,可使得两个板材单元10更好组装,再有两个板材单元铺装连接在不平整地面时,带有第一凸榫21的弧型顶靠面41的板材单元和带有第一榫槽22的另一块弧型限位面42的板材单元扣合相连接一起,其两块板材单元各自圆弧面的接触处在地面不同平面角度时,分别两个不同板材单元的圆弧面形成微旋转接触,因此可以极为有效降低不同板材单元顶靠面41和限位面42相连接处的摩擦响声。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces. The arc surface is used as a guide, and the arc surface is preferably a circular arc surface, which can make the two panel units 10 better assembled. When two panel units are paved and connected to the uneven ground, there is a first tenon. The plate unit of the arc-shaped abutting surface 41 of 21 and the plate unit of the other arc-shaped limiting surface 42 with the first tenon groove 22 are connected together, and the contact points of the arc surfaces of the two plate units are When the ground plane angles are different, the arc surfaces of the two different plate units form micro-rotational contact, so the friction noise at the connection between the abutting surfaces 41 and the limiting surfaces 42 of the different plate units can be extremely effectively reduced.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,如图7所示,相邻的两个板材单元10扣合后,第一竖向面132和第二竖向面142之间设有分隔缝43。利用设置的分隔缝43给予板材预留有膨胀的空间,可减少板材受潮膨胀时的接触面,降低摩擦响声。如图12和图13所示,在右侧的板材单元10受到反向旋转的作用力F3时,第一竖向面132与第二竖向面142相抵靠,限制了右侧的板材单元10的继续旋转,使得板材单元10无法再继续倾斜,该第一竖向面132和第二竖向面142也起到了定位限位的作用。在右侧的板材单元10受到反向旋转的作用力F3时,左侧板材单元10的第二凸榫31的第二顶面311与右侧板材单元10的第二榫槽32的第二上槽壁321相紧贴,也限制了右侧的板材单元10的继续旋转,该第二凸榫31和第二榫槽32也再次起到了定位限位的作用。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 7 , after two adjacent plate units 10 are fastened together, a separation seam 43 is provided between the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 . The space for expansion is reserved for the board by the set separation seam 43, which can reduce the contact surface of the board when it is damp and expand, and reduce the friction noise. As shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 , when the plate unit 10 on the right is subjected to the force F3 of reverse rotation, the first vertical surface 132 abuts against the second vertical surface 142 , restricting the plate unit 10 on the right The continuous rotation of the plate unit 10 makes it impossible for the plate unit 10 to continue to tilt. The first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 also play the role of positioning and limiting. When the right plate unit 10 is subjected to the force F3 of reverse rotation, the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 of the left plate unit 10 and the second upper surface of the second tenon 32 of the right plate unit 10 The groove wall 321 is in close contact with each other, which also restricts the continued rotation of the plate unit 10 on the right side. The second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 also play the role of positioning and limiting again.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,如图1所示,板材单元10的第二对接面141和第二竖向面142均呈竖向设置,第二对接面141和第二竖向面142相互错开设置,也即第二对接面141和第二竖向面142不在同一竖向平面内,如此可使得第一榫槽22的槽口较大,该槽口由第二竖向面141的最低处和限位面42的最高处之间构成,可方便第一凸榫21的装配。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 1 , the second abutting surface 141 and the second vertical surface 142 of the plate unit 10 are both arranged vertically, and the second abutting surface 141 and the second vertical surface 142 are arranged staggered from each other, that is, the second abutting surface 141 and the second vertical surface 142 are not in the same vertical plane, so that the notch of the first tongue groove 22 can be made larger, and the notch is formed by the second vertical surface 141. It is formed between the lowermost part of the limit surface 42 and the uppermost part of the limiting surface 42 , which can facilitate the assembly of the first tenon 21 .
板材单元10的第一对接面131和第一竖向面132均呈竖向设置,第一对接面131和第一竖向面132相互错开设置,也即第一对接面131和第一竖向面132不在同一竖向平面内,如此可使得第二榫槽32的槽口较大,该槽口由第二竖向面132的最高点和抵靠面41的最低点之间构成,可方便第二凸榫31卡扣于第二榫槽32上。The first abutting surface 131 and the first vertical surface 132 of the plate unit 10 are both arranged vertically, and the first abutting surface 131 and the first vertical surface 132 are staggered from each other, that is, the first abutting surface 131 and the first vertical surface 132 are arranged vertically. The surfaces 132 are not in the same vertical plane, so that the notch of the second tongue groove 32 can be made larger. The second tenon 31 is fastened on the second tenon groove 32 .
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223设有向下凹入的安装槽224,利用安装槽可将具有第一榫槽22的板材单元10固定在安装基础(泛指地面、墙面,木质、金属槽型、塑料板条龙骨等)上。该安装槽224可容置固定连接用的固定钉,直接将板材固定于地面、墙体面上,该固定钉可以是木螺钉、气枪U型钉、铁钉等或其他种类的固定钉。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove 224, and the plate unit 10 with the first tongue groove 22 can be fixed by using the installation groove On the installation foundation (generally refers to the ground, wall, wood, metal channel, plastic slat keel, etc.). The installation slot 224 can accommodate fixing nails for fixed connection to directly fix the board on the ground or wall surface. The fixing nails can be wood screws, air gun U-shaped nails, iron nails, etc. or other types of fixing nails.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,板材单元10的侧边设置的第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的整体厚度占板材单元10的整体厚度的20%至40%,第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度占板材单元10的整体厚度20%至40%。该板材单元10的相对两侧边设置了第一凸榫、第一凸阶及第二榫槽与第一榫槽、第一凹槽及第二凸榫,在确保凸榫及榫槽间的结构强度满足要求的 前提下,该板材单元的整体厚度可较薄,板材单元的厚度可以在4mm至8mm之间。较佳地,该板材单元的厚度为4mm。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 provided on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10, and the second tenon The vertical maximum height of the grooves 32 is 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the panel unit 10 . The plate unit 10 is provided with a first tenon, a first convex step, a second tenon groove, a first tenon groove, a first groove and a second tenon on the opposite sides of the plate unit 10, so as to ensure the space between the tenon and the tenon groove. On the premise that the structural strength meets the requirements, the overall thickness of the plate unit can be relatively thin, and the thickness of the plate unit can be between 4mm and 8mm. Preferably, the thickness of the plate unit is 4mm.
在第一实施例的又一变形例中,第一底面213和顶靠面41连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸215,第一下槽壁223和限位面42连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽225,该第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的具体结构与第七实施例的第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的结构相同,请参阅第七实施例中的结构描述。In yet another modification of the first embodiment, the first bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 are connected to form a first embossment 215 that protrudes downward, and the first lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 are connected to form a downward concave The specific structures of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as those of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the seventh embodiment, please refer to the seventh embodiment Structure description in .
如图3至图7所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第一凸阶51及第一凹槽52与第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32以平移并按压的方式进行扣合,具体地,结合图6所示,将带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22及第一凹槽52的板材单元10,该第一凸榫21开始进入第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32的槽口卡扣于第二凸榫31的头部,第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522相贴,第一顶面211与第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521相贴,第一凸阶51的第一纵向面512与第二对接面141相贴,此时可将带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10向下落放,使得该板材单元10的第一底面213和顶靠面41的连接处与限位面42和第二顶面311的连接处相贴,接着继续平推带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10,使得第一顶面211与第一外侧面212之间的第一倾斜面214与第一纵壁面522与第一上槽壁221的连接处的第二斜面45相抵,第一横向面511和第一纵向面512之间的第一斜向面513与第二对接面141和第一横壁面521的连接处的第一斜面44相抵,顶靠面41与限位面42间处于过盈状态,此时另一板材单元10的第一榫槽22会弹性变形被撑开,而第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312与第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323和第一竖向面132的连接处相接触,此时无法在同一平面继续平推带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10,接着对带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10的上表面11施加垂直向下的按压力,结合图4所示,以按压的方式将第一凸榫21压入第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51压入第一凹槽52内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,结合图5和图6所示,按压的过程中,第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521被撑开而向上发生弹性变形,第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221被撑开而向上发生弹性变形,顶靠面41压迫限位面42,使得第二凸榫31向下发生弹性变形,进而压迫 第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323向下发生弹性变形,如此第一凹槽52被撑开而使得第一凸阶51可落入,第一榫槽22被撑开而使得第一凸榫21可落入,第二榫槽32被撑开而可卡扣于第二凸榫31,这样即可完成了两个板材单元10间的双向锁扣连接。As shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 and the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 . The two tongue grooves 32 are fastened by translation and pressing. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6 , the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 is moved on the same plane to the one with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 The plate unit 10 of the tenon groove 22 and the first groove 52, the first tenon 21 begins to enter the first tenon groove 22, the notch of the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31, and the first tenon 21 starts to enter the first tenon groove 22. The first outer side surface 212 of a tenon 21 is in contact with the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52 , the first top surface 211 is in contact with the first lateral wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 , and the first convex step 51 The first longitudinal surface 512 of the first longitudinal surface 512 is in contact with the second abutting surface 141. At this time, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 can be dropped downward, so that the first bottom surface 213 of the plate unit 10 can be lowered. The junction with the resting surface 41 is in contact with the junction between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 , and then continue to push the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 , so that the first The first inclined surface 214 between the top surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 abuts against the second inclined surface 45 at the connection between the first longitudinal wall surface 522 and the first upper groove wall 221 , and the first lateral surface 511 and the first longitudinal surface The first inclined surface 513 between the 512 is in contact with the first inclined surface 44 at the connection between the second abutting surface 141 and the first lateral wall surface 521, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in an interference state. The first tongue groove 22 of a plate unit 10 will be elastically deformed and stretched, and the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 The joints are in contact. At this time, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 cannot be pushed on the same plane, and then the plate unit with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 cannot be pushed. The upper surface 11 of the 10 exerts a vertical downward pressing force, and as shown in FIG. Inside, the second tenon 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31. As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, during the pressing process, the first transverse wall 521 of the first groove 52 is stretched and elastically deformed upward. , the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 is stretched and elastically deformed upward, and the abutting surface 41 presses the limiting surface 42, so that the second tenon 31 is elastically deformed downward, and then presses the second tenon groove. The second lower groove wall 323 of 32 is elastically deformed downward, so that the first groove 52 is stretched so that the first convex step 51 can fall in, and the first tenon groove 22 is stretched so that the first tenon 21 can be opened. After falling, the second tenon groove 32 is stretched and can be snapped to the second tenon 31 , so that the two-way locking connection between the two plate units 10 can be completed.
如图8和图9所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第一凸阶51及第一凹槽52与第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32以旋转下压的方式进行扣合,具体地,结合图11所示,将带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10呈倾斜状态插入带有第一榫槽22及第一凹槽52的板材单元10,第一凸榫21部分插入到第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32部分罩扣在第二凸榫31上,让第一对接面131与第二对接面141相抵靠,接着以该相抵靠的位置为接触点旋转下压该带有第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的板材单元10,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中,让第一凸阶51进入第一凹槽52中,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,在旋转下压时,结合图10所示,第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521被撑开而向上弹性变形使得第一凸阶51可落入,第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323被撑开而向下弹性变形使得第二榫槽32可卡扣于第二凸榫31上,即实现板材单元10件的双向锁扣连接。As shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 and the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 . The two tenon grooves 32 are fastened by rotating and pressing down. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11 , the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 is inserted into the plate unit 10 with the first tenon in an inclined state. In the plate unit 10 of the groove 22 and the first groove 52, the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon 22, and the second tenon 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butting surface 131 Abut against the second abutting surface 141 , and then use the abutting position as a contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 , so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon 21 . In the tenon groove 22, let the first convex step 51 enter the first groove 52, and the second tenon groove 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31. When rotating and pressing down, in combination with FIG. 10, the first groove The first lateral wall surface 521 of the second tongue groove 32 is stretched and elastically deformed upward so that the first convex step 51 can fall, and the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 is stretched and elastically deformed downward so that the second tongue groove 32 It can be snapped on the second tenon 31 , that is, the two-way locking connection of the 10 pieces of plate unit can be realized.
如图14至图16所示,第一实施例的板材单元10在生产加工时需要三种刀具切削加工,分别是水平刀151、竖直刀152以及倾斜刀153,水平刀151可沿着板材单元10的横向进行切削加工,竖直刀152可沿着板材单元10的竖向进行切削加工。由于第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32的槽底向着板材单元10的内部设置,故而需要利用倾斜刀153进行切削加工。As shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 , the plate unit 10 of the first embodiment requires three types of cutting tools during production and processing, namely, a horizontal tool 151 , a vertical tool 152 and an inclined tool 153 . The horizontal tool 151 can be used along the plate. The cutting process is performed in the transverse direction of the unit 10 , and the vertical knife 152 can perform the cutting process along the vertical direction of the plate unit 10 . Since the groove bottoms of the first tongue groove 22 and the second tongue groove 32 are disposed toward the interior of the plate unit 10 , the inclined blade 153 needs to be used for cutting.
参阅图17,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材单元10的第二实施例。如图17所示,该第二实施例与第一实施例的区别在于,第二榫槽32的下方设置有第三凸榫71,第二凸榫31的下方设有与该第三凸榫71相适配的第三榫槽72,第一凸榫21的第一底面213设有双浮凸结构,第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223设有双锁槽结构。具体地,第二榫槽32与第一竖向面132之间形成有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫71,该第三凸榫71自第一竖向面132向外侧凸出;第二凸榫31与第二竖向面142之间形成有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽72,该第三榫槽72自第二竖向面142向内侧凹入;第三榫槽72与第三凸榫71相适配,该第三榫槽72可容置第三凸榫71。Referring to FIG. 17, a second embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention is shown. As shown in FIG. 17 , the difference between the second embodiment and the first embodiment is that a third tenon 71 is provided below the second tenon groove 32 , and a third tenon is provided below the second tenon 31 . The first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 is provided with a double relief structure, and the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tenon 22 is provided with a double locking groove structure. Specifically, a third tenon 71 protruding to the outside is formed between the second tenon groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132, and the third tenon 71 protrudes from the first vertical surface 132 to the outside; the second A third tongue groove 72 is formed between the tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142, which is concave inward. The third tongue groove 72 is recessed inward from the second vertical surface 142; The three tenons 71 are matched to each other, and the third tenon 72 can accommodate the third tenon 71 .
在该第二实施例中,第二榫槽32的槽底自第三凸榫71的第三外侧面 711向内侧凹入,第二凸榫31的头部自第三榫槽72的第三内槽壁721向外侧凸出,第二榫槽32的第二内槽壁322相较于第一竖向面132更靠近板材单元10的外侧,第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312相较于第二竖向面142更靠近板材单元10的内侧。In the second embodiment, the bottom of the second tongue groove 32 is concave inward from the third outer side surface 711 of the third tongue 71 , and the head of the second tongue 31 is from the third side of the third tongue groove 72 . The inner groove wall 721 protrudes to the outside, the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 is closer to the outer side of the plate unit 10 than the first vertical surface 132 , and the second outer side surface 312 of the second tongue groove 31 It is closer to the inner side of the board unit 10 than the second vertical surface 142 .
较佳地,第三凸榫71包括与第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323连接的第三外侧面711和与该第三外侧面711连接的第三底面712,第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323作为第三凸榫71的顶面。第三榫槽72包括与第二凸榫31的第二底面313连接的第三内槽壁721和与该第三内槽壁721连接的第三下槽壁722,第二凸榫31的第二底面313作为第三榫槽72的上槽壁。Preferably, the third tenon 71 includes a third outer surface 711 connected with the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and a third bottom surface 712 connected with the third outer surface 711. The second tongue groove 32 The second lower groove wall 323 is used as the top surface of the third tenon 71 . The third tongue groove 72 includes a third inner groove wall 721 connected with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and a third lower groove wall 722 connected with the third inner groove wall 721 . The two bottom surfaces 313 serve as the upper groove walls of the third tongue groove 72 .
更佳地,第一底面213包括第一斜顶面2131、第二斜顶面2132和第一连接平面2133,第一斜顶面2131与第一外侧面212和第一连接平面2133连接,第二斜顶面2132与第一连接平面2133和顶靠面41连接,其中第一斜顶面2131与第一外侧面212连接的端部的高度低于第一斜顶面2131与第一连接平面2133连接的端部的高度,从而该第一斜顶面2131与第一外侧面212连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸216。第二斜顶面2132与第一连接平面2133连接的端部的高度高于第二斜顶面2132与顶靠面41连接的端部的高度,从而该第二斜顶面2132与顶靠面41的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸215,第一连接平面2133为平直面。其中的第一浮凸215和第二浮凸216构成了双浮凸结构。第一榫槽22包括第一上槽壁221、第一内槽壁222以及第一下槽壁223,第一下槽壁223与第一内槽壁222及限位面42连接。其中该第一下槽壁223包括第一斜靠面2231、第二斜靠面2232以及第二连接平面2233,第一斜靠面2231与第一内槽壁222和第二连接平面2233连接,第二斜靠面2232与第二连接平面2233和限位面42连接,其中第一斜靠面2231与第一内槽壁222连接的端部的高度低于第一斜靠面2231与第二连接平面2233连接的端部的高度,从而该第一斜靠面2231与第一内槽壁222连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽226。第二斜靠面2232与第二连接平面2233连接的端部的高度高于第二斜靠面2232与限位面42连接的端部的高度,从而该第二斜靠面2232与限位面42的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽225。第一锁槽225用于容置第一浮凸215,第二锁槽226用于容置第二浮凸216,其中的第一锁槽225和第二锁槽226构成了双锁槽结构。More preferably, the first bottom surface 213 includes a first inclined top surface 2131, a second inclined top surface 2132 and a first connecting plane 2133. The first inclined top surface 2131 is connected with the first outer side surface 212 and the first connecting plane 2133. The two inclined top surfaces 2132 are connected to the first connecting plane 2133 and the abutting surface 41 , wherein the height of the end of the first inclined top surface 2131 connecting with the first outer side surface 212 is lower than that of the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first connecting plane 2133 is connected to the height of the end portion, so that the connection between the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first outer side surface 212 is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief 216 . The height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the first connection plane 2133 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the abutment surface 41 , so that the second inclined top surface 2132 is connected to the abutment surface 41 . 41 is formed with a downwardly protruding first relief 215, and the first connecting plane 2133 is a flat surface. The first relief 215 and the second relief 216 constitute a double relief structure. The first tongue groove 22 includes a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223 . The first lower groove wall 223 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 and the limiting surface 42 . The first lower groove wall 223 includes a first inclined surface 2231, a second inclined surface 2232 and a second connecting plane 2233. The first inclined surface 2231 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 and the second connecting plane 2233. The second leaning surface 2232 is connected with the second connecting plane 2233 and the limiting surface 42 , wherein the height of the end of the first leaning surface 2231 connecting with the first inner groove wall 222 is lower than that of the first leaning surface 2231 and the second The height of the end connected by the connecting plane 2233 is such that a downwardly concave second locking groove 226 is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface 2231 and the first inner groove wall 222 . The height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the second connecting plane 2233 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the limiting surface 42, so that the second inclined surface 2232 is connected to the limiting surface. A first locking groove 225 recessed downward is formed at the connection of 42 . The first lock groove 225 is used for accommodating the first embossment 215 , and the second lock groove 226 is used for accommodating the second embossment 216 , wherein the first lock groove 225 and the second lock groove 226 constitute a double lock groove structure.
结合图18所示,板材单元10的第二实施例的扣合方式及过程与第一 实施例的扣合方式及过程相同,在两个板材单元10组装好后,在第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32的下方还有第三凸榫71及第三榫槽72的相互配合,第三凸榫71的设置方向与第一凸榫21的设置方向相同,第三凸榫71的设置方向与第二凸榫31的设置方向相反,如此交错设置,可加大板材单元间的连接锁扣拉力。Referring to FIG. 18 , the fastening method and process of the second embodiment of the plate unit 10 are the same as the fastening method and process of the first embodiment. After the two plate units 10 are assembled, the second tenon 31 and the The third tenon 71 and the third tenon 72 cooperate with each other under the second tenon 32. The setting direction of the third tenon 71 is the same as that of the first tenon 21, and the third tenon 71 is arranged in the same direction as the first tenon 21. The direction is opposite to the setting direction of the second tenons 31, and the staggered arrangement can increase the tension of the connection lock between the plate units.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,板材单元10侧边设置的第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的整体厚度占板材单元10的整体厚度的20%至40%,第一凸阶51的厚度占第一凸榫21的厚度的40%至50%,第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度与第三凸榫71的厚度之和占板材单元10的整体厚度20%至40%,第三凸榫71的厚度占第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度的40%至50%。该板材单元10的相对两侧边设置了第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51、第二榫槽32及第三凸榫71与第一榫槽22、第一凹槽52、第二凸榫31及第三榫槽72,确保凸榫及榫槽间的结构强度满足要求的前提下,该板材单元的整体厚度可偏向中厚度,板材单元10的厚度可以在9mm至18mm之间。较佳地,该板材单元的厚度为12mm。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 provided on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 . The thickness of 51 accounts for 40% to 50% of the thickness of the first tenon 21 , and the sum of the vertical maximum height of the second tenon 32 and the thickness of the third tenon 71 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 , the thickness of the third tenon 71 accounts for 40% to 50% of the vertical maximum height of the second tenon groove 32 . The plate unit 10 is provided with a first tenon 21 , a first protruding step 51 , a second tenon 32 , a third tenon 71 , and the first tenon 22 , the first groove 52 and the second tenon 71 on opposite sides of the plate unit 10 . The tenon 31 and the third tenon-groove 72 ensure that the structural strength between the tenon and the tenon-groove meets the requirements. The overall thickness of the plate unit can be biased toward the middle thickness, and the thickness of the plate unit 10 can be between 9mm and 18mm. Preferably, the thickness of the plate unit is 12mm.
参阅图19,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材单元10的第三实施例。如图19所示,在第三实施例与第二实施例的区别在于,第二凸榫31和第二榫槽32的形状不同;第三凸榫71和第三榫槽72的设置位置不同。Referring to FIG. 19, there is shown a third embodiment of the panel unit 10 for recessed locking according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 19 , the difference between the third embodiment and the second embodiment is that the shapes of the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 are different, and the setting positions of the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove 72 are different .
第三实施例中设置的双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构与第二实施例中的相同,两个实施例中的双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构所起到的作用也相同。均是利用双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构,加大第一榫槽22对第一凸榫21的夹持力,提高板材单元的水平扣合拉力,可有效减小或避免板材单元锁榫与锁槽的水平离缝分离。如图19、图20和图23所示,两个板材单元10组装好后,第一凸榫21容置于第一榫槽22内,第一浮凸215容置于第一锁槽225内,第二浮凸216容置于第二锁槽226内,其中第一顶面211与第一上槽壁221相贴,第一斜顶面2131与第一斜靠面2231相贴,第一连接平面2133与第二连接平面2233相贴,如此,在两个板材单元10受到F2方向的作用力而相互分离时,第一斜顶面2131与第一斜靠面2231相卡紧,第一顶面211与第一上槽壁221相卡紧,实现了通过第一上槽壁221和第一斜靠面2231夹紧第一凸榫21的头部,使得该第一凸榫21的头部难以撑开第一上槽壁221和第一斜靠面2231处榫槽而无法水平脱离,从而提高了水平扣合拉力。The double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure provided in the third embodiment are the same as those in the second embodiment, and the functions of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the two embodiments are also the same. Both the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are used to increase the clamping force of the first tenon groove 22 to the first tenon 21, improve the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit, and effectively reduce or avoid the plate unit locking tenon Separated from the horizontal seam of the lock slot. As shown in FIGS. 19 , 20 and 23 , after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first tenon 21 is accommodated in the first tenon groove 22 , and the first relief 215 is accommodated in the first locking groove 225 , the second embossment 216 is accommodated in the second locking groove 226, wherein the first top surface 211 is in contact with the first upper groove wall 221, the first inclined top surface 2131 is in contact with the first inclined surface 2231, the first The connecting plane 2133 is in contact with the second connecting plane 2233. In this way, when the two plate units 10 are separated from each other by the force in the F2 direction, the first inclined top surface 2131 is clamped with the first inclined surface 2231, and the first The top surface 211 is clamped with the first upper groove wall 221, so that the head of the first tenon 21 is clamped by the first upper groove wall 221 and the first inclined surface 2231, so that the head of the first tenon 21 is clamped. It is difficult for the first upper groove wall 221 and the tongue and groove of the first sloping surface 2231 to be propped apart and cannot be disengaged horizontally, thereby increasing the horizontal buckling tension.
进一步地,第二榫槽32形成于第一凸榫21的下方,在该第二榫槽32的下方形成有与底面12的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面132,第二榫槽32自该第一竖向面132向着上表面11的方向凹入,该第二榫槽32呈竖向设置。第二凸榫31形成于第一榫槽22的下方,该第二凸榫的下方形成有与底面12对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面142,该第二凸榫31的头部向着上表面11的方向向上凸出设置。第二榫槽32的下方设置第三榫槽72,第二凸榫31的下方设有第三凸榫71,该第三凸榫71与第三榫槽72相适配。Further, the second tongue groove 32 is formed below the first tenon 21 , and a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 , and the second tongue groove 32 is The first vertical surface 132 is concave toward the direction of the upper surface 11 , and the second tongue groove 32 is arranged vertically. The second tenon 31 is formed below the first tenon groove 22 , and a second vertical surface 142 is formed below the second tenon which is connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 , and the head of the second tenon 31 faces upwards The direction of the surface 11 is upwardly convex. A third tenon 72 is provided below the second tenon 32 , and a third tenon 71 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and the third tenon 71 is matched with the third tenon 72 .
具体地,第二榫槽32包括第二上槽壁321和第二内槽壁322,该第二上槽壁321与顶靠面41相连接,第二内槽壁322与第二上槽壁321相连接,该第二内槽壁322呈竖向设置,较佳地,该第二内槽壁322与第一竖向面132位于同一竖直面内。第三榫槽72设于第二榫槽32与第一竖向面132之间,该第三榫槽72自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入,该第三榫槽72包括第三上槽壁723、第三内槽壁721以及第三下槽壁722,其中的第三上槽壁723与第二内槽壁322连接,第三内槽壁721与第三上槽壁723连接,第三下槽壁722与第三内槽壁721连接,第三下槽壁722与第一竖向面132连接。第二凸榫31包括第二顶面311和与第二顶面311连接的第二外侧面312,该第二外侧面312呈竖向设置,且该第二外侧面312与第二竖向面142相平行设置,第二外侧面312位于第二竖向面142的外侧。第三凸榫71设于第二凸榫31和第二竖向面142之间,该第三凸榫71自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出,该第三凸榫71包括第三顶面713、第三外侧面711和第三底面712,该第三顶面713与第二外侧面312连接,第三外侧面711与第三顶面713和第三底面712连接,该第三底面712与第二竖向面142连接。Specifically, the second tongue groove 32 includes a second upper groove wall 321 and a second inner groove wall 322, the second upper groove wall 321 is connected with the abutting surface 41, and the second inner groove wall 322 is connected with the second upper groove wall 321 is connected, and the second inner groove wall 322 is arranged vertically. Preferably, the second inner groove wall 322 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical plane. The third tongue groove 72 is disposed between the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 , the third tongue groove 72 is recessed inward from the first vertical surface 132 , and the third tongue groove 72 includes a third upper The slot wall 723, the third inner slot wall 721 and the third lower slot wall 722, wherein the third upper slot wall 723 is connected with the second inner slot wall 322, and the third inner slot wall 721 is connected with the third upper slot wall 723, The third lower groove wall 722 is connected with the third inner groove wall 721 , and the third lower groove wall 722 is connected with the first vertical surface 132 . The second tenon 31 includes a second top surface 311 and a second outer side surface 312 connected to the second top surface 311 , the second outer side surface 312 is arranged vertically, and the second outer side surface 312 is connected to the second vertical surface 142 are arranged in parallel, and the second outer side surface 312 is located at the outer side of the second vertical surface 142 . The third tenon 71 is disposed between the second tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142 , the third tenon 71 protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142 , and the third tenon 71 includes a third top Surface 713, third outer surface 711 and third bottom surface 712, the third top surface 713 is connected with the second outer surface 312, the third outer surface 711 is connected with the third top surface 713 and the third bottom surface 712, the third bottom surface 712 is connected to the second vertical surface 142 .
再进一步地,如图19所示,第一竖向面132与第三下槽壁722的连接处设有第一斜导面1321,该第一斜导面1321与第一竖向面132连接的端部相对于第一斜导面1321与第三下槽壁722连接的端部更靠近外侧设置。相应地,第三凸榫71的第三外侧面711为斜面,该第三外侧面711与第三底面712连接的端部更靠近内侧设置。第一斜导面1321和第三外侧面711起到定位导向的作用,能够便于板材单元间垂直按压、旋转或平移的组装。结合图21、图22和图24所示,在两个板材单元10组装过程中,第一斜导面1321与第三凸榫71的第三外侧面711相抵靠,起到接触 定位的作用,进而在组装作用力的作用下,该第一斜导面1321会沿着第三外侧面711的倾斜方向向下移动,进而撑开第三榫槽72,让第三榫槽72卡扣于第三凸榫71上,可避免两板材单元在半组装状态时,各相关预碰触点的相抵死而无法安装或安装不顺畅的情况发生。Further, as shown in FIG. 19 , a first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the third lower groove wall 722 , and the first inclined guide surface 1321 is connected with the first vertical surface 132 . The end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 is disposed closer to the outside than the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the third lower groove wall 722 . Correspondingly, the third outer side surface 711 of the third tenon 71 is an inclined surface, and the end of the third outer side surface 711 connected to the third bottom surface 712 is disposed closer to the inner side. The first inclined guide surface 1321 and the third outer surface 711 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly of the plate units by vertical pressing, rotation or translation. 21 , 22 and 24 , during the assembly process of the two plate units 10 , the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the third outer side surface 711 of the third tenon 71 to play the role of contact positioning, Then, under the action of the assembling force, the first inclined guide surface 1321 will move downward along the inclined direction of the third outer side surface 711 , thereby propping up the third tenon groove 72 so that the third tenon groove 72 is buckled in the third tenon groove 72 . On the three tenons 71 , when the two plate units are in a semi-assembled state, the situation that the relevant pre-contact points are mutually collided and cannot be installed or the installation is not smooth occurs.
如图21所示,在第三实施例中,板材单元10也具有L1<L2,L1>L3,L4<L5以及L4>L6的技术要点,该些技术要点的作用及效果与第一实施例相同。特别地,在第三实施例中,第三凸榫71的第三外侧面711的最低点与第二凸榫31的第二顶面311和限位面42的连接处间的距离L9大于第三榫槽72的第三下槽壁722与第二竖向面132的连接处距顶靠面41的最小距离L10,即L9>L10,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22的另一板材单元10,若限位面42与第二凸榫31的第二顶面311的连接处位于顶靠面41范围内时,由于L9>L10,第三凸榫71的第三外侧面312的最低点尚未与第三榫槽72的第三下槽壁722与第一竖向面132的连接处相接触。再以垂直按压的方式对带第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11边缘施力时,结合图22所示,第三凸榫71的第三外侧面711和第三底面712的连接处和第三榫槽72的第三下槽壁722与第一竖向面132的连接处过盈配合,即第三凸榫71会将第三榫槽72的槽口撑开,从而能够让第三榫槽72卡扣于第三凸榫71上。As shown in FIG. 21 , in the third embodiment, the plate unit 10 also has technical points of L1<L2, L1>L3, L4<L5 and L4>L6, and the functions and effects of these technical points are the same as those of the first embodiment. same. In particular, in the third embodiment, the distance L9 between the lowest point of the third outer side surface 711 of the third tenon 71 and the connection between the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 and the limiting surface 42 is greater than the first The minimum distance L10 between the connection between the third lower groove wall 722 of the three tongue grooves 72 and the second vertical surface 132 and the abutting surface 41 , that is, L9>L10, is to place the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 on the same The plane moves to the other plate unit 10 with the first tongue groove 22. If the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is within the range of the abutting surface 41, since L9>L10 , the lowest point of the third outer side surface 312 of the third tenon 71 is not yet in contact with the connection between the third lower groove wall 722 of the third tenon groove 72 and the first vertical surface 132 . When the edge of the upper surface 11 of the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed vertically, the connection between the third outer surface 711 and the third bottom surface 712 of the third tenon 71 is shown in FIG. 22 . and the connection between the third lower groove wall 722 of the third tenon groove 72 and the first vertical surface 132 is an interference fit, that is, the third tenon 71 will spread the notch of the third tenon groove 72, so that the The third tenon 72 is fastened on the third tenon 71 .
如图20至图23所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可以平移并按压的方式进行扣合。如图24和图25所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可以旋转下压的方式进行扣合。具体地,该第三实施例的扣合方式及过程与第二实施例的扣合方式及过程相同,在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 23 , two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 , two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by rotating and pressing down. Specifically, the buckling method and process of the third embodiment are the same as the buckling method and process of the second embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
如图26至图28所示,由于第二榫槽32呈竖向设置,且该第二榫槽32的第二内槽壁322与第一竖向面132位于同一竖向面内或者该第二内槽壁322相对于第一竖向面132更靠近外侧设置,使得板材单元10加工时能够省去一把倾斜刀,也即该第三实施例的板材单元10在生产加工时,只需要水平刀、竖直刀和一把倾斜刀加工即可,相对于第二实施例可省略一把倾斜刀的切削加工。As shown in FIG. 26 to FIG. 28 , since the second tongue groove 32 is arranged vertically, and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical surface or the first vertical surface 132 The two inner groove walls 322 are disposed closer to the outside than the first vertical surface 132 , so that an inclined knife can be omitted when the plate unit 10 is processed, that is, the plate unit 10 of the third embodiment only needs to be The horizontal knife, the vertical knife and one inclined knife are sufficient for machining, and the machining of one inclined knife can be omitted compared to the second embodiment.
参阅图29,显示本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第四实施例。如图29所示,该第四实施例是在第三实施例的基础上增加了安装槽224,该安装槽224开设于第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223上,该安装槽224自第一下槽壁223向着底面12的方向向下凹入,结合图30所示,该安装槽 224用来容置固定板材单元10的安装钉81。在组装板材单元10时,先固定好左侧的板材单元10,即利用安装钉81将该板材单元10固定在安装基础(泛指地面、墙面,木质、金属槽型、塑料板条龙骨等)上,安装钉81从安装槽224处打入板材单元10内并打入到安装基础内,安装钉81的头部置于安装槽224内,该安装钉81不会妨碍板材单元10组装时第一凸榫21和第一榫槽22间的配合。较佳地,安装钉81采用螺钉。Referring to FIG. 29, there is shown a fourth embodiment of the panel unit of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIG. 29 , the fourth embodiment adds an installation groove 224 on the basis of the third embodiment. The installation groove 224 is opened on the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 . The installation groove 224 The first lower groove wall 223 is concave downward toward the bottom surface 12 . As shown in FIG. 30 , the installation groove 224 is used for accommodating the installation nails 81 for fixing the plate unit 10 . When assembling the board unit 10, first fix the board unit 10 on the left side, that is, use the mounting nails 81 to fix the board unit 10 on the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, wall, wood, metal groove, plastic slat keel, etc. ), the mounting nails 81 are driven into the plate unit 10 from the mounting grooves 224 and into the mounting base, the heads of the mounting nails 81 are placed in the mounting grooves 224, and the mounting nails 81 will not interfere with the assembly of the plate unit 10 The cooperation between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 . Preferably, the mounting nails 81 are screws.
参阅图31所示,显示本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元的第五实施例。如图31所示,该第五实施例是在第三实施例的基础上增加了凸起715和沟槽714,具体地,第三凸榫71和第二竖向面142之间设有向下凸出的凸起715和向上凹入的沟槽714,该凸起715与第三凸榫71连接,该沟槽714与第二竖向面142连接。Referring to FIG. 31, a fifth embodiment of the panel unit of the present invention is shown. As shown in FIG. 31 , the fifth embodiment adds a protrusion 715 and a groove 714 on the basis of the third embodiment. Specifically, a direction is provided between the third tenon 71 and the second vertical surface 142 A lower protruding protrusion 715 and an upwardly concave groove 714 , the protrusion 715 is connected with the third tenon 71 , and the groove 714 is connected with the second vertical surface 142 .
结合图19和图31所示,在第五实施例中,第二竖向面142比第三实施例中的第二竖向面142更向着板材单元10的内侧设置,从而使得第三凸榫71的第三底面712的长度变长,在该第三底面712对应第二凸榫31的部分处设置凸起715和沟槽714,结合图32所示,在两个板材单元10组装好后,凸起715和沟槽714位于第二竖向面142和第一竖向面132之间的分格缝43内。19 and 31, in the fifth embodiment, the second vertical surface 142 is disposed more toward the inner side of the plate unit 10 than the second vertical surface 142 in the third embodiment, so that the third tenon The length of the third bottom surface 712 of the 71 becomes longer, and a protrusion 715 and a groove 714 are arranged at the part of the third bottom surface 712 corresponding to the second tenon 31. As shown in FIG. 32, after the two plate units 10 are assembled , the protrusions 715 and the grooves 714 are located in the division slits 43 between the second vertical surface 142 and the first vertical surface 132 .
设置凸起715和沟槽714,使得第三凸榫71能够在板材组装过程中产生较大弹性形变,使得板材单元的组装更加方便。The protrusions 715 and the grooves 714 are provided, so that the third tenon 71 can generate a large elastic deformation during the assembly of the plate, so that the assembly of the plate unit is more convenient.
在一种具体实施方式中,如图31所示,凸起715的底面高于板材单元10的底面12,在板材单元10组装好后,该凸起715与安装基础(泛指地面、墙面,木质、金属槽型、塑料板条龙骨等)之间留有间隙716,利用间隙716为第三凸榫71的弹性变形提供变形空间,同时利用凸起715与安装基础相接触来限制第三凸榫71的变形量,避免在组装过程中损坏第三凸榫71的结构。进一步地,凸起715的设置,使得凸起715和第三凸榫71形成较厚的结构,能够保证该板材单元10在拆卸旋转时不易损坏第三凸榫71。In a specific embodiment, as shown in FIG. 31 , the bottom surface of the protrusion 715 is higher than the bottom surface 12 of the panel unit 10. After the panel unit 10 is assembled, the protrusion 715 is connected to the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, the wall , wood, metal groove, plastic slatted keel, etc.) leave a gap 716, use the gap 716 to provide a deformation space for the elastic deformation of the third tenon 71, and use the protrusion 715 to contact the mounting base to limit the third The amount of deformation of the tenon 71 avoids damage to the structure of the third tenon 71 during the assembly process. Further, the arrangement of the protrusions 715 enables the protrusions 715 and the third tenon 71 to form a thicker structure, which can ensure that the third tenon 71 is not easily damaged when the plate unit 10 is disassembled and rotated.
在一种具体实施方式中,凸起715为弧形凸起,沟槽714为弧形沟槽。In a specific embodiment, the protrusions 715 are arc-shaped protrusions, and the grooves 714 are arc-shaped grooves.
参阅图33所示,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第六实施例。如图33所示,该第六实施例是在第一实施例的基础上增加了双浮凸结构、双锁槽结构、第一斜导面1321以及第二斜导面3121,其中的双浮凸结构为第一浮凸215和第二浮凸216,双锁槽结构为第一锁槽225 和第二锁槽226,该双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构与第三实施例中的双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构相同,具体可参阅第三实施例中的说明。Referring to Fig. 33, a sixth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention is shown. As shown in FIG. 33 , the sixth embodiment adds a double embossing structure, a double locking groove structure, a first inclined guide surface 1321 and a second inclined guide surface 3121 on the basis of the first embodiment, wherein the double floating structure The convex structure is the first embossing 215 and the second embossing 216, and the double locking groove structure is the first locking groove 225 and the second locking groove 226. The double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are the same as those in the third embodiment. The embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are the same, and for details, please refer to the description in the third embodiment.
如图33所示,第一斜导面1321设于第一竖向面132与第二下槽壁323的连接处,第一斜导面1321与第一竖向面132连接的端部相对于第一斜导面1321与第二下槽壁323连接的端部更靠近外侧设置。相应地,第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312上设有第二斜导面3121,该第二斜导面3121与第二底面313连接,第二斜导面3121与第二底面313连接的端部更靠近内侧设置。该第一斜导面1321和第二斜导面3121起到定位导向的作用,能够便于板材单元间的组装,具体地,结合图33、图34和图35所示,在两个板材单元10组装过程中,第一斜导面1321与第二凸榫31上的第二斜导面3121相抵靠,起到接触定位和导引的作用,进而在组装作用力的作用下,第一斜导面1321会沿着第二斜导面3121向下移动,进而撑开第二榫槽32,以让第二榫槽32能够顺利地卡扣于第二凸榫31上,可避免板材单元组装时第一竖向面132与第二凸榫31相抵死导致无法安装或安装不顺畅的情况发生。As shown in FIG. 33 , the first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second lower groove wall 323 , and the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to The end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the second lower groove wall 323 is disposed closer to the outside. Correspondingly, the second outer surface 312 of the second tenon 31 is provided with a second inclined guide surface 3121 , the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the second bottom surface 313 , and the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the second bottom surface 313 The ends are set closer to the inside. The first inclined guide surface 1321 and the second inclined guide surface 3121 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly between the plate units. During the assembly process, the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the second inclined guide surface 3121 on the second tenon 31 to play the role of contact positioning and guiding, and then under the action of the assembly force, the first inclined guide surface 3121 The surface 1321 will move down along the second inclined guide surface 3121, and then open the second tenon groove 32, so that the second tenon groove 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31, which can avoid the assembly of the board unit. The first vertical surface 132 and the second tenon 31 abut against each other, resulting in failure to install or unsmooth installation.
参阅图36,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第七实施例。如图36所示,该第七实施例是在第一实施例的基础上增加了第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225和第一凸条61及第一容槽62。具体地,在第七实施例中,第二凸榫31的下方设有第一凸条61,第二榫槽32的下方设有与第一凸条61相适配的第一容槽62,第一容槽62可容置第一凸条61。该第一凸条61及第一容槽62的具体结构与第九实施例中第一凸条61及第一容槽62的具体结构相同,具体可参阅第九实施例的描述。Referring to FIG. 36, a seventh embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention is shown. As shown in FIG. 36 , on the basis of the first embodiment, the seventh embodiment adds a first embossing protrusion 215 , a first locking groove 225 , a first protruding strip 61 and a first accommodating groove 62 . Specifically, in the seventh embodiment, a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first accommodating groove 62 matching the first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon groove 32 . The first accommodating groove 62 can accommodate the first protruding strip 61 . The specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the first accommodating grooves 62 are the same as the specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the first accommodating grooves 62 in the ninth embodiment. For details, please refer to the description of the ninth embodiment.
如图36和图37所示,第一底面213和顶靠面41连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸215,第一底面213包括第一斜向分面2134、第二斜向分面2135和第一平向分面2136,第一斜向分面2134连接第一外侧面212的端部的高度低于第一斜向分面2134连接第二斜向分面2135的端部高度,使得该第一斜向分面2134为倾斜面;第二斜向分面2135和顶靠面41作为第一浮凸215的两个侧壁面,第一平向分面2136作为第一浮凸215的底壁面。相应地,第一下槽壁223和限位面42连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽225,第一下槽壁223包括第三斜向分面2234、第四斜向分面2235和第二平向分面2236,第三斜向分面2234与第一内槽壁222连接的端部的高度低于第三斜向分面2234与第四斜向分面2235连接的端部高度,使得 该第三斜向分面2234为倾斜面;第四斜向分面2235和限位面42作为第一锁槽225的两个侧槽壁,第二平向分面2236作为该第一锁槽225的底槽壁。两个板材单元10组装好后,第一浮凸215置于第一锁槽225内。As shown in FIG. 36 and FIG. 37 , the first bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief 215 , and the first bottom surface 213 includes a first oblique subsurface 2134 and a second oblique subsurface 2135 and the first flat surface 2136, the height of the end of the first oblique surface 2134 connecting the first outer side 212 is lower than the height of the end of the first oblique surface 2134 connecting the second oblique surface 2135, The first oblique surface 2134 is an inclined surface; the second oblique surface 2135 and the abutting surface 41 are used as the two sidewall surfaces of the first embossment 215 , and the first flat surface 2136 is used as the first embossment 215 bottom wall. Correspondingly, the first lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove 225, and the first lower groove wall 223 includes a third oblique dividing surface 2234, a fourth oblique dividing surface 2235 and The height of the end of the second flat facet 2236 and the third inclined facet 2234 connected to the first inner groove wall 222 is lower than the height of the end of the third inclined facet 2234 and the fourth inclined facet 2235 , so that the third oblique dividing surface 2234 is an inclined surface; the fourth oblique dividing surface 2235 and the limiting surface 42 serve as the two side groove walls of the first locking groove 225 , and the second flat dividing surface 2236 serves as the first Bottom groove wall of lock groove 225 . After the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first relief 215 is placed in the first locking groove 225 .
较佳地,第一浮凸215的第一斜向分面2134的倾斜角度较大,从而使得第一凸榫21的头部尺寸大于尾部的尺寸,也即第一外侧面212连接第一顶面211的端部距该第一外侧面212连接第一斜向分面2134的端部之间的距离大于第一顶面211与第一凸阶51连接的端部距第一斜向分面2134连接第二斜向分面2135的端部间的距离。第一锁槽225与第一浮凸215相适配,该第三斜向分面2234的倾斜角度也较大,使得第一榫槽22的槽口尺寸小于槽底的尺寸,两个板材单元10组装好后,第一斜向分面2134和第三斜向分面2234相紧贴,第三斜向分面2234与第一上槽壁221夹住第一凸榫21,在两板材单元10欲沿水平方向相互分离时,由于第一凸榫21的头部尺寸较大,该第一凸榫21的头部紧紧的夹在了第一榫槽22内,再由于第一凸榫21为倾斜面的第一斜向分面2134相贴在第一榫槽22的同为倾斜面的第三斜向分面2234欲相互水平分离时,第一斜向分面2134的位移方向必呈现斜面向上方向位移时,即遇第一凸榫21第一顶面211、第一横向面511被第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221、第一横壁面521抵住同时更加夹紧,使得两板材单元10无法水平相分离。进一步地,限位面42与顶靠面41相紧贴,该限位面42限制了顶靠面41的水平方向的位移,使得第一凸榫21无法撑开第一榫槽22,该第一凸榫21被第一上槽壁221和第三斜向分面2234紧紧的夹持在第一榫槽22内,从而提高了两个板材单元间的水平扣合拉力。Preferably, the inclination angle of the first oblique facet 2134 of the first relief 215 is larger, so that the size of the head of the first tenon 21 is larger than the size of the tail, that is, the first outer side 212 is connected to the first top. The distance between the end of the surface 211 and the end of the first outer side surface 212 connected to the first oblique facet 2134 is greater than the distance between the end of the first top surface 211 and the first convex step 51 from the first inclined facet 2134 connects the distance between the ends of the second oblique facets 2135 . The first locking groove 225 is adapted to the first embossment 215, and the inclination angle of the third oblique facet 2234 is also larger, so that the size of the notch of the first tongue groove 22 is smaller than the size of the groove bottom, and the two plate units 10 After the assembly is completed, the first oblique surface 2134 and the third oblique surface 2234 are in close contact with each other, and the third oblique surface 2234 and the first upper groove wall 221 clamp the first tenon 21. When the head of the first tenon 21 is to be separated from each other in the horizontal direction, the head of the first tenon 21 is tightly clamped in the first tenon groove 22. When the first inclined face 2134 of the inclined surface 21 is attached to the third inclined face 2234 of the first tongue groove 22 which is also an inclined face and wants to be horizontally separated from each other, the displacement direction of the first inclined face 2134 must be When the inclined surface is displaced upward, that is, the first top surface 211 and the first lateral surface 511 of the first tenon 21 are pressed against the first upper groove wall 221 and the first lateral wall surface 521 of the first tenon groove 22 and are more clamped. , so that the two plate units 10 cannot be separated horizontally. Further, the limiting surface 42 is in close contact with the resting surface 41, and the limiting surface 42 limits the horizontal displacement of the resting surface 41, so that the first tenon 21 cannot prop up the first tenon groove 22, the A tenon 21 is tightly clamped in the first tenon groove 22 by the first upper groove wall 221 and the third oblique dividing surface 2234, thereby increasing the horizontal buckling tension between the two plate units.
参阅图38,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第八实施例。如图38所示,该第八实施例是基于第三实施例的变形,在第三实施例的基础上改变了第三凸榫71及第三榫槽72的形状,还改变了第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的形状。具体地,第三凸榫71包括第三顶面713、第三外侧面711和第三底面712,该第三顶面713为向外倾斜设置的斜面,第三底面712为向内倾斜设置的斜面,第三外侧面711也为斜面,该第三外侧面711与第三顶面713连接的端部相对于第三外侧面711与第三底面712连接的端部更靠近外侧设置;第三榫槽72包括第三内槽壁721和第三下槽壁722,该第三内槽壁721为向内倾斜设置的斜面,第三下槽壁722为向外倾斜设置的斜面。第一竖向面132与第三下槽壁722的连接处设有 第一斜导面1321,该第一斜导面1321与第一竖向面132的连接端部相对于第一斜导面1321与第三下槽壁722连接的端部更靠近外侧设置。该第一斜导面1321和第三外侧面711起到了定位导向的作用,能够便于板材单元间的组装。该处两个斜向的导面(即第一斜导面1321和第三外侧面711)的定位导向作用与第三实施例中的斜导面相同,具体阐述可参见第三实施例中的说明。Referring to FIG. 38, there is shown an eighth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIG. 38 , the eighth embodiment is based on the modification of the third embodiment. On the basis of the third embodiment, the shapes of the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove 72 are changed, and the first float is also changed. The shape of the protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225. Specifically, the third tenon 71 includes a third top surface 713 , a third outer side surface 711 and a third bottom surface 712 . The third top surface 713 is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the third bottom surface 712 is inclined inward. Inclined surface, the third outer side surface 711 is also an inclined surface, and the end of the third outer side surface 711 connected with the third top surface 713 is closer to the outside than the end connected with the third outer side surface 711 and the third bottom surface 712; the third The tongue groove 72 includes a third inner groove wall 721 and a third lower groove wall 722. The third inner groove wall 721 is an inclined surface inclined inward, and the third lower groove wall 722 is an inclined surface inclined outward. A first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the third lower groove wall 722 , and the connecting end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 and the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to the first inclined guide surface The end of the 1321 connected to the third lower groove wall 722 is disposed closer to the outside. The first inclined guide surface 1321 and the third outer side surface 711 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly of plate units. The positioning and guiding functions of the two oblique guide surfaces (ie, the first oblique guide surface 1321 and the third outer side surface 711 ) are the same as those of the oblique guide surfaces in the third embodiment. For details, please refer to the third embodiment. illustrate.
如图38和图39所示,第一底面213和顶靠面41连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸215,第一下槽壁223和限位面42连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽225,第一底面213包括第一斜向分面2134、第二斜向分面2135和第一平向分面2136,第一斜向分面2134连接第一外侧面212的端部的高度低于第一斜向分面2134连接第二斜向分面2135的端部高度,使得该第一斜向分面2134为倾斜面;第二斜向分面2135和顶靠面41作为第一浮凸215的两个侧壁面,第一平向分面2136作为第一浮凸215的底壁面,其中第一斜向分面2134的最高点的高度与第二上槽壁321所在的高度接近一致。相应地,第一下槽壁223包括第三斜向分面2234、第四斜向分面2235和第二平向分面2236,第三斜向分面2234与第一内槽壁222连接的端部的高度低于第三斜向分面2234与第四斜向分面2235连接的端部的高度,使得该第三斜向分面2234为倾斜面;第四斜向分面2235和限位面42作为第一锁槽225的两个侧槽壁,第二平向分面2236作为该第一锁槽225的底槽壁,第三斜向分面2234的最高点的高度与第二凸榫31的第二顶面311的高度接近一致。两个板材单元组装好后,第一斜向分面2134和第三斜向分面2234相紧贴,第一浮凸215置于第一锁槽225内,在两个板材单元受到相互分离的作用力时,该第一斜向分面2134紧贴第一榫槽22的第三斜向分面2234的倾斜面向上抬升,促使联动第一凸榫21的第一顶面211、第一横向面511紧密顶紧在第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221和第一横壁面521上相卡紧,基于极大的夹持力限制了两个板材单元的相互分离,提高两个板材单元间的水平扣合拉力。As shown in FIG. 38 and FIG. 39 , the first bottom surface 213 is connected with the abutting surface 41 to form a first embossment 215 that protrudes downward, and the first lower groove wall 223 is connected to the limiting surface 42 to form a downwardly concave first protrusion 215 . A locking groove 225, the first bottom surface 213 includes a first oblique subsurface 2134, a second oblique subsurface 2135 and a first flat subsurface 2136, the first oblique subsurface 2134 is connected to the end of the first outer side surface 212 The height is lower than the height of the end of the first inclined facet 2134 connecting the second inclined facet 2135, so that the first inclined facet 2134 is an inclined plane; the second inclined facet 2135 and the abutment surface 41 serve as On the two sidewall surfaces of the first embossment 215, the first flat face 2136 serves as the bottom wall of the first embossment 215, wherein the height of the highest point of the first oblique facet 2134 is the same as the height of the second upper groove wall 321. Height is close to the same. Correspondingly, the first lower groove wall 223 includes a third inclined facet 2234 , a fourth inclined facet 2235 and a second flat facet 2236 , and the third inclined facet 2234 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 . The height of the end portion is lower than the height of the end portion where the third inclined facet 2234 is connected to the fourth inclined facet 2235, so that the third inclined facet 2234 is an inclined plane; the fourth inclined facet 2235 and the limit The bit surface 42 serves as the two side walls of the first lock slot 225 , the second flat face 2236 serves as the bottom wall of the first lock slot 225 , and the height of the highest point of the third inclined face 2234 is the same as that of the second flat face 2236 . The height of the second top surface 311 of the tenon 31 is approximately the same. After the two plate units are assembled, the first oblique facet 2134 and the third inclined facet 2234 are in close contact with each other, the first embossment 215 is placed in the first lock groove 225, and the two plate units are separated from each other when the two plate units are separated from each other. When the force is applied, the first oblique face 2134 is in close contact with the inclined surface of the third inclined face 2234 of the first tongue groove 22 and is lifted upwards, which promotes the linkage between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first transverse direction. The surface 511 is tightly pressed against the first upper groove wall 221 and the first transverse wall surface 521 of the first tenon groove 22, which limits the separation of the two plate units based on the great clamping force, and improves the efficiency of the two plates. Horizontal snap tension between elements.
第一浮凸215的最低点高于第三外侧面721与第二内槽壁322连接处,第一下槽壁223的第三斜向分面2234和第四斜向分面2235的连接处的高度高于第二凸榫31的第二顶面311。第二内槽壁322与第一竖向面132位于同一竖直面内,或者第二内槽壁322相较于第一竖向面132更靠近外侧设置。借此,第八实施例的板材单元10在加工时可省略一把倾斜 刀。The lowest point of the first relief 215 is higher than the connection between the third outer side surface 721 and the second inner groove wall 322 , and the connection between the third oblique subsurface 2234 and the fourth oblique subsurface 2235 of the first lower groove wall 223 is higher than the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 . The second inner groove wall 322 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical plane, or the second inner groove wall 322 is disposed closer to the outer side than the first vertical surface 132 . Thereby, the plate unit 10 of the eighth embodiment can omit an inclined knife during processing.
参阅图40,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第九实施例。如图40所示,该第九实施例与第一实施例的区别在于,第二凸榫31的下方设有第一凸条61,第二榫槽32的下方设有与第一凸条61相适配的第一容槽62;第一凸榫21的第一底面213设有双浮凸结构,第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223设有双锁槽结构。具体地,第二榫槽32具有第二上槽壁321、第二内槽壁322以及第二下槽壁323,该第二凸榫31具有第二顶面311、第二外侧面312以及第二底面313,第二凸榫31的第二底面313与第二竖向面142之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条61,且该第一凸条61自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出。第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一竖向面132之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽62,该第一容槽62自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入;该第一容槽62与第一凸条61相适配,该第一容槽62可容置第一凸条61。Referring to FIG. 40, there is shown a ninth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIG. 40 , the difference between the ninth embodiment and the first embodiment is that a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 32 . The first accommodating groove 62 is matched; the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 is provided with a double relief structure, and the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tenon groove 22 is provided with a double locking groove structure. Specifically, the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321 , a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323 , and the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311 , a second outer side surface 312 and a first Two bottom surfaces 313 , a first convex strip 61 protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142 , and the first convex strip 61 extends from the second vertical surface 142 bulge out. Between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 is a first receiving groove 62 recessed inwardly, and the first receiving groove 62 is recessed inward from the first vertical surface 132 ; The first accommodating groove 62 is matched with the first protruding strip 61 , and the first accommodating groove 62 can accommodate the first protruding strip 61 .
较佳地,第一凸条61包括与第二底面313连接的第一抵靠面611和与第一抵靠面611连接的第一压紧面612,该第一压紧面612与第二竖向面142连接,第一压紧面612和第一抵靠面611之间设有第一导向面613,该第一导向面613为倾斜状,该第一导向面613与第一压紧面612和第一抵靠面611连接处设有倒角。该第一导向面613起到引导作用,在组装板材单元10时,通过第一导向面613引导第一容槽62能够容易的卡扣于第一凸条61上。为便于安装,第一抵靠面611与第二底面313的连接处、第一抵靠面611与第一压紧面612的连接处以及第一压紧面612与第二竖向面142的连接处均采用倒角过渡设计。第一容槽62包括与第二下槽壁323连接的第一贴合面621和与该第一贴合面621连接的第一卡制面622,该第一卡制面622与第一竖向面132连接,为便于安装,第一贴合面621与第二下槽壁323的连接处、第一贴合面621与第一卡制面622的连接处以及第一卡制面622与第一竖向面132的连接处均设有倒角。Preferably, the first protruding strip 61 includes a first abutting surface 611 connected with the second bottom surface 313 and a first pressing surface 612 connected with the first abutting surface 611 . The vertical surface 142 is connected, a first guide surface 613 is provided between the first pressing surface 612 and the first abutting surface 611 , the first guiding surface 613 is inclined, and the first guiding surface 613 is connected to the first pressing surface 613 A chamfer is provided at the connection between the surface 612 and the first abutting surface 611 . The first guide surface 613 plays a guiding role, and when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the first accommodating groove 62 can be easily snapped onto the first protruding strip 61 by guiding the first accommodating groove 62 through the first guide surface 613 . To facilitate installation, the connection between the first abutting surface 611 and the second bottom surface 313 , the connection between the first abutting surface 611 and the first pressing surface 612 , and the connection between the first pressing surface 612 and the second vertical surface 142 The joints are all designed with chamfer transition. The first accommodating groove 62 includes a first abutting surface 621 connected with the second lower groove wall 323 and a first clamping surface 622 connected with the first abutting surface 621 , the first clamping surface 622 is vertically aligned with the first clamping surface 622 . Connecting to the face 132, in order to facilitate the installation, the connection between the first bonding surface 621 and the second lower groove wall 323, the connection between the first bonding surface 621 and the first clamping surface 622, and the first clamping surface 622 and the Chamfers are provided at the joints of the first vertical surfaces 132 .
进一步地,第一凸条61的第一压紧面612略呈倾斜状设置,该第一压紧面612与第一抵靠面611连接的端部高于该第一压紧面612与第二竖向面142的连接处。相应地,第一容槽62的第一卡制面622也略呈倾斜状设置,使得第一压紧面612与第一卡制面622相贴合后,结合图44所示,若第一卡制面622向着斜向上的方向移动时,第一压紧面612能够与第一卡制面622相卡紧,实现牵制限制作用。Further, the first pressing surface 612 of the first protruding strip 61 is slightly inclined, and the end of the first pressing surface 612 connected to the first abutting surface 611 is higher than the first pressing surface 612 and the first pressing surface 612 . The connection between the two vertical surfaces 142 . Correspondingly, the first clamping surface 622 of the first accommodating groove 62 is also slightly inclined, so that after the first pressing surface 612 and the first clamping surface 622 are in contact with each other, as shown in FIG. When the clamping surface 622 moves in an obliquely upward direction, the first pressing surface 612 can be clamped with the first clamping surface 622 to achieve a restraining and limiting effect.
第九实施例中的双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构与第三实施例中的双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构相同,由第一浮凸215和和第二浮凸216构成了双浮凸结构,由第一锁槽225和第二锁槽226构成了双锁槽结构,其中的第一锁槽225用于容置第一浮凸215,第二锁槽226用于容置第二浮凸216。利用双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构,加大榫槽夹持力,提高板材单元的水平扣合拉力,可有效减小或避免板材单元锁榫与锁槽的水平离缝分离。该双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构的具体结构描述可参见第三实施例部分的结构描述,提高板材单元的水平扣合拉力的原理说明也可参见第三实施例部分的描述。The double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the ninth embodiment are the same as the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the third embodiment. The convex structure is composed of a first lock groove 225 and a second lock groove 226 to form a double lock groove structure, wherein the first lock groove 225 is used to accommodate the first embossment 215, and the second lock groove 226 is used to accommodate the second Emboss 216 . The double embossing structure and double locking groove structure are used to increase the clamping force of the tenon and groove, and improve the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit, which can effectively reduce or avoid the horizontal separation of the locking tenon and the locking groove of the plate unit. The specific structure description of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure can refer to the structure description of the third embodiment, and the principle of improving the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit can also be referred to the description of the third embodiment.
在板材单元10的侧边13处设计第二榫槽32及第一容槽62,侧边14处设计第二凸榫31及第一凸条61,除加大板材锁扣拉力外,亦可让板材安装的过程中过盈变形系数减小更有利于安装。结合图40、图41和图44所示,在两个板材单元10组装好后,第一对接面131与第二对接面141相贴,第一凸榫21置于第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51置于第一凹槽52内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,第一竖向面132和第二竖向面142相面对设置,且第一竖向面132与第二竖向面142之间形成有分隔缝43。借此,两个板材单元10实现了双向锁扣定位,当两个板材单元10遇干燥环境收缩时,两个板材单元10会沿着图44中的F2所示的方向移动,即右侧的板材单元10向右侧移动,左侧的板材单元10向左侧移动,第二凸榫31和第一凸榫21相互阻挡,顶靠面41与限位面42相紧贴,可限制两个板材单元10向着F2所示的方向相互分离,再加上双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构的配合,加大了第一榫槽22夹持第一凸榫21位移的作用力,能够进一步加大板材单元间的水平扣合拉力。若干燥收缩产生的力较大时,经限位面42的导向,右侧的板材单元10会沿着F1所示的方向斜向上移动,此时,限位面42与顶靠面41间过盈配合,第一凸榫21与第一榫槽22间的双浮凸、双锁槽结构过盈配合,第一凸阶51与第一凹槽52间过盈配合,第二榫槽32与第二凸榫31间过盈配合,第一凸条61和第一容槽62间过盈配合,具体为:顶靠面(41)与限位面(42)相抵靠形成第一牵制作用点;第一凸榫21与第一榫槽22间的双浮凸、双锁槽结构过盈配合形成第二牵制作用点;第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221相卡紧,形成第三牵制作用点;第一凸阶51的第一横向面511与第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521相卡紧,形成第四牵制作用点,第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第二凸 榫31的第二底面313相卡紧,形成第五牵制作用点;第一容槽62的第一卡制面622与第一凸条61的第一压紧面612相卡紧,形成第六牵制作用点。第一至第六牵制作用点产生相互牵制作用力,可以很好的保证两个板材单元10不离缝、不分离,起到很好的锁扣限位功能,该结构设计加大了板材的锁扣连接拉力。在第一凸榫21沿着F1所示的方向斜向上移动时,顶靠面41压迫限位面42而欲将第一榫槽22撑开,此时有第二至第六牵制作用点的牵制作用,也即第二下槽壁323顶住第二底面313,第一卡制面622顶住第一压紧面612,第一上槽壁221压住第一顶面211,第一横壁面521压住第一横向面511,双浮凸、双锁槽结构顶住第一凸榫21的第一底面213,该双浮凸、双锁槽结构与第一上槽壁221、第一横壁面521相配合而夹紧第一凸榫21,从而使得第一榫槽22无法被撑开,达到了稳固锁合效果。另,由于第一凸条61及第一容槽62的设置,使得两个板材单元10在扣合后非常不易脱扣分离,需要较大的倾斜角度与上翘力才能完成板材单元的旋转拆卸。The second tenon 32 and the first accommodating groove 62 are designed at the side edge 13 of the plate unit 10 , and the second tenon 31 and the first convex strip 61 are designed at the side edge 14 . It is more conducive to the installation to reduce the coefficient of interference deformation during the installation of the plate. 40 , 41 and 44 , after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first abutting surface 131 is attached to the second abutting surface 141 , and the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22 . The first convex step 51 is placed in the first groove 52 , the second tenon groove 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31 , the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened on the first convex strip 61 , and the first vertical surface 132 It is disposed opposite to the second vertical surface 142 , and a separation slit 43 is formed between the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 . In this way, the two plate units 10 achieve bidirectional locking positioning. When the two plate units 10 shrink in a dry environment, the two plate units 10 will move in the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 44 , that is, the right side The plate unit 10 moves to the right, the left plate unit 10 moves to the left, the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 block each other, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in close contact, which can limit the two The plate units 10 are separated from each other in the direction shown by F2, and the cooperation of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure increases the force of the first tenon 22 to clamp the displacement of the first tenon 21, which can further increase. Horizontal snap tension between large plate units. If the force generated by the drying shrinkage is relatively large, the plate unit 10 on the right will move upwards obliquely in the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42 . Interference fit, the double embossing and double locking groove structure between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 is an interference fit, the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 are interference fit, the second tenon groove 32 and the The interference fit between the second tenons 31 and the interference fit between the first protruding strips 61 and the first accommodating grooves 62 are specifically: the abutting surface (41) and the limiting surface (42) abut to form the first restraining point ; The double embossing and double locking groove structure between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 form a second pinning point by interference fit; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 The first upper groove wall 221 is clamped to form the third restraint point; the first lateral surface 511 of the first convex step 51 is clamped with the first transverse wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 to form the fourth restraint point , the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 to form a fifth pinning point; the first clamping surface 622 of the first groove 62 is connected to the first The first pressing surfaces 612 of the protruding strips 61 are clamped together to form a sixth pinning point. The first to sixth restraining action points generate mutual restraining force, which can well ensure that the two plate units 10 are not separated from the seam or separated, and have a good locking and limiting function. This structural design increases the lock of the plate. Buckle connection pull. When the first tenon 21 moves obliquely upward in the direction indicated by F1, the abutting surface 41 presses the limiting surface 42 and tries to stretch the first tenon groove 22. At this time, there are the second to sixth restraining points. Containment, that is, the second lower groove wall 323 is against the second bottom surface 313, the first clamping surface 622 is against the first pressing surface 612, the first upper groove wall 221 is pressed against the first top surface 211, the first horizontal The wall surface 521 presses the first lateral surface 511 , and the double embossing and double locking groove structure bears against the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 . The transverse wall surfaces 521 cooperate to clamp the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon groove 22 cannot be stretched, and a stable locking effect is achieved. In addition, due to the arrangement of the first protruding strips 61 and the first accommodating grooves 62, the two plate units 10 are very difficult to be released and separated after being fastened together, and a relatively large inclination angle and upturning force are required to complete the rotation and disassembly of the plate units. .
在本发明的第九实施例的一种具体实施方式中,如图42和图43所示,第一凸榫21的第一底面213和顶靠面41的连接处与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212的最外侧的垂直延伸线间的水平距离L1小于限位面42的最高点与第一纵壁面522的最低点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L2,即L1<L2。In a specific implementation of the ninth embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 43 , the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the first tenon 21 The horizontal distance L1 between the outermost vertical extension lines of the first outer side surface 212 is smaller than the horizontal distance L2 between the vertical extension lines of the highest point of the limiting surface 42 and the lowest point of the first vertical wall surface 522, ie L1<L2.
第一凸榫21的第一底面213和顶靠面41的连接处与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212的最外侧的垂直延伸线间的水平距离L1大于第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223与限位面42的连接处与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522的最低点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L3,即L1>L3。The horizontal distance L1 between the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the outermost vertical extension line of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the first tenon groove 22 . The horizontal distance L3 between the connection between the lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 and the vertical extension line of the lowest point of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52 is L1>L3.
第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4小于第二对接面141与第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222间的最大的水平距离L5,即L4<L5,结合图44所示,在第一对接面131与第二对接面141相紧贴时,第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222间有缝隙。第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312与第二榫槽32的第二内槽壁322间也留有缝隙。第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4大于第二对接面141与第一纵壁面522间最大的水平距离L6,即L4>L6。The maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is smaller than the maximum horizontal distance L5 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22, That is, L4<L5, as shown in FIG. 44 , when the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are in close contact, the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first inner groove of the first tenon groove 22 There are gaps between the walls 222. A gap is also left between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 . The maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the maximum horizontal distance L6 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first vertical wall surface 522 , that is, L4 > L6 .
如图40和图42所示,第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312与第二底面313的连接处和限位面42与第二凸榫31的第二顶面311的连接处间的距离 L7大于第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一容槽62的第一贴合面621的连接处和顶靠面41间最小距离L8,即L7>L8,借此,在板材单元10组装时,第二凸榫31能够撑开第二榫槽32而让第二榫槽32可顺利的卡扣于第二凸榫31上。As shown in FIGS. 40 and 42 , the connection between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second bottom surface 313 and the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 The distance L7 is greater than the minimum distance L8 between the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first abutment surface 621 of the first accommodating groove 62 and the abutting surface 41 , that is, L7>L8. When the plate unit 10 is assembled, the second tenon 31 can spread the second tenon 32 so that the second tenon 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31 .
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与顶靠面41最高点间的水平距离L11大于等于第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4的3倍,即L11≥L4*3。借此,在板材单元10组装时,第一凸榫21将第一榫槽22撑开而卡入第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51将第一凹槽52撑开而卡入第一凹槽52内,在撑开第一榫槽22和第一凹槽52的过程中,第一凸榫21和第一凸阶51会受到反作用力,在该反作用力的作用下让第一凸榫21和第一凸阶51能够以顶靠面41的最高点为支点而向下转动变形,在L11大于等于3倍的L4时,作为转动支点的顶靠面41的最高点能够更靠近板材单元10的内侧,使得第一凸榫21和第一凸阶51具有一定的转动变形量,从而在板材单元10组装的过程中,能够避免第一凸榫21和第一凸阶51发生损坏的现象。若将L11设计的较小,比如L11=2*L4时,此时顶靠面41的最高点更靠近板材单元10的外侧,这样第一凸榫21和第一凸阶51向下转动变形的支点就更靠近板材单元10的外侧,从而第一凸榫21和第一凸阶51的转动变形量小,在组装板材单元10时,第一凸榫21很容易发生损坏。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the horizontal distance L11 between the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the highest point of the abutting surface 41 is greater than or equal to the first distance between the first abutting surface 131 and the first tenon 21 . The maximum horizontal distance L4 between the outer sides 212 is 3 times, that is, L11≥L4*3. Thereby, when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the first tenon 21 stretches the first tenon groove 22 and engages in the first tenon groove 22, and the first protruding step 51 spreads the first groove 52 and engages in the first tenon groove 22. In a groove 52, in the process of spreading the first tenon groove 22 and the first groove 52, the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 will be subjected to a reaction force. The tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 can be rotated and deformed downward with the highest point of the abutting surface 41 as a fulcrum. When L11 is greater than or equal to 3 times L4, the highest point of the abutting surface 41 as the pivot point can be closer to The inner side of the plate unit 10 makes the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 have a certain amount of rotational deformation, so as to avoid damage to the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 during the assembly process of the plate unit 10 The phenomenon. If L11 is designed to be smaller, for example, when L11=2*L4, the highest point of the abutting surface 41 is closer to the outside of the plate unit 10, so that the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 are rotated and deformed downward. The fulcrum is closer to the outside of the plate unit 10 , so that the rotational deformation of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 is small, and the first tenon 21 is easily damaged when the plate unit 10 is assembled.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为斜面。利用斜面起到导向作用,以便于两个板材单元10间的连接。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces. The inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为弧面。利用弧面起到导向作用,该弧面较佳为圆弧面,可使得两个板材单元10更好组装以及铺装扣合后的连接板材,能大幅减少在使用中踩踏时的摩擦响声。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces. The cambered surface is used as a guide, and the cambered surface is preferably a circular cambered surface, which can better assemble the two panel units 10 and pave the connected panel after the buckle, and can greatly reduce the friction noise when stepping on in use.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,板材单元10的侧边设置的第一凸榫21及第一凸阶51的整体厚度占板材单元10的整体厚度的20%至40%,第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度与第一容槽62的竖向最大高度之和占板材单元10的整体厚度20%至40%,其中第一容槽62的竖向最大高度占第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度的40%至50%。该板材单元10的相对两侧边设置了第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51、第二榫槽32及第一容槽62与第一榫槽22、第一凹槽52、第二凸榫31及第一凸条61,在确保凸榫及榫槽间的结 构强度满足要求的前提下,该板材单元的整体厚度可较薄,板材单元的厚度可以在6mm至18mm之间。较佳地,该板材单元的厚度为15mm。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 and the first convex step 51 provided on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10, and the second tenon The sum of the vertical maximum height of the groove 32 and the vertical maximum height of the first accommodating groove 62 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 , wherein the vertical maximum height of the first accommodating groove 62 accounts for the second tongue groove 32 40% to 50% of the vertical maximum height. The opposite sides of the plate unit 10 are provided with a first tenon 21 , a first convex step 51 , a second tenon 32 , a first accommodating groove 62 and a first tenon 22 , a first groove 52 , and a second convex The tenon 31 and the first protruding strip 61, on the premise that the structural strength between the tenon and the tenon and the groove meets the requirements, the overall thickness of the plate unit can be relatively thin, and the thickness of the plate unit can be between 6mm and 18mm. Preferably, the thickness of the plate unit is 15mm.
如图42至图44所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32以及第一凸条61及第一容槽62以平移并按压的方式进行扣合,具体地,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22的板材单元10,该第一凸榫21开始进入第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32的槽口卡扣于第二凸榫31的头部,让第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522相贴,第一凸阶51的第一纵向面512与第二对接面141相贴,在图42中抵靠面41的底部与限位面42的顶部相对应,接着可让顶靠面41落放在限位面42上使得顶靠面41的底部与限位面42的顶部相贴,接着继续平推带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,使得第一顶面211与第一外侧面212的连接处与第一纵壁面522和第一上槽壁221的连接处相抵,顶靠面41与限位面42间处于过盈状态,此时另一板材单元10的第一榫槽22会弹性变形被撑开,此时无法在同一平面继续平推带有第一凸榫21板材单元10,接着对带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11施加垂直向下的按压力,即向顶靠面41垂直上方的上表面11以垂直按压的方式施力,结合图44所示,以按压的方式将第一凸榫21压入第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51压入第一凹槽52内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,从而完成了两个板材单元10间的扣合。As shown in FIG. 42 to FIG. 44 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 , and the first convex strip 61 and the first tenon groove 32 . An accommodating groove 62 is fastened by translation and pressing. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved to the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 22 in the same plane. The tenon 21 begins to enter the first tenon groove 22, and the notch of the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31, so that the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first groove 52 are in contact with each other. The first vertical wall surface 522 is attached to each other, the first longitudinal surface 512 of the first convex step 51 is attached to the second abutting surface 141 , and the bottom of the abutting surface 41 corresponds to the top of the limiting surface 42 in FIG. Let the resting surface 41 fall on the limiting surface 42 so that the bottom of the resting surface 41 is in contact with the top of the limiting surface 42, and then continue to push the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21, so that the first top The connection between the surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 is in contact with the connection between the first longitudinal wall surface 522 and the first upper groove wall 221, and the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are in an interference state. At this time, another plate unit The first tongue groove 22 of the 10 will be elastically deformed and stretched open. At this time, it is impossible to continue to push the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 on the same plane, and then press the upper surface of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21. 11 Apply a vertical downward pressing force, that is, apply force in a vertical pressing manner to the upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41, and as shown in FIG. 44, press the first tenon 21 into the first tenon in a pressing manner In the groove 22 , the first convex step 51 is pressed into the first groove 52 , the second tenon groove 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is snapped on the first protruding strip 61 . The fastening between the two plate units 10 is achieved.
如图45和图46所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第一凸阶51及第一凹槽52、第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32和第一凸条61及第一容槽62以旋转下压的方式进行扣合,具体地,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10呈倾斜状态插入带有第一榫槽22的板材单元10,第一凸榫21部分插入到第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32部分罩扣在第二凸榫31上,让第一对接面131与第二对接面141相抵靠,接着以该相抵靠的位置为接触点旋转下压该带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中,第一凸阶51进入到第一凹槽52中,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,即实现板材单元10间的双向锁扣连接。As shown in FIG. 45 and FIG. 46 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 31 and the first groove 52 . The two tenon grooves 32 are fastened together with the first protruding strip 61 and the first accommodating groove 62 by rotating and pressing down. In the plate unit 10 of the groove 22, the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 and the second butt surface 141 abut against each other, and then use the abutting position as the contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex step 51 enters the In the first groove 52 , the second tenon 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened on the first protruding strip 61 , that is, the two-way locking connection between the plate units 10 is realized.
该第九实施例的一变形例中,将第九实施例中的双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构改成第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225,该第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225 的具体结构与第八实施例中的第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225的结构相同,具体可参阅第八实施例的结构描述。In a modification of the ninth embodiment, the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the ninth embodiment are changed to a first embossing 215 and a first locking groove 225, and the first embossing 215 and the first embossing The specific structure of the locking groove 225 is the same as that of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the eighth embodiment, and for details, please refer to the structure description of the eighth embodiment.
参阅图47,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十实施例。如图47所示,该第十实施例与第九实施例的区别在于,省去双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构,在第一下槽壁223处设有向下凹入的安装槽224,结合图48所示,该安装槽224用于容置安装钉81,利用安装钉81将板材单元10固定在安装基础(泛指地面、墙面,木质、金属槽型、塑料板条龙骨等)上,安装钉81的头部置于安装槽224内,该安装钉81不会妨碍板材单元10组装时第一凸榫21和第一榫槽22间的配合。较佳地,安装钉81采用螺钉。如图49所示,在安装槽224内还可以打入钉子82来固定板材单元10,也可以打入U型钉83来固定板材单元10。Referring to FIG. 47, there is shown a tenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIG. 47 , the difference between the tenth embodiment and the ninth embodiment is that the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are omitted, and the first lower groove wall 223 is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove 224 48, the installation groove 224 is used to accommodate the installation nails 81, and the installation nails 81 are used to fix the plate unit 10 on the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, wall, wood, metal groove, plastic slatted keel, etc. ), the head of the mounting nail 81 is placed in the mounting groove 224, and the mounting nail 81 will not interfere with the cooperation between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 when the panel unit 10 is assembled. Preferably, the mounting nails 81 are screws. As shown in FIG. 49 , nails 82 may be driven into the installation groove 224 to fix the plate unit 10 , and staples 83 may be driven to fix the plate unit 10 .
参阅图50,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十一实施例。如图50所示,该第十一实施例与第九实施例的区别在于,第一凸阶51的上方设置了第二凸阶53,第一凹槽52的上方设置了第二凹槽54,该第二凹槽54与第二凸阶53相适配。具体地,第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一对接面131之间形成有向外侧凸出且呈台阶状的第一凸阶51和第二凸阶53,该第一凸阶51和第二凸阶53均自第一对接面131向外侧凸出。第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221与第二对接面141之间形成有内侧凹入的呈台阶状的第一凹槽52和第二凹槽54,第一凹槽52和第二凹槽54均自第二对接面141向内侧凹入。第一凹槽52与第一凸阶51相适配,第一凹槽52可容置第一凸阶51;第二凹槽54与第二凸阶53相适配,第二凹槽54可容置第二凸阶53。Referring to FIG. 50, there is shown an eleventh embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIG. 50 , the difference between the eleventh embodiment and the ninth embodiment is that a second convex step 53 is provided above the first convex step 51 , and a second groove 54 is provided above the first groove 52 , the second groove 54 is adapted to the second convex step 53 . Specifically, between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first abutting surface 131 are formed a first convex step 51 and a second convex step 53 that protrude outward and are stepped. Both the 51 and the second convex step 53 protrude outward from the first abutting surface 131 . A stepped first groove 52 and a second groove 54 are formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141 . The grooves 54 are all concave inward from the second abutting surface 141 . The first groove 52 is matched with the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51; the second groove 54 is matched with the second convex step 53, and the second groove 54 can accommodate the first convex step 51. The second convex step 53 is accommodated.
较佳地,第一凸阶51包括第一横向面511和与该第一横向面511连接的第一纵向面512,该第一纵向面512与第一凸榫21的第一顶面211连接。第二凸阶53包括第二横向面531和与该第二横向面531连接的第二纵向面532,该第二纵向面532与第一横向面511连接,第二横向面531与第一对接面131连接。进一步地,在第一横向面511和第一竖向面512之间设有第一斜向面513,通过第一斜向面513连接第一横向面511和第一竖向面512。该第一斜向面513起到引导作用,在组装板材单元10时,通过第一斜向面513引导第一凸阶51容易的滑入第一凹槽52内。在第二横向面531和第二纵向面532之间设有第二斜向面533,通过第二斜向面533连接第二横向面531和第二纵向面532。该第二斜向面533起到引导 作用,在组装板材单元10时,通过第二斜向面533引导第二凸阶53容易的滑入第二凹槽54内。Preferably, the first convex step 51 includes a first transverse surface 511 and a first longitudinal surface 512 connected with the first transverse surface 511 , and the first longitudinal surface 512 is connected with the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 . . The second convex step 53 includes a second transverse surface 531 and a second longitudinal surface 532 connected with the second transverse surface 531 , the second longitudinal surface 532 is connected with the first transverse surface 511 , and the second transverse surface 531 is butted with the first transverse surface 531 . face 131 is connected. Further, a first oblique surface 513 is provided between the first lateral surface 511 and the first vertical surface 512 , and the first lateral surface 511 and the first vertical surface 512 are connected by the first oblique surface 513 . The first inclined surface 513 plays a guiding role, and when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the first convex step 51 is guided to easily slide into the first groove 52 through the first inclined surface 513 . A second oblique surface 533 is provided between the second transverse surface 531 and the second longitudinal surface 532 , and the second transverse surface 531 and the second longitudinal surface 532 are connected by the second oblique surface 533 . The second inclined surface 533 plays a guiding role, and the second inclined surface 533 guides the second convex step 53 to easily slide into the second groove 54 when the plate unit 10 is assembled.
第一凹槽52包括第一横壁面521与第一横壁面521连接的第一纵壁面522,第一纵壁面522与第一上槽壁221连接。第二凹槽54包括第二横壁面541和第二纵壁面542,该第二纵壁面542与第一横壁面521连接,第二横壁面541与第二对接面141连接。The first groove 52 includes a first longitudinal wall surface 522 connected with the first transverse wall surface 521 and the first transverse wall surface 521 , and the first longitudinal wall surface 522 is connected with the first upper groove wall 221 . The second groove 54 includes a second transverse wall surface 541 and a second longitudinal wall surface 542 , the second longitudinal wall surface 542 is connected with the first transverse wall surface 521 , and the second transverse wall surface 541 is connected with the second abutting surface 141 .
在板材单元10的侧边设计第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53,另一侧边设计第一凹槽52和第二凹槽54形成较宽深度的第一榫槽22,可加大板材的榫、槽锁扣连接拉力。结合图51和图54所示,在两个板材单元10组装好后,第一对接面131与第二对接面141相贴,第一凸榫21置于第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51置于第一凹槽52内,第二凸阶53置于第二凹槽54内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一竖向面132和第二竖向面142相面对设置,且第一竖向面132与第二竖向面142之间形成有分隔缝43。借此,一板材单元10能以较宽深度的第一凸榫21预先伸入另一板材单元10的第一榫槽22约三分之二深度后,另再辅以第二榫槽32对应卡扣于第二凸榫31上,即可按压其中带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11的边缘处,仅需略加施力采垂直按压方式,就可以实现两个板材单元10双向榫与槽的锁扣定位连接,第一凸榫21加上第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53后的加长型凸榫和第一榫槽22与第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上后,所形成的双榫、槽相互连接,相互牵制的板材单元连接扣合,可以极为有效的避免材料在干燥环境产生尺寸收缩时,导致第一凸榫21、第二凸榫31轻易滑脱出第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32的夹持而造成板材单元间的脱扣分离,即能大大提高板材单元10间的连接扣合稳定性。The first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 are designed on one side of the plate unit 10 , and the first groove 52 and the second groove 54 are designed on the other side to form the first tongue groove 22 with a wider depth, which can be enlarged Tenon and groove lock connection tension of plate. 51 and 54, after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first abutting surface 131 is attached to the second abutting surface 141, the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22, and the first The step 51 is placed in the first groove 52, the second convex step 53 is placed in the second groove 54, the second tenon 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31, the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical The facing surfaces 142 are disposed opposite to each other, and a separation slit 43 is formed between the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 . In this way, the first tenon 21 of one plate unit 10 can be pre-inserted into the first tenon 22 of the other plate unit 10 by about two-thirds of the depth, and then the second tenon 32 can be supplemented to correspond to By snapping on the second tenon 31, the edge of the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can be pressed, and two plate units 10 can be realized by applying a little force and pressing vertically. The two-way tenon and the groove are locked and connected. The first tenon 21 plus the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 are the elongated tenon and the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32. After the two tenons 31 are installed, the formed double tenons and grooves are connected to each other, and the plate units that are restrained by each other are connected and buckled, which can extremely effectively prevent the first tenon 21 and the second tenon when the material shrinks in size in a dry environment. The tenon 31 easily slips out of the clamping of the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 to cause the release and separation of the plate units, that is, the connection and buckle stability of the plate units 10 can be greatly improved.
如图54所示,当两个板材单元10干燥收缩时,两个板材单元10会沿着图54中的F2所示的方向移动,即右侧的板材单元10向右侧移动,左侧的板材单元10向左侧移动,第二凸榫31和第一凸榫21相互阻挡,顶靠面41与限位面42相紧贴,可限制两个板材单元10向着F2所示的方向相互分离。若干燥收缩产生的力较大时,经限位面42的导向,右侧的板材单元10会沿着F1所示的方向斜向上移动,此时,限位面42与顶靠面41间过盈配合,第二凸阶53与第二凹槽54间过盈配合,第一凸阶51与第一凹槽52间过盈配合,第一凸榫21与第一榫槽22间过盈配合,第二榫槽32与第二凸榫31间过盈配合,具体为:第二凸阶53的第二横向 面531与第二凹槽54的第二横壁面541相卡紧,形成第一牵制作用点;第一凸阶51的第一横向面511与第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521相卡紧,形成第二牵制作用点;第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221相卡紧,形成第三牵制作用点;第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第二凸榫31的第二底面313相卡紧,形成第四牵制作用点;第一容槽62的第一卡制面622与第一凸条61的第一压紧面612相卡紧形成第五牵制作用点;限位面42与顶靠面41紧贴卡紧形成第六牵制作用点。第一至第六牵制作用点产生相互牵制作用力,可以很好的保证连接两个板材单元10间的不离缝、不分离,起到很好的锁扣限位功能,该结构设计加大了板材的锁扣拉力。另,第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53与第一凸榫21形成了阶梯状结构,第一凸条61与第二凸榫31也形成了阶梯状结构,使得板材单元10的侧边向外侧凸出部分为阶梯状结构的整体宽度,相应地,第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32也形成有向内侧凹入的阶梯状凹槽,如此两个板材单元10组装完成后,一个板材单元10伸入到另一板材单元10内的部分的宽度为第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53与第一凸榫21形成的阶梯状结构的整体宽度,该宽度较为深长,另一板材单元10伸入到一板材单元10内的部分的宽度为第一凸条61与第二凸榫31形成的阶梯状结构的整体宽度,也即两个板材单元10组装叠加的部分即为阶梯状结构整体宽度,再又形成较为深长的榫、槽相互扣合,因此增大了锁扣拉力,能够有效的解决现有技术中宽度较窄短的凸榫易脱出榫槽夹持进而造成板材单元间的脱扣分离问题。本发明为减小第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51、第二凸阶53以及板材单元10另一侧边14的第二凸榫31、第一凸条61叠加所形成较深长凸榫凸出部分的安装难度,特设计了阶梯层级分段预入扣方式,在组装时,让第一凸榫21预先伸入三分之二入扣于第一榫槽22内,第二榫槽32二分之一罩扣在第二凸榫31上,使得两个板材单元10间的装配过盈阻力变成很小后,再以稍加施力的垂直按压,即可轻易完成两板材单元全部入扣连接的安装动作,实现第一凸榫21安装入扣于第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32完全卡扣于第二凸榫31上的直落式双向锁扣安装。As shown in FIG. 54 , when the two plate units 10 dry and shrink, the two plate units 10 will move along the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 54 , that is, the plate unit 10 on the right moves to the right, and the plate unit 10 on the left moves to the right. The plate unit 10 moves to the left, the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 block each other, and the abutting surface 41 is in close contact with the limiting surface 42, which can restrict the separation of the two plate units 10 in the direction shown by F2 . If the force generated by the drying shrinkage is relatively large, the plate unit 10 on the right will move upwards obliquely in the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42 . The interference fit, the interference fit between the second convex step 53 and the second groove 54 , the interference fit between the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the interference fit between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the interference fit between the second tenon groove 32 and the second tenon 31 is specifically: the second lateral surface 531 of the second convex step 53 is clamped with the second lateral wall surface 541 of the second groove 54 to form a first Pinning point; the first transverse surface 511 of the first convex step 51 is clamped with the first transverse wall surface 521 of the first groove 52 to form a second pinning point; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 is connected to the The first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 is clamped to form a third pinning point; the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 . The fourth restraining point is formed; the first clamping surface 622 of the first accommodating groove 62 is clamped with the first pressing surface 612 of the first protruding strip 61 to form the fifth restraining point; the limiting surface 42 and the abutting surface 41 is closely attached and clamped to form the sixth pinning point. The first to sixth restraining action points generate mutual restraining force, which can well ensure that the two plate units 10 are not separated or separated, and play a good locking and limiting function. The structural design increases the The latching tension of the sheet. In addition, the first protruding step 51 and the second protruding step 53 and the first tenon 21 form a stepped structure, and the first protruding strip 61 and the second tenon 31 also form a stepped structure, so that the sides of the plate unit 10 The outwardly protruding part is the overall width of the stepped structure. Correspondingly, the first tongue groove 22 and the second tongue groove 32 are also formed with a stepped groove that is concave inward. The width of the part of one plate unit 10 extending into the other plate unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure formed by the first convex step 51 , the second convex step 53 and the first tenon 21 , which is relatively deep and long. The width of the part of a board unit 10 extending into a board unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure formed by the first protruding strip 61 and the second tenon 31 , that is, the part where the two board units 10 are assembled and stacked is The overall width of the stepped structure forms a relatively deep and long tenon and groove to engage with each other, thus increasing the tension of the lock, which can effectively solve the problem that the narrow and short tenon in the prior art is easy to fall out of the tenon and groove clamping and cause the Tripping separation problem between plate units. The present invention reduces the length of the first tenon 21 , the first protruding step 51 , the second protruding step 53 and the second tenon 31 and the first protruding strip 61 on the other side 14 of the plate unit 10 to form a deeper and longer tenon Due to the difficulty of installing the protruding part, the step-by-step pre-buckling method is specially designed. During assembly, the first tenon 21 is pre-stretched into two-thirds of the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove is inserted into the first tenon groove 22. One-half of the cover 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31, so that the assembly interference resistance between the two plate units 10 becomes very small, and then the two plate units can be easily completed by pressing vertically with a little force. The installation action of all the snap-in connections realizes the straight-drop two-way locking installation in which the first tenon 21 is installed in the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 is completely snapped on the second tenon 31 .
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,如图53所示,第一凸榫21的第一底面213和顶靠面41的连接处与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212的最外侧的垂直延伸线间的水平距离L1小于限位面42的最高点与第一纵壁面522的最低点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L2,即L1<L2。第一凸榫21的第一底 面213和顶靠面41的连接处与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212的最外侧的垂直延伸线间的水平距离L1大于第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223与限位面42的连接处与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522的最低点垂直延伸线间的水平距离L3,即L1>L3。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 53 , the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the outermost side of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 The horizontal distance L1 between the vertically extending lines is smaller than the horizontal distance L2 between the vertical extending lines between the highest point of the limiting surface 42 and the lowest point of the first vertical wall surface 522, ie, L1<L2. The horizontal distance L1 between the connection between the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 and the abutting surface 41 and the outermost vertical extension line of the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the first tenon groove 22 . The horizontal distance L3 between the connection between the lower groove wall 223 and the limiting surface 42 and the vertical extension line of the lowest point of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 of the first groove 52 , that is, L1 > L3 .
第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4小于第二对接面141与第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222间的最大的水平距离L5,即L4<L5,结合图54所示,在第一对接面131与第二对接面141相紧贴时,第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一榫槽22的第一内槽壁222间有缝隙。第一对接面131与第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212间最大的水平距离L4大于第二对接面141与第一纵壁面522间最大的水平距离L6,即L4>L6。The maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is smaller than the maximum horizontal distance L5 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first inner groove wall 222 of the first tongue groove 22, That is, L4<L5, as shown in FIG. 54 , when the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are in close contact, the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 and the first inner groove of the first tenon groove 22 There are gaps between the walls 222. The maximum horizontal distance L4 between the first abutting surface 131 and the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 is greater than the maximum horizontal distance L6 between the second abutting surface 141 and the first vertical wall surface 522 , that is, L4 > L6 .
第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312与第二底面313的连接处和限位面42与第二凸榫31的第二顶面311的连接处间的距离L7大于第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一容槽62的第一贴合面621的连接处和顶靠面41间最小距离L8,即L7>L8,借此,在板材单元10组装时,第二凸榫31能够撑开第二榫槽32而让第二榫槽32可顺利的卡扣于第二凸榫31上。The distance L7 between the connection between the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second bottom surface 313 and the connection between the limiting surface 42 and the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31 is greater than the distance L7 of the second tongue groove 32 The minimum distance L8 between the connection between the second lower groove wall 323 and the first abutment surface 621 of the first container 62 and the abutting surface 41 , that is, L7 > L8, whereby, when the plate unit 10 is assembled, the second convex The tenon 31 can open the second tenon groove 32 so that the second tenon groove 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31 .
在本发明一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为斜面。利用斜面起到导向作用,以便于两个板材单元10间的连接。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces. The inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
在本发明一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为弧面。利用弧面起到导向作用,该弧面较佳为圆弧面,可使得两个板材单元10更好组装以及铺装扣合后的连接板材,能大幅减少在使用中踩踏时的摩擦响声。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces. The cambered surface is used as a guide, and the cambered surface is preferably a circular cambered surface, which can better assemble the two panel units 10 and pave the connected panel after the buckle, and can greatly reduce the friction noise when stepping on in use.
该第十一实施例的一变形例中,第一底面213形成有双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构,该双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构与第九实施例中的双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构相同,具体可参阅第九实施例的结构描述。In a modification of the eleventh embodiment, the first bottom surface 213 is formed with a double relief structure and a double lock groove structure. The double relief structure and the double lock groove structure are the same as the double relief structure in the ninth embodiment and The structure of the double lock grooves is the same, for details, please refer to the structure description of the ninth embodiment.
该第十一实施例的又一变形例中,第一底面213形成有第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225,该第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225的具体结构与第九实施例中的第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225的结构相同,具体可参阅第九实施例的结构描述。In yet another modification of the eleventh embodiment, the first bottom surface 213 is formed with a first relief 215 and a first locking groove 225 . The specific structures of the first relief 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as those of the ninth embodiment. The structures of the first embossment 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the example are the same. For details, please refer to the structure description of the ninth embodiment.
如图52至图54所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第一凸阶51及第一凹槽52、第二凸阶53及第二凹槽54、第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32和第一凸条61及第一容槽62以平移并按压的 方式进行扣合,具体地,将带有第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22、第一凹槽52及第二凹槽54的板材单元10,该第一凸榫21开始进入第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32的槽口卡扣于第二凸榫31的头部,让第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212与第一凹槽52的第一纵壁面522相贴,第一凸阶51的第一纵向面512与第二凹槽54的第二纵壁面542相贴,第二凸阶53的第二纵向面532与第二对接面141相贴,接着让该板材单元10的顶靠面41与限位面42相接触,进而继续平推带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,结合图52所示,使得第二凸阶53的第二纵向面532与第二对接面141相抵,第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22约三分之二的深度,第二榫槽32罩设在第二凸榫32的上方,此时无法在同一平面继续平推带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,结合图53和图54所示,接着对带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11施加向下的按压力,即向顶靠面41垂直上方的上表面11以垂直按压的方式施力,以垂直按压的方式将第一凸榫21压入第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51压入第一凹槽52内,第二凸阶53压入第二凹槽54内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,从而完成了两个板材单元10间的扣合。借此,一板材单元10的第一凸榫21预先伸入另一板材单元10的第一榫槽22约三分之二深度后,另再辅以第二榫槽32对应卡扣于第二凸榫32上,即可按压其中带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11的边缘处,仅需略加施力采垂直按压方式,就可以实现两个板材单元10双向榫与槽的锁扣定位,按压时,两个板材间的过盈阻力较小,第二凸榫31变形量相同也都较小,所以更为容易安装。As shown in FIGS. 52 to 54 , two adjacent plate units 10 can pass through the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the second convex step 53 and the first groove 52 . The two grooves 54 , the second tenon 31 , the second tenon groove 32 , the first protruding strip 61 and the first accommodating groove 62 are fastened by translation and pressing. The plate unit 10 of the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 moves in the same plane to the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 22 , the first groove 52 and the second groove 54 , the first tenon 21 Begin to enter the first tongue groove 22 , the notch of the second tongue groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31 , so that the first outer side 212 of the first tenon 21 is connected to the first groove 52 . The vertical wall surfaces 522 are in contact with each other, the first longitudinal surface 512 of the first convex step 51 is in contact with the second longitudinal wall surface 542 of the second groove 54 , and the second longitudinal surface 532 of the second convex step 53 is in contact with the second abutting surface 141 . Then, the abutting surface 41 of the plate unit 10 is brought into contact with the limiting surface 42 , and then the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pushed in parallel. With reference to FIG. 52 , the second convex step 53 is The second longitudinal surface 532 abuts against the second abutting surface 141 , the first tenon 21 enters about two-thirds of the depth of the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon groove 32 is covered above the second tenon 32 , at this time The plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 cannot be pushed further on the same plane. As shown in FIG. 53 and FIG. 54 , the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is pressed downward. Pressure, that is, applying force to the upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 in a vertical pressing manner, pressing the first tenon 21 into the first tenon groove 22 in a vertical pressing manner, and pressing the first convex step 51 into the first tenon 21 . In a groove 52 , the second convex step 53 is pressed into the second groove 54 , the second tenon groove 32 is fastened on the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened on the first convex strip 61 . Thus, the fastening between the two plate units 10 is completed. In this way, after the first tenon 21 of one plate unit 10 is pre-extended into the first tenon groove 22 of the other plate unit 10 by about two-thirds of the depth, the second tenon groove 32 is supplemented by the second tenon groove 32 to be correspondingly snapped on the second plate unit 10 . On the tenon 32, the edge of the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can be pressed, and the two-way tenon and groove of the two plate units 10 can be realized only by applying a little force and adopting a vertical pressing method. When the lock is positioned and pressed, the interference resistance between the two plates is small, and the deformation of the second tenon 31 is the same and small, so it is easier to install.
如图55和图56所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可以旋转下压的方式进行扣合,具体地,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10呈倾斜状态插入带有第一榫槽22的板材单元10,第一凸榫21部分插入到第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32部分罩扣在第二凸榫31上,让第一对接面131与第二对接面141相抵靠,接着以该相抵靠的位置为接触点旋转下压该带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中,让第一凸阶51进入第一凹槽52中,第二凸阶53进入第二凹槽54中,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,即实现板材单元10件的双向锁扣连接。As shown in FIG. 55 and FIG. 56 , the two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by rotating and pressing down. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is inserted into the In the plate unit 10 of the tenon and groove 22, the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 is connected to the second butt surface. 141 against each other, and then use the abutting position as the contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex step 51 Entering into the first groove 52 , the second convex step 53 entering the second groove 54 , the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened to the first convex strip 61 , that is, the two-way locking connection of 10 plate units is realized.
参阅图57,显示了本发明嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十二实施 例。如图57所示,该第十二实施例与第十一实施例的区别在于,增加了第二凸条63及第二凹槽64、双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构和起定位导向作用的多个斜导面。在第一凸条61的下方设置了第二凸条63,第一凹槽62的下方设置了第二凹槽64,该第二凹槽64与第二凸条63相适配,具体地,第二凸榫31的第二底面313与第二竖向面142之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条61和第二凸条63,且该第一凸条61和第二凸条63均自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出;第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第一竖向面132之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一容槽62和第二容槽64,该第一容槽62和第二容槽64均自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入,该第一容槽62与第一凸条61相适配,该第一容槽62可容置第一凸条61,第二容槽64与第二凸条63相适配,该第二容槽64可容置第二凸条63。Referring to Fig. 57, there is shown a twelfth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the panel lock panel of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 57 , the difference between the twelfth embodiment and the eleventh embodiment is that the second protruding strips 63 and the second grooves 64 , the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure are added to play a positioning and guiding role of multiple inclined guide surfaces. A second convex strip 63 is provided below the first convex strip 61, and a second groove 64 is provided below the first groove 62. The second groove 64 is adapted to the second convex strip 63. Specifically, Between the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 and the second vertical surface 142 are formed first protruding strips 61 and second protruding strips 63 protruding outward, and the first protruding strips 61 and the second protruding strips 63 protrude outward from the second vertical surface 142 ; a first cavity 62 and a second recessed inwardly recessed groove are formed between the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 The accommodating groove 64, the first accommodating groove 62 and the second accommodating groove 64 are both concave inward from the first vertical surface 132, the first accommodating groove 62 is matched with the first protruding strip 61, the first accommodating groove 62 can accommodate the first protruding strip 61 , the second accommodating groove 64 is matched with the second protruding strip 63 , and the second accommodating groove 64 can accommodate the second protruding strip 63 .
第十二实施例中的双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构与第三实施例中的双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构相同,由第一浮凸215和和第二浮凸216构成了双浮凸结构,由第一锁槽225和第二锁槽226构成了双锁槽结构,其中的第一锁槽225用于容置第一浮凸215,第二锁槽226用于容置第二浮凸216。利用双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构,加大榫槽夹持力,提高板材单元的水平扣合拉力,可有效减小或避免板材单元锁榫与锁槽的水平离缝分离。该双浮凸结构和双锁槽结构的具体结构描述可参见第三实施例部分的结构描述,提高板材单元的水平扣合拉力的原理说明也可参见第三实施例部分的描述。The double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the twelfth embodiment are the same as the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure in the third embodiment. The embossing structure is composed of a first locking slot 225 and a second locking slot 226 to form a double locking slot structure, wherein the first locking slot 225 is used for accommodating the first embossing 215, and the second locking slot 226 is used for accommodating the first locking slot 226. Two embossings 216 . The double embossing structure and double locking groove structure are used to increase the clamping force of the tenon and groove, and improve the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit, which can effectively reduce or avoid the horizontal separation of the locking tenon and the locking groove of the plate unit. The specific structure description of the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure can refer to the structure description of the third embodiment, and the principle of improving the horizontal buckle tension of the plate unit can also be referred to the description of the third embodiment.
如图57和图59所示,起定位导向作用的多个斜导面包括第一斜导面1321、第二斜导面3121、第一导向面613、第二导向面633、第三斜导面6211以及第四斜导面6411,以上的多个斜导面均为斜面。其中的第一斜导面1321形成于第一竖向面132和第二卡制面642的连接处,该第一斜导面1321与第一竖向面132连接的端部相对于第一斜导面1321与第二卡制面642连接的端部更靠近外侧设置;第二斜导面3121形成于第二外侧面312和第二底面313的连接处,该第二斜导面3121与第二外侧面312连接的端部相对于第二斜导面3121与第二底面313连接的端部更靠近外侧设置。第一导向面613设于第一抵靠面611和第一压紧面612之间,第一抵靠面611、第一导向面613和第一压紧面612构成了第一凸条61。第二导向面633设于第二抵靠面631和第二压紧面632之间,第二抵靠面631、第二导向面633和第二压紧面632构成了第二凸条63。第三斜导面 6211形成于第一贴合面621和第二下槽壁323的连接处,第四斜导面6411形成于第二贴合面641和第一卡制面622的连接处。上述的各斜导面起到了定位导向的作用,能够便于板材单元间的组装。结合图60所示,两个板材单元10组装过程中,第一斜导面1321与第二导向面633相抵靠,第四斜导面6411与第一导向面613相抵靠,第三斜导面6211与第二斜导面3121相抵靠,起到接触定位的作用,进而在组装作用力的作用下,第一斜导面1321会沿着第二导向面633向下移动,第四斜导面6411沿着第一导向面613向下移动,第三斜导面6211沿着第二斜导面3121向下移动,进而撑开第二榫槽32,以让第二榫槽32能够顺利地卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,第二容槽64卡扣于第二凸条62上,可避免板材单元组装时因凸榫与榫槽结构相抵死而导致无法安装或安装不顺畅的情况发生。As shown in FIGS. 57 and 59 , the plurality of inclined guide surfaces for positioning and guiding include a first inclined guide surface 1321 , a second inclined guide surface 3121 , a first guide surface 613 , a second guide surface 633 , and a third inclined guide surface The surface 6211 and the fourth inclined guide surface 6411, and the plurality of inclined guide surfaces above are all inclined surfaces. The first oblique guide surface 1321 is formed at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second clamping surface 642 , and the end of the first oblique guide surface 1321 connected to the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to the first oblique surface. The end of the guide surface 1321 connected to the second clamping surface 642 is disposed closer to the outside; the second inclined guide surface 3121 is formed at the connection between the second outer side surface 312 and the second bottom surface 313, and the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected to the first The end connected with the two outer side surfaces 312 is disposed closer to the outside than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface 3121 and the second bottom surface 313 . The first guide surface 613 is provided between the first abutting surface 611 and the first pressing surface 612 , and the first abutting surface 611 , the first guiding surface 613 and the first pressing surface 612 constitute the first protruding strip 61 . The second guide surface 633 is provided between the second abutting surface 631 and the second pressing surface 632 , and the second abutting surface 631 , the second guiding surface 633 and the second pressing surface 632 constitute the second protruding strip 63 . The third inclined guide surface 6211 is formed at the connection between the first bonding surface 621 and the second lower groove wall 323 , and the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 is formed at the connection between the second bonding surface 641 and the first clamping surface 622 . The above-mentioned inclined guide surfaces play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the assembly of the plate units. 60, during the assembly process of the two plate units 10, the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the second guide surface 633, the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 abuts against the first guide surface 613, and the third inclined guide surface 6211 abuts against the second inclined guide surface 3121 to play the role of contact positioning, and then under the action of the assembly force, the first inclined guide surface 1321 will move down along the second guide surface 633, and the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 moves down along the first guide surface 613, and the third inclined guide surface 6211 moves down along the second inclined guide surface 3121, thereby propping up the second tongue groove 32, so that the second tongue groove 32 can be smoothly clamped. Buckled on the second tenon 31 , the first groove 62 is buckled on the first convex strip 61 , and the second groove 64 is buckled on the second convex strip 62 , which can avoid the tenon and tenon when the board unit is assembled. The groove structure is dead against each other, which leads to the situation that the installation cannot be installed or the installation is not smooth.
板材单元10的侧边设计第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53与第一凸条61及第二凸条63,可加大板材的锁扣拉力。结合图58和图61所示,在两个板材单元10组装好后,第一对接面131与第二对接面141相贴,第一凸榫21置于第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51置于第一凹槽52内,第二凸阶53置于第二凹槽54内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,第二容槽64卡扣于第二凸条63上,第一竖向面132和第二竖向面142相面对设置,且第一竖向面132与第二竖向面142之间形成有分隔缝43。借此,一板材单元10的第一凸榫21预先伸入另一板材单元10的第一榫槽22约三分之二深度后,另再辅以第二榫槽32对应卡扣于第二凸榫31上,即可按压其中带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11的边缘处,仅需略加施力采垂直按压方式,就可以实现两个板材单元10双向锁扣定位,第一凸榫21加上第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53后的加长型凸榫和第一榫槽22与第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上后,所形成的双榫、槽相互连接,相互牵制的板材单元连接扣合,即能大大提高板材单元10的连接扣合稳定性。如图61所示,当两个板材单元10遇干燥环境收缩时,两个板材单元10会沿着图61中的F2所示的方向移动,即右侧的板材单元10向右侧移动,左侧的板材单元10向左侧移动,第二凸榫31和第一凸榫21相互阻挡,顶靠面41与限位面42相紧贴;第二榫槽32的第一容槽62、第二容槽64卡扣于第二凸榫31的第一凸条61及第二凸条63上且相互卡紧抵住,即可限制到两个板材单元10向着F2所 示的方向相互分离。若干燥收缩产生的力较大时,经限位面42的导向,右侧的板材单元10会沿着F1所示的方向斜向上移动,此时,限位面42与顶靠面41间过盈配合,第二凸阶53与第二凹槽54间过盈配合,第一凸阶51与第一凹槽52间过盈配合,第一凸榫21与第一榫槽22间过盈配合,第二榫槽32与第二凸榫31间过盈配合,第一凸条61与第一容槽62间过盈配合,第二凸条63与第二容槽64间过盈配合。具体为:第二凸阶53的第二横向面531与第二凹槽54的第二横壁面541相卡紧,形成第一牵制作用点;第一凸阶51的第一横向面511与第一凹槽52的第一横壁面521相卡紧,形成第二牵制作用点;第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221相卡紧,形成第三牵制作用点;第二榫槽32的第二下槽壁323与第二凸榫31的第二底面313相卡紧,形成第四牵制作用点;第一容槽62的第一卡制面622与第一凸条61的第一压紧面612相卡紧,形成第五牵制作用点;第二容槽64的第二卡制面642与第二凸条63的第二压紧面632相卡紧,形成第六牵制作用点;第二锁槽226容置第二浮凸216形成第七牵制作用点;限位面42与顶靠面41紧贴卡紧形成第八牵制作用点。第一至第八牵制作用点产生相互牵制作用力,可以更佳的保证两个板材单元10不离缝、不分离,起到很好的锁扣限位功能,该结构设计加大了板材的锁扣拉力。另,第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53与第一凸榫21形成了阶梯状结构,第一凸条61及第二凸条63与第二凸榫31也形成了阶梯状结构,使得板材单元10的侧边向外侧凸出部分的宽度为阶梯状结构的整体宽度,相应地,第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32也形成有向内侧凹入的阶梯状凹槽,如此两个板材单元10组装完成后,一个板材单元10伸入到另一板材单元10内的部分的宽度为第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53与第一凸榫21形成的阶梯状结构的整体宽度,该宽度较为深长,另一板材单元10伸入到一板材单元10内的部分的宽度为第一凸条61及第二凸条63与第二凸榫31形成的阶梯状结构的整体宽度,也即两个板材单元10组装叠加的部分即为阶梯状结构的整体宽度,再又形成较为深长的榫、槽相互扣合,如此增大了锁扣拉力,能够有效的解决现有技术中宽度较窄短的凸榫易脱出榫槽夹持进而造成板材单元间的脱扣分离,以及常见板材单元间短边连接处的对接板面出现有高低落差不平整的问题。本发明为减小第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51、第二凸阶53以及板材单元10另一侧边14的第二凸榫31、第一凸条61、第二凸条63因叠加所形成较深长凸榫凸出 部分的安装难度,特设计了阶梯层级分段预入扣方式,在组装时,让第一凸榫21预先伸入三分之二入扣于第一榫槽22内,第二榫槽32同时也三分之二罩扣在第二凸榫31上,使得两个板材单元10间的装配过盈阻力变成很小后,再以稍加施力的垂直按压,即可轻易完成两板材单元全部入扣连接的安装动作,实现第一凸榫21安装入扣于第一榫槽22和第二榫槽32完全卡扣于第二凸榫31上的直落式双向锁扣安装。The sides of the plate unit 10 are designed with the first convex steps 51 and the second convex steps 53 and the first convex strips 61 and the second convex strips 63 , which can increase the locking force of the plate. 58 and 61, after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first abutting surface 131 is attached to the second abutting surface 141, the first tenon 21 is placed in the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex The step 51 is placed in the first groove 52, the second convex step 53 is placed in the second groove 54, the second tenon 32 is fastened to the second tenon 31, and the first groove 62 is fastened to the first groove 54. On the protruding strip 61, the second accommodating groove 64 is snapped on the second protruding strip 63, the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface 142 are arranged facing each other, and the first vertical surface 132 and the second vertical surface Partition slits 43 are formed between the surfaces 142 . In this way, after the first tenon 21 of one plate unit 10 is pre-extended into the first tenon groove 22 of the other plate unit 10 by about two-thirds of the depth, the second tenon groove 32 is supplemented by the second tenon groove 32 to be correspondingly snapped on the second plate unit 10 . On the tenon 31, the edge of the upper surface 11 of the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 can be pressed, and the two board units 10 can be locked and positioned in two directions only by applying a little force and adopting a vertical pressing method. After the first tenon 21 plus the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 , the elongated tenon and the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 are snapped onto the second tenon 31 . The double tenons and grooves are connected to each other, and the plate units that are restrained by each other are connected and buckled, which can greatly improve the connection and buckle stability of the plate unit 10 . As shown in FIG. 61 , when the two plate units 10 shrink in a dry environment, the two plate units 10 will move along the direction shown by F2 in FIG. 61 , that is, the right plate unit 10 moves to the right, and the left The plate unit 10 on the side moves to the left, the second tenon 31 and the first tenon 21 block each other, and the abutting surface 41 is in close contact with the limiting surface 42; The two accommodating grooves 64 are snapped on the first protruding strip 61 and the second protruding strip 63 of the second tenon 31 and pressed against each other, so that the two plate units 10 can be restricted from being separated from each other in the direction shown by F2. If the force generated by the drying shrinkage is relatively large, the plate unit 10 on the right will move upwards obliquely in the direction indicated by F1 through the guidance of the limiting surface 42 . The interference fit, the interference fit between the second convex step 53 and the second groove 54 , the interference fit between the first convex step 51 and the first groove 52 , the interference fit between the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the second tongue groove 32 and the second tenon 31 are in interference fit, the first protruding strip 61 and the first accommodating groove 62 are in interference fit, and the second protruding strip 63 and the second accommodating slot 64 are in interference fit. Specifically: the second lateral surface 531 of the second convex step 53 is clamped with the second lateral wall surface 541 of the second groove 54 to form a first containment point; the first lateral surface 511 of the first convex step 51 The first lateral wall surface 521 of a groove 52 is clamped to form a second pinning point; the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 is clamped to the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 to form a The third pinning point; the second lower groove wall 323 of the second tenon groove 32 is clamped with the second bottom surface 313 of the second tenon 31 to form the fourth pinning point; the first clamping point of the first accommodating groove 62 The surface 622 is clamped with the first pressing surface 612 of the first protruding strip 61 to form a fifth pinning point; the second clamping surface 642 of the second accommodating groove 64 and the second pressing surface of the second protruding strip 63 632 are clamped tightly to form the sixth restraint point; the second lock groove 226 accommodates the second embossment 216 to form the seventh restraint point; the limiting surface 42 and the abutment surface 41 are closely clamped to form the eighth restraint point . The first to eighth pinning action points generate mutual pinning force, which can better ensure that the two plate units 10 are not separated from the seam or separated, and have a good locking and limiting function. This structural design increases the lock of the plate. Buckle pull. In addition, the first convex steps 51 and the second convex steps 53 and the first tenon 21 form a stepped structure, and the first convex strip 61 and the second convex strip 63 and the second tenon 31 also form a stepped structure, so that the The width of the outwardly protruding portion of the side edge of the plate unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure. After each plate unit 10 is assembled, the width of the part of one plate unit 10 extending into the other plate unit 10 is the whole of the stepped structure formed by the first convex step 51 , the second convex step 53 and the first tenon 21 . Width, the width is relatively deep and long, and the width of the part of the other plate unit 10 extending into one plate unit 10 is the overall width of the stepped structure formed by the first protruding strip 61 , the second protruding strip 63 and the second tenon 31 , that is, the part where the two plate units 10 are assembled and superimposed is the overall width of the stepped structure, and then a relatively long tenon and groove are formed to engage with each other, which increases the tension of the lock, which can effectively solve the problem in the prior art. The tenon with narrow and short width is easy to come out of the tenon and groove clamping, resulting in the tripping and separation between the plate units, and the common butt plate surface at the short side connection between the plate units has the problem of uneven height and drop. In the present invention, the first tenon 21 , the first protruding step 51 , the second protruding step 53 and the second tenon 31 , the first protruding strip 61 and the second protruding strip 63 of the other side 14 of the plate unit 10 are reduced due to the Due to the difficulty of installation of the protruding part of the deep and long tenon formed by superposition, the step-by-step pre-fastening method is specially designed. During assembly, the first tenon 21 is pre-stretched into two-thirds of the first tenon and groove. 22, the second tenon groove 32 is also two-thirds of the cover on the second tenon 31, so that the assembly interference resistance between the two plate units 10 becomes very small, and then the vertical force is applied slightly. Press to easily complete the installation action of all the two plate units being snapped and connected, so that the first tenon 21 is installed in the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon groove 32 is completely snapped on the second tenon 31. Drop two-way lock installation.
在本发明一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为斜面。利用斜面起到导向作用,以便于两个板材单元10间的连接。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are inclined surfaces. The inclined surface is used for guiding, so as to facilitate the connection between the two panel units 10 .
在本发明一种具体实施方式中,顶靠面41和限位面42为弧面。利用弧面起到导向作用,该弧面较佳为圆弧面,可使得两个板材单元10更好组装以及铺装扣合后的连接板材,能大幅减少在使用中踩踏时的摩擦响声。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the abutting surface 41 and the limiting surface 42 are arc surfaces. The cambered surface is used as a guide, and the cambered surface is preferably a circular cambered surface, which can better assemble the two panel units 10 and pave the connected panel after the buckle, and can greatly reduce the friction noise when stepping on in use.
在该第十二实施例的又一变形例中,也可将双浮凸结构及双锁槽结构变成第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225的结构,该第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225的具体结构与第就实施例中的第一浮凸215及第一锁槽225的结构相同,具体可参阅第九实施例的结构描述。In another modification of the twelfth embodiment, the double embossing structure and the double locking groove structure can also be changed into the structure of the first embossing 215 and the first locking groove 225. The specific structure of a locking groove 225 is the same as the structures of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 in the first embodiment. For details, please refer to the structure description of the ninth embodiment.
如图59所示,在第十一实施例中,板材单元10也具有L1<L2,L1>L3,L4<L5、L4>L6以及L7>L8的技术要点,该些技术要点的作用及效果与第十一实施例相同。As shown in FIG. 59, in the eleventh embodiment, the plate unit 10 also has technical points of L1<L2, L1>L3, L4<L5, L4>L6, and L7>L8, and the functions and effects of these technical points The same as the eleventh embodiment.
在本发明的一种具体实施方式中,板材单元10的侧边设置的第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53的整体厚度占板材单元10的整体厚度的20%至50%,其中第一凸阶51及第二凸阶53的厚度占第一凸榫21的厚度的40%至50%,第一凸阶51与第二凸阶53的厚度相一致。第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度、第一容槽62的竖向最大高度和第二容槽64的竖向最大高度之和占板材单元10的整体厚度20%至40%,第一容槽62的竖向最大高度和第二容槽64的竖向最大高度占第二榫槽32的竖向最大高度的20%至40%,第二容槽64和第一容槽62的竖向最大高度相一致。该板材单元10的相对两侧边设置了第一凸榫21、第一凸阶51、第二凸阶53、第二榫槽22、第一容槽62及第二容槽64与第一榫槽22、第一凹槽52、第二凹槽54、第二凸榫31、第一凸条61及第二凸条63,在确保凸榫及榫槽间的结构强度满足要求的前提下,该板材单元的整体厚度需较厚,板材单元的厚度在18mm以上。In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the overall thickness of the first tenon 21 , the first convex step 51 and the second convex step 53 disposed on the side of the plate unit 10 accounts for 20% to 20% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 . 50%, wherein the thicknesses of the first convex steps 51 and the second convex steps 53 account for 40% to 50% of the thickness of the first tenon 21 , and the thicknesses of the first convex steps 51 and the second convex steps 53 are the same. The sum of the vertical maximum height of the second tongue groove 32 , the vertical maximum height of the first accommodating groove 62 and the vertical maximum height of the second accommodating groove 64 accounts for 20% to 40% of the overall thickness of the plate unit 10 . The vertical maximum height of the groove 62 and the vertical maximum height of the second accommodating groove 64 account for 20% to 40% of the vertical maximum height of the second tongue groove 32. The maximum height is the same. The opposite sides of the plate unit 10 are provided with a first tenon 21 , a first protruding step 51 , a second protruding step 53 , a second tenon groove 22 , a first accommodating groove 62 , a second accommodating groove 64 and a first tenon The groove 22 , the first groove 52 , the second groove 54 , the second tenon 31 , the first convex strip 61 and the second convex strip 63 , on the premise of ensuring that the structural strength between the tenon and the tenon groove meets the requirements, The overall thickness of the plate unit needs to be thicker, and the thickness of the plate unit is more than 18mm.
如图59至图61所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可以平移并按压的方式进行扣合,具体地,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22的板材单元10,该第一凸榫21开始进入第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32的槽口卡扣于第二凸榫31的头部,让第一凸阶51与第二凹槽54的槽壁相贴,让该板材单元10的顶靠面41与限位面42相接,结合图60所示,接着继续平推带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,使得第一顶面211与第一外侧面212的连接处与第一纵壁面522与第一上槽壁221的连接处相抵,第一横向面511和第一纵向面512的连接处第一横壁面521和第二纵壁面542的连接处相抵,第二横向面531和第二纵向面532的连接处与第二对接面141和第二横壁面541的连接处相抵,顶靠面41与限位面42间处于过盈状态,此时第一斜导面1321与第二导向面633相抵,第四斜导面6411与第一导向面613相抵,第三斜导面6211与第二斜导面3121相抵,此时无法在同一平面继续平推带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,接着对带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10的上表面11施加向下的按压力,即向顶靠面41垂直上方的上表面11的边缘处,以垂直按压的方式施力,结合图61所示,以垂直按压的方式将第一凸榫21压入第一榫槽22内,第一凸阶51压入第一凹槽52内,第二凸阶53压入第二凹槽54内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,第二容槽64卡扣于第二凸条63上,从而完成了两个板材单元10间的扣合。按压时,两个板材间的过盈阻力较小,第二凸榫变形量也减小,所以更容易滑顺安装。As shown in FIG. 59 to FIG. 61 , two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by translation and pressing. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved to the same plane as the A plate unit 10 with a tongue and groove 22, the first tenon 21 begins to enter the first tongue and groove 22, the notch of the second tongue and groove 32 is fastened to the head of the second tenon 31, and the first convex step 51 Adhere to the groove wall of the second groove 54 so that the abutting surface 41 of the plate unit 10 is in contact with the limiting surface 42 , as shown in FIG. 60 , and then continue to push the plate unit with the first tenon 21. 10, so that the junction of the first top surface 211 and the first outer side 212 is in contact with the junction of the first longitudinal wall surface 522 and the first upper groove wall 221, and the junction of the first lateral surface 511 and the first longitudinal surface 512 The junction between a transverse wall surface 521 and the second longitudinal wall surface 542 abuts against, the junction between the second transverse surface 531 and the second longitudinal surface 532 abuts against the junction between the second abutting surface 141 and the second transverse wall surface 541, and the abutting surface 41 It is in an interference state with the limiting surface 42. At this time, the first inclined guide surface 1321 is in contact with the second guide surface 633, the fourth inclined guide surface 6411 is in contact with the first guide surface 613, and the third inclined guide surface 6211 is in contact with the second guide surface 633. The inclined guide surfaces 3121 abut against each other. At this time, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 cannot be pushed further on the same plane, and then a downward pressing force is applied to the upper surface 11 of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 . , that is, apply force to the edge of the upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 in a vertical pressing manner, and as shown in FIG. 61 , press the first tenon 21 into the first tenon groove 22 in a vertical pressing manner. , the first convex step 51 is pressed into the first groove 52, the second convex step 53 is pressed into the second groove 54, the second tenon groove 32 is buckled on the second tenon 31, and the first groove 62 is locked Buckled on the first protruding strip 61 , the second accommodating groove 64 is clipped on the second protruding strip 63 , thereby completing the buckling between the two plate units 10 . When pressing, the interference resistance between the two plates is small, and the deformation of the second tenon is also reduced, so it is easier to install smoothly.
如图62和图63所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可以旋转下压的方式进行扣合,具体地,将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10呈倾斜状态插入带有第一榫槽22的板材单元10,第一凸榫21部分插入到第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32部分罩扣在第二凸榫31上,让第一对接面131与第二对接面141相抵靠,接着以该相抵靠的位置为接触点旋转下压该带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中,让第一凸阶51进入第一凹槽52中,第二凸阶53进入第二凹槽54中,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,第一容槽62卡扣于第一凸条61上,第二容槽64卡扣于第二凸条63上,即实现板材单元10件的双向锁扣连接。As shown in FIG. 62 and FIG. 63 , two adjacent plate units 10 can be fastened by rotating and pressing down. Specifically, the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is inserted into the In the plate unit 10 of the tenon and groove 22, the first tenon 21 is partially inserted into the first tenon groove 22, and the second tenon groove 32 is partially covered and buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 is connected to the second butt surface. 141 against each other, and then use the abutting position as the contact point to rotate and press the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21, so that the first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22, and the first convex step 51 Entering into the first groove 52 , the second convex step 53 entering the second groove 54 , the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the second tenon 31 , and the first accommodating groove 62 is fastened to the first convex strip 61 , the second accommodating groove 64 is buckled on the second protruding strip 63 , that is, the two-way locking connection of the 10 plate units is realized.
参阅图64,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十三实施例。如图64所示,在第十三实施例中,板材单元10的侧边13设有较 宽深度的第一凸榫21及较宽深度的第二榫槽32,侧边14设有第一榫槽22及第二凸榫31。具体的,侧边13上还形成有与上表面11对应边缘连接的第一对接面131,第一凸榫21形成于第一对接面131的下方,该第一凸榫21自第一对接面131向外侧凸出;在第一凸榫21的下方形成向内侧凹入的第二榫槽32,该第二榫槽32的下方形成有与底面12对应边缘连接的第一竖向面132,第一竖向面132与第一对接面131均呈竖向设置。第二榫槽32的槽底自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入,在第一凸榫21与第二榫槽32之间形成有顶靠面41。侧边14上还形成有与上表面11对应边缘连接的第二对接面141,第一榫槽22形成于第二对接面141的下方,该第一榫槽22的槽底自第二对接面141向内侧凹入;第一榫槽22的下方还形成有与底面12对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面142,该第二竖向面142与第二对接面141均呈竖向设置。第二凸榫31的头部自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出,第一榫槽22与第二凸榫31之间形成有限位面42。Referring to Fig. 64, there is shown a thirteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIG. 64 , in the thirteenth embodiment, the side 13 of the plate unit 10 is provided with a first tenon 21 with a wider depth and a second tongue groove 32 with a wider depth, and the side 14 is provided with a first tenon 21 with a wider depth. The tongue groove 22 and the second tenon 31 . Specifically, the side edge 13 is further formed with a first butting surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 , and the first tenon 21 is formed below the first butting surface 131 , and the first tenon 21 extends from the first butting surface. 131 protrudes to the outside; a second tongue groove 32 recessed inward is formed below the first tenon 21, and a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32, The first vertical surface 132 and the first abutting surface 131 are both arranged vertically. The groove bottom of the second tongue groove 32 is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132 , and an abutting surface 41 is formed between the first tenon 21 and the second tongue groove 32 . A second abutting surface 141 is also formed on the side edge 14 to connect with the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 . The first tongue groove 22 is formed below the second abutting surface 141 , and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove 22 extends from the second abutting surface. 141 is concave inward; a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is also formed below the first tongue groove 22 , and the second vertical surface 142 and the second abutting surface 141 are arranged vertically. The head of the second tenon 31 protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142 , and a limiting surface 42 is formed between the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 .
较宽深度的第一凸榫21包括第一顶面211、第一外侧面212以及第一底面213,其中第一顶面211和第一外侧面212连接处设有第一倾斜面214,第一底面213与第一外侧面212和顶靠面41连接。该第一底面213包括第一斜顶面2131、第二斜顶面2132和第一连接平面2133,第一斜顶面2131与第一外侧面212和第一连接平面2133连接,第二斜顶面2132与第一连接平面2133和顶靠面41连接,其中第一斜顶面2131与第一外侧面212连接的端部的高度低于第一斜顶面2131与第一连接平面2133连接的端部的高度,从而该第一斜顶面2131与第一外侧面212连接处形成有向下凸出的一第二浮凸216。第二斜顶面2132与第一连接平面2133连接的端部的高度高于第二斜顶面2132与顶靠面41连接的端部的高度,从而该第二斜顶面2132与顶靠面41的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸215,第一连接平面2133为平直面。相应地,较宽深度的第一榫槽22包括第一上槽壁221、第一内槽壁222以及第一下槽壁223,第一下槽壁223与第一内槽壁222及限位面42连接。其中该第一下槽壁223包括第一斜靠面2231、第二斜靠面2232以及第二连接平面2233,第一斜靠面2231与第一内槽壁222和第二连接平面2233连接,第二斜靠面2232与第二连接平面2233和限位面42连接,其中第一斜靠面2231与第一内槽壁222连接的端部的高度低于第一斜靠面2231与第二连接平面2233连接的端部的高度,从而该第一斜靠面2231与第一内槽壁222连接处形成有向下凹 入的一第二锁槽226。第二斜靠面2232与第二连接平面2233连接的端部的高度高于第二斜靠面2232与限位面42连接的端部的高度,从而该第二斜靠面2232与限位面42的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽225。第一锁槽225用于容置第一浮凸215,第二锁槽226用于容置第二浮凸216。The wider depth first tenon 21 includes a first top surface 211 , a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213 , wherein a first inclined surface 214 is provided at the connection between the first top surface 211 and the first outer side surface 212 . A bottom surface 213 is connected with the first outer side surface 212 and the abutting surface 41 . The first bottom surface 213 includes a first inclined top surface 2131, a second inclined top surface 2132 and a first connecting plane 2133. The first inclined top surface 2131 is connected to the first outer side surface 212 and the first connecting plane 2133. The second inclined top surface The surface 2132 is connected with the first connection plane 2133 and the abutting surface 41, wherein the height of the end of the first inclined top surface 2131 connected with the first outer side surface 212 is lower than the height of the connection between the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first connection plane 2133. A second embossment 216 protruding downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first outer side surface 212 . The height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the first connection plane 2133 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined top surface 2132 connected to the abutment surface 41 , so that the second inclined top surface 2132 is connected to the abutment surface 41 . 41 is formed with a downwardly protruding first relief 215, and the first connecting plane 2133 is a flat surface. Correspondingly, the wider depth first tongue groove 22 includes a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223 , the first lower groove wall 223 and the first inner groove wall 222 and the limiter face 42 is connected. The first lower groove wall 223 includes a first inclined surface 2231, a second inclined surface 2232 and a second connecting plane 2233. The first inclined surface 2231 is connected to the first inner groove wall 222 and the second connecting plane 2233. The second leaning surface 2232 is connected with the second connecting plane 2233 and the limiting surface 42 , wherein the height of the end of the first leaning surface 2231 connecting with the first inner groove wall 222 is lower than that of the first leaning surface 2231 and the second A second locking groove 226 recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface 2231 and the first inner groove wall 222 due to the height of the end connected by the connecting plane 2233 . The height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the second connecting plane 2233 is higher than the height of the end of the second inclined surface 2232 connected to the limiting surface 42, so that the second inclined surface 2232 is connected to the limiting surface. A first locking groove 225 recessed downward is formed at the connection of 42 . The first locking groove 225 is used for accommodating the first embossing protrusion 215 , and the second locking groove 226 is used for accommodating the second embossing protrusion 216 .
在第一凸榫21的第一底面213上形成有第一浮凸215及第二浮凸216的双浮凸结构,以加大第一榫槽22的夹持力,提高板材单元10的水平扣合拉力,可有效减小或避免板材单元锁榫与锁槽的水平离缝分离。如图64、65和图68所示,两个板材单元10组装好后,第一凸榫21容置于第一榫槽22内,第一浮凸215容置于第一锁槽225内,第二浮凸216容置于第二锁槽226内,第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上;其中第一顶面211与第一上槽壁221相贴,第一斜顶面2131与第一斜靠面2231相贴,第一连接平面2133与第二连接平面2233相贴,顶靠面41与限位面42相贴,第二底面313与第二下槽壁323相贴;如此,在两个板材单元10受到F2方向的作用力而相互分离时,第一斜顶面2131与第一斜靠面2231相卡紧,第一顶面211与第一上槽壁221相卡紧,实现了通过第一上槽壁221和第一斜靠面2231夹紧第一凸榫21的头部,使得该较宽深度的第一凸榫21的头部难以撑开第一上槽壁221和第一斜靠面2231处榫槽,从而提高了水平扣合拉力。进一步的,顶靠面41与限位面42相卡紧,该顶靠面41欲斜向脱离而推挤限位面42进而使得第二凸榫31联动向下变形、第一榫槽22欲被撑开,此时,第二下槽壁323抵住第二底面313进而限制了第二凸榫31的变形,使得第一榫槽22无法被撑开,实现了第一凸榫21稳固的被夹持于第一榫槽22内。双浮凸结构设置配合较宽深度的第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32的限位,加大了第一榫槽22夹持第一凸榫21的夹持力,极大的提高了两个板材单元10间的水平扣合拉力,保证了两个板材单元10的连接扣合稳定性,使得两个板材单元10板面拼接平整、既不离缝也不分离。A double relief structure of a first relief 215 and a second relief 216 is formed on the first bottom surface 213 of the first tenon 21 to increase the clamping force of the first tenon groove 22 and improve the level of the board unit 10 Buckling tension can effectively reduce or avoid the horizontal separation between the lock tenon and the lock groove of the plate unit. As shown in Figures 64, 65 and 68, after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first tenon 21 is accommodated in the first tenon groove 22, the first relief 215 is accommodated in the first locking groove 225, The second embossment 216 is accommodated in the second locking groove 226, and the second tenon groove 32 is snapped on the second tenon 31; the first top surface 211 is in contact with the first upper groove wall 221, and the first inclined top The surface 2131 is in contact with the first inclined surface 2231, the first connecting surface 2133 is in contact with the second connecting surface 2233, the top surface 41 is in contact with the limiting surface 42, and the second bottom surface 313 is in contact with the second lower groove wall 323. In this way, when the two plate units 10 are separated from each other by the force in the F2 direction, the first inclined top surface 2131 and the first inclined leaning surface 2231 are clamped, and the first top surface 211 and the first upper groove wall 221 By clamping each other, the head of the first tenon 21 is clamped by the first upper groove wall 221 and the first inclined surface 2231, so that the head of the first tenon 21 with a wider depth is difficult to spread the first tenon 21. The grooves on the upper groove wall 221 and the first inclined surface 2231 can improve the horizontal buckling force. Further, the abutting surface 41 is clamped with the limiting surface 42 , the abutting surface 41 is about to disengage obliquely and pushes the limiting surface 42 so that the second tenon 31 is linked and deformed downward, and the first tenon groove 22 is about to be disengaged. At this time, the second lower groove wall 323 is pressed against the second bottom surface 313 to limit the deformation of the second tenon 31, so that the first tenon groove 22 cannot be opened, and the first tenon 21 is stable. is clamped in the first tongue groove 22 . The double-relief structure is provided to match the position limit of the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 with a wider depth, which increases the clamping force of the first tenon groove 22 for clamping the first tenon 21, and greatly improves the The horizontal buckling tension between the two board units 10 ensures the connection and buckling stability of the two board units 10 , so that the two board units 10 are flatly spliced, neither seamed nor separated.
如图64所示,在第一竖向面132与第二下槽壁323的连接处设有第一斜导面1321,第一斜导面1321与第一竖向面132连接的端部相对于第一斜导面1321与第二下槽壁323连接的端部更靠近外侧设置。相应地,较宽深度的第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312上设有第二斜导面3121,该第二斜导面3121与第二底面313连接,第二斜导面3121与第二底面313连接的端部更靠近内侧设置。该第一斜导面1321和第二斜导面3121起到 定位导向的作用,能够便于板材单元间的顺畅组装,具体地,结合图66、图67和图69所示,在两个板材单元10组装过程中,第一斜导面1321与第二凸榫31上的第二斜导面3121相抵靠,起到接触定位的作用,进而在组装作用力的作用下,第一斜导面1321会沿着第二斜导面3121向下移动,进而撑开较宽深度的第二榫槽32,以让第二榫槽32能够顺利地卡扣于较宽深度的第二凸榫31上,可避免板材单元组装时第一竖向面132与第二凸榫31相抵死导致无法安装或安装不顺畅的情况发生。As shown in FIG. 64 , a first inclined guide surface 1321 is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface 132 and the second lower groove wall 323 , and the end of the first inclined guide surface 1321 connected to the first vertical surface 132 is opposite to each other. The end portion where the first inclined guide surface 1321 is connected with the second lower groove wall 323 is disposed closer to the outside. Correspondingly, a second inclined guide surface 3121 is provided on the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 with a wider depth, the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the second bottom surface 313 , and the second inclined guide surface 3121 is connected with the first The ends where the two bottom surfaces 313 are connected are disposed closer to the inner side. The first inclined guide surface 1321 and the second inclined guide surface 3121 play the role of positioning and guiding, which can facilitate the smooth assembly between the plate units. 10 During the assembly process, the first inclined guide surface 1321 abuts against the second inclined guide surface 3121 on the second tenon 31 to play the role of contact and positioning, and then under the action of the assembly force, the first inclined guide surface 1321 It will move downward along the second inclined guide surface 3121, and then open the second tongue groove 32 with a wider depth, so that the second tongue groove 32 can be smoothly buckled on the second tenon 31 with a wider depth. It can avoid the situation that the first vertical surface 132 and the second tenon 31 abut against each other when the plate unit is assembled, resulting in inability to install or unsmooth installation.
如图66所示,在第十三实施例中,板材单元10也具有L1<L2,L1>L3,L4<L5以及L7>L8的技术要点。该些技术要点的作用及效果与第一实施例相同。As shown in FIG. 66, in the thirteenth embodiment, the plate unit 10 also has the technical points of L1<L2, L1>L3, L4<L5, and L7>L8. The functions and effects of these technical points are the same as those of the first embodiment.
结合图66至图68所示,显示了第十三实施例的两个板材单元10间以平移并按压的方式进行扣合。如图69和图70所示,显示了该第十三实施例的两个板材单元10间以旋转并下压的方式进行扣合。66 to 68 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the thirteenth embodiment are fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 69 and FIG. 70 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the thirteenth embodiment are fastened by rotating and pressing down.
参阅图71,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十四实施例。如图71所示,该第十四实施例与第十三实施例的区别在于,在第二凸榫31的下方设置了第一凸条61,第二榫槽32的下方设置了第一容槽62,该第十四实施例中的第一凸条61及第二容槽62的具体结构与第九实施例中的第一凸条61及第二容槽62的具体结构相同,具体可参见第九实施例的结构描述,在此不再赘述。另外,第二凸榫31的第二外侧面312和第二榫槽32的第二内槽壁322均为圆弧面。Referring to FIG. 71, there is shown a fourteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 for the recessed latch panel of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 71 , the difference between the fourteenth embodiment and the thirteenth embodiment is that a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first container is provided below the second tenon 32 . The groove 62. The specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the second accommodating grooves 62 in the fourteenth embodiment are the same as the specific structures of the first protruding strips 61 and the second accommodating grooves 62 in the ninth embodiment. Refer to the structural description of the ninth embodiment, which is not repeated here. In addition, the second outer side surface 312 of the second tenon 31 and the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 are both circular arc surfaces.
如图73所示,在第十四实施例中,板材单元10也具有L1<L2,L1>L3,L4<L5以及L7>L8的技术要点。该些技术要点的作用及效果与第一实施例相同。As shown in FIG. 73, in the fourteenth embodiment, the plate unit 10 also has the technical points of L1<L2, L1>L3, L4<L5, and L7>L8. The functions and effects of these technical points are the same as those of the first embodiment.
结合图73至图75所示,显示了第十四实施例的两个板材单元10间以平移并按压的方式进行扣合。如图76和图77所示,显示了该第十四实施例的两个板材单元10间以旋转并下压的方式进行扣合。73 to 75 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the fourteenth embodiment are fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 76 and FIG. 77 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the fourteenth embodiment are fastened by rotating and pressing down.
参阅图78,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十五实施例。如图78所示,该第十五实施例是在第十四实施例的基础上增加了安装槽224的设计,该安装槽224开设于第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223上,该安装槽224自第一下槽壁223向着底面12的方向向下凹入,该安装槽224用来容置固定板材单元10的安装钉。在组装板材单元10时,先固定好左侧的板材单元10,即利用安装钉将该板材单元10固定在安装基 础(泛指地面、墙面,木质、金属槽型、塑料板条龙骨等)上,安装钉从安装槽224处打入板材单元10内并打入到安装基础内,安装钉的头部置于安装槽224内,该安装钉不会妨碍板材单元10组装时第一凸榫21和第一榫槽22间的配合。Referring to Fig. 78, there is shown a fifteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 for the recessed locking panel of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 78 , the fifteenth embodiment is based on the fourteenth embodiment and adds a design of a mounting groove 224 , the mounting groove 224 is opened on the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 , The installation groove 224 is recessed downward from the first lower groove wall 223 toward the bottom surface 12 , and the installation groove 224 is used for accommodating the installation nails for fixing the plate unit 10 . When assembling the panel unit 10, first fix the panel unit 10 on the left side, that is, use the mounting nails to fix the panel unit 10 on the installation foundation (generally referring to the ground, wall, wood, metal groove, plastic slatted keel, etc.) Above, the mounting nails are driven into the board unit 10 from the mounting groove 224 and into the mounting base, the head of the mounting nails is placed in the mounting groove 224, and the mounting nails will not interfere with the first tenon when the board unit 10 is assembled The fit between 21 and the first tongue and groove 22 .
参阅图79,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十六实施例。如图79和图80所示,在第十六实施例中,板材单元10的侧边13形成有与上表面11对应边缘连接的第一对接面131,该第一对接面131呈竖向设置;第一凸榫21形成于第一对接面131的下方,且该第一凸榫21自第一对接面131向外侧凸出;第一凸榫21的下方还形成有第二榫槽32,该第二榫槽32的下方形成有与底面12对应边缘连接的第一竖向面132,第二榫槽32自第一竖向面132向着上表面11的方向凹入;第一凸榫21与第二榫槽32之间形成有顶靠面41;侧边14形成有与上表面的对应边缘连接的第二对接面141,该第二对接面141呈竖向设置;第一榫槽22形成于第二对接面141的下方,该第一榫槽22的槽底自第二对接面141向内侧凹入;第一榫槽22的下方还形成有向上凸出第二凸榫31,该第二凸榫31的下方形成有与底面12对应边缘连接的第二竖向面142,第一榫槽22与第二凸榫31之间形成有限位面42,第一凸榫21的第一底面213和顶靠面41连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸215;第一榫槽22的第一下槽壁223和限位面42连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽225。第二榫槽32和第一竖向面132的连接处设有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽72,第三榫槽72自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入,第二凸榫31与第二竖向面142的连接处设有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫71,该第三凸榫71自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出;借此,结合图80所示,相邻的两个板材单元10可通过第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第二凸榫31及第二榫槽32和第三凸榫71及第三榫槽72的相互配合进行扣合连接。Referring to Fig. 79, there is shown a sixteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 for the recessed locking panel of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 79 and FIG. 80 , in the sixteenth embodiment, the side edge 13 of the plate unit 10 is formed with a first abutting surface 131 connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 , and the first abutting surface 131 is arranged vertically ; The first tenon 21 is formed below the first butt surface 131, and the first tenon 21 protrudes from the first butt surface 131 to the outside; the bottom of the first tenon 21 is also formed with a second tenon groove 32, A first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 . The second tongue groove 32 is concave from the first vertical surface 132 toward the upper surface 11 ; the first tenon 21 Abutting surface 41 is formed between it and the second tongue groove 32; the side 14 is formed with a second abutting surface 141 connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface, and the second abutting surface 141 is arranged vertically; the first tongue groove 22 Formed below the second butting surface 141 , the groove bottom of the first tenon groove 22 is concave inward from the second butting surface 141 ; a second tenon 31 protruding upward is also formed below the first tenon groove 22 . A second vertical surface 142 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31 , a limiting surface 42 is formed between the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 , the first The bottom surface 213 and the abutting surface 41 are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief 215 ; the first lower groove wall 223 of the first tongue groove 22 and the limiting surface 42 are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove 225 . The connection between the second tongue groove 32 and the first vertical surface 132 is provided with a third tongue groove 72 concave inwardly, the third tongue groove 72 is recessed inward from the first vertical surface 132 , and the second tenon 31 The connection with the second vertical surface 142 is provided with a third tenon 71 protruding to the outside, and the third tenon 71 protrudes from the second vertical surface 142 to the outside; The two adjacent plate units 10 can be buckled by the mutual cooperation of the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove 32 and the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove 72 . combined connection.
第十六实施例中的第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的结构与第七实施例中的第一浮凸及第一锁槽225的结构相同,具体可参见第七实施例的结构描述。The structures of the first embossing protrusions 215 and the first locking grooves 225 in the sixteenth embodiment are the same as those of the first embossing protrusions and the first locking grooves 225 in the seventh embodiment. For details, please refer to the structure of the seventh embodiment describe.
较佳地,第一浮凸215的最低点高于第二榫槽32的第二内槽壁322与第三榫槽72的第三上槽壁723的连接处;第一锁槽225与第一下槽壁223的连接点高度高于、等于第二凸榫31的第二顶面311;第二内槽壁322与第一竖向面132位于同一竖直面内或者第二内槽壁322相较于第一 竖向面132更靠近侧边13的外侧。借此,结合图81和图82所示,第十六实施例的板材单元10加工时可省略倾斜刀,只需要水平刀151和竖直刀152即可加工成型。Preferably, the lowest point of the first relief 215 is higher than the connection between the second inner groove wall 322 of the second tongue groove 32 and the third upper groove wall 723 of the third tongue groove 72; The height of the connection point of the lower groove wall 223 is higher than and equal to the second top surface 311 of the second tenon 31; the second inner groove wall 322 and the first vertical surface 132 are located in the same vertical plane or the second inner groove wall 322 is closer to the outer side of the side edge 13 than the first vertical surface 132 . Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 81 and 82 , the plate unit 10 of the sixteenth embodiment can be processed without the inclined knife, and only the horizontal knife 151 and the vertical knife 152 can be processed and formed.
参阅图83,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十七实施例。如图83所示,该第十七实施例与第八实施例的区别在于,在第十七实施例中,板材单元10的一侧边13形成有与上表面11的对应边缘连接的第一对贴面133和与该第一对贴面133垂直连接第一压合面134,该第一压合面134向着板材单元10的内侧设置,且该第一压合面134自第一对贴面133向内侧延伸设置,第一压合面134的下方形成有第一对接面131,该第一压合面134与第一对接面131垂直连接,且第一对接面131相对于第一对贴面133更靠近板材单元10的内侧设置,从而第一压合面134和第一对接面131围合形成嵌槽135。相应地,在板材单元10的一侧边14形成有与上表面11的对应边缘连接的第二对贴面143和与该第二对贴面143连接的第二压合面144,该第二对贴面143与第一对贴面133相对应设置,该第二压合面144向着板材单元10的外侧延伸设置,该第二压合面144自第二对贴面143向外侧延伸设置,第二压合面144的下方形成有第二对接面141,第二对接面141和第二压合面144连接形成与嵌槽135相适配的卡凸145。在相邻的两个板材单元10组装在一起后,结合图83所示,第一对贴面133与第二对贴面143相贴,第一压合面134压设于第二压合面144上,第一对接面131和第二对接面141相对设置且之间留有缝隙,卡凸145置于嵌槽135内。Referring to FIG. 83, there is shown a seventeenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for panel locking panels. As shown in FIG. 83 , the difference between the seventeenth embodiment and the eighth embodiment is that, in the seventeenth embodiment, one side edge 13 of the plate unit 10 is formed with a first edge connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 . The opposing veneer 133 and the first pressing surface 134 vertically connected to the first pair of veneers 133 are disposed toward the inner side of the plate unit 10 , and the first pressing surface 134 is attached from the first pair of veneers 133 . The surface 133 extends inwardly, a first butting surface 131 is formed below the first pressing surface 134 , the first pressing surface 134 is vertically connected with the first butting surface 131 , and the first abutting surface 131 is opposite to the first pair of The veneer surface 133 is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit 10 , so that the first pressing surface 134 and the first abutting surface 131 enclose the inserting groove 135 . Correspondingly, a second pair of veneers 143 connected with the corresponding edges of the upper surface 11 and a second pressing surface 144 connected with the second pair of veneers 143 are formed on one side 14 of the plate unit 10 . The opposite veneer 143 is disposed correspondingly to the first pair of veneers 133 , the second pressing surface 144 extends toward the outside of the plate unit 10 , and the second pressing surface 144 extends outward from the second pair of veneers 143 , A second abutting surface 141 is formed below the second pressing surface 144 , and the second abutting surface 141 and the second pressing surface 144 are connected to form a snap protrusion 145 that fits with the inserting groove 135 . After the two adjacent plate units 10 are assembled together, as shown in FIG. 83 , the first pair of veneers 133 are attached to the second pair of veneers 143 , and the first pressing surface 134 is pressed on the second pressing surface 144 , the first abutting surface 131 and the second abutting surface 141 are disposed opposite to each other with a gap therebetween, and the latching protrusion 145 is placed in the inserting groove 135 .
在第一对接面131和第二对接面141下方设置的第一凸阶51、第一凹槽52、第一凸榫21、第一榫槽22、第二榫槽32、第二凸榫31、第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的结构与第八实施例中对应的结构相同,具体可参见第八实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。第三榫槽72和第三凸榫71的结构与第三实施例中对应的结构相同,具体可参见第三实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。The first convex step 51 , the first groove 52 , the first tenon 21 , the first tenon groove 22 , the second tenon groove 32 and the second tenon 31 provided under the first butt joint surface 131 and the second butt joint surface 141 , The structures of the first relief 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as the corresponding structures in the eighth embodiment. For details, please refer to the description of the eighth embodiment, which will not be repeated here. The structures of the third tongue groove 72 and the third tenon 71 are the same as the corresponding structures in the third embodiment. For details, please refer to the description of the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
如图85至图87所示,显示了该第十七实施例的两个板材单元10间以平移并按压的方式进行扣合。如图88和图89所示,显示了该第十七实施例的两个板材单元10间以旋转并下压的方式进行扣合。结合图87所示,在两个板材单元10组装好后,第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221相抵靠,第一外侧面212与第一内槽壁222之间留 有间隙,第一底面213与第一下槽壁223之间留有间隙;结合图87所示,第三凸榫71的第三顶面713与第三榫槽72的第三上槽壁723之间留有间隙,第三外侧面711与第三内槽壁721之间留有间隙,第三底面712和第三下槽壁722相抵靠。As shown in FIG. 85 to FIG. 87 , the two plate units 10 of the seventeenth embodiment are fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 88 and FIG. 89 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the seventeenth embodiment are fastened by rotating and pressing down. Referring to FIG. 87 , after the two plate units 10 are assembled, the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 abuts against the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tenon groove 22 , and the first outer side 212 is in contact with the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 . A gap is left between the inner groove walls 222, and a gap is left between the first bottom surface 213 and the first lower groove wall 223; as shown in FIG. 87, the third top surface 713 of the third tenon 71 and the third tenon groove There is a gap between the third upper groove wall 723 of 72 , a gap is left between the third outer side surface 711 and the third inner groove wall 721 , and the third bottom surface 712 and the third lower groove wall 722 abut.
参阅图90,显示了本发明对嵌式锁扣板材的板材单元10的第十八实施例。如图90和图91所示,该第十八实施例与第十七实施例的区别在于:第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的形状不同,第二凸榫31和第二榫槽32的形状不同,在第二凸榫31下方设置了第一凸条61,第二榫槽32的下方设置了第一容槽62。该第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225的具体结构与第七实施例中的第一浮凸和第一锁槽的结构相同。具体可参见第七实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。第二榫槽32、第二凸榫31、第一容槽62和第一凸条61的具体结构与第九实施例中对应的结构相同,具体可参见第九实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 90, there is shown an eighteenth embodiment of the panel unit 10 of the present invention for the panel locking panel. As shown in FIGS. 90 and 91 , the difference between the eighteenth embodiment and the seventeenth embodiment is that the shapes of the first relief 215 and the first locking groove 225 are different, the second tenon 31 and the second tenon groove are different 32 is different in shape, a first protruding strip 61 is provided below the second tenon 31 , and a first accommodating groove 62 is provided below the second tenon 32 . The specific structures of the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 are the same as those of the first embossing protrusion and the first locking groove in the seventh embodiment. For details, reference may be made to the description of the seventh embodiment, which will not be repeated here. The specific structures of the second tongue groove 32 , the second tenon 31 , the first accommodating groove 62 and the first protruding strip 61 are the same as the corresponding structures in the ninth embodiment. For details, please refer to the description of the ninth embodiment. Repeat.
如图92至图94所示,显示了该第十八实施例的两个板材单元10间以平移并按压的方式进行扣合。如图95和图96所示,显示了该第十八实施例的两个板材单元10间以旋转并下压的方式进行扣合。As shown in FIG. 92 to FIG. 94 , the two plate units 10 of the eighteenth embodiment are fastened by translation and pressing. As shown in FIG. 95 and FIG. 96 , it is shown that the two plate units 10 of the eighteenth embodiment are fastened by rotating and pressing down.
在另一较佳实施方式中,该第十八实施例的一个变形例:去掉第一浮凸215和第一锁槽225。In another preferred embodiment, a modification of the eighteenth embodiment: the first embossing protrusion 215 and the first locking groove 225 are removed.
参阅图97,显示了本发明板材单元组装排列形成第一种拼花样式的结构,该第一种拼花样式俗称人字形拼花或V字形拼花,结合图97所示,本发明板材单元10具有一对长边和一对短边,其中一个长边和一个短边设有第一凸榫21及第二榫槽32(即与上述的侧边13的结构相同),另一个长边和另一个短边设有第一榫槽22及第二凸榫31(即与上述的侧边14的结构相同),因此,在板材单元组装排列形成人字形拼花时,先将第一块板材单元10的长边与第二块板材单元10的短边组装完成连接,再将第三块板材单元10置于第一块板材单元10和第二块板材单元10的夹角处,让第三块板材单元10长边处的第一凸榫21放置于第一块板材单元10长边处的第一榫槽22的上方,此时该第三块板材单元10长边处的第二榫槽32会同步罩扣在第一块板材单元10长边处的第二凸榫31上;让第三块板材单元10的短边处的第一凸榫21放置于第二块板材单元10长边处的第一榫槽22的上方,此时该第三块板材单元10的短边处的第二榫槽32会同步罩扣在第二块板材单元10的长边处的第二凸榫31上,在第 三块板材单元10的长边及短边与第一块板材单元10和第二块板材单元10夹角处对应的长边贴靠至组装定位后,再以按压方式施力,使对应的的第一凸榫21、第二榫槽32和第一榫槽22、第二凸榫31完成组装并实现人字形拼花的扣合,而不需将板材单元一边翘起来进行组装,因而能够采适当的长宽比例进行搭配排列组装成各种不同的形式。参阅图98,显示了板材单元组装排列形成第二种拼花样式,结合图98所示,该第二种拼花样式选用四块尺寸相同的条状板材和一块方形板材,该方形板材的表面尺寸为条状板材表面长度的二分之一,该些板材的相对两侧边上设有相适配的第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22、第二榫槽32及第二凸榫31,在组装拼花时,将第一块条状板材的短边与第二块条状板材的长边以边缘对齐的方式组装连接,第一块条状板材和第二块条状板材的夹角处放置方形板材,让方形板材相邻的两个侧边与第一块条状板材和第二块条状板材夹角处的长边组装定位,再以按压方式施力,使得方形板材与第一块条状板材和第二块条状板材完成组装,接着组装第三块条状板材和第四条状板材,从而形成了方形地板的双向锁扣拼花安装。Referring to FIG. 97 , it shows the structure in which the panel units of the present invention are assembled and arranged to form the first parquet style, which is commonly known as herringbone parquet or V-shaped parquet. In conjunction with FIG. 97 , the panel unit 10 of the present invention has a pair of Long side and a pair of short sides, one long side and one short side are provided with the first tenon 21 and the second tenon groove 32 (that is, the structure is the same as the above-mentioned side 13), the other long side and the other short side The side is provided with a first tenon 22 and a second tenon 31 (that is, the structure is the same as the above-mentioned side 14). Therefore, when the panel units are assembled and arranged to form a herringbone mosaic, the length of the first panel unit 10 The side and the short side of the second plate unit 10 are assembled and connected, and then the third plate unit 10 is placed at the angle between the first plate unit 10 and the second plate unit 10, so that the third plate unit 10 The first tenon 21 on the long side is placed above the first tenon 22 on the long side of the first plate unit 10 . At this time, the second tenon 32 on the long side of the third plate unit 10 will synchronize the cover Buckle on the second tenon 31 on the long side of the first board unit 10; let the first tenon 21 on the short side of the third board unit 10 be placed on the first tenon 21 on the long side of the second board unit 10 Above the tenon groove 22, the second tenon groove 32 on the short side of the third plate unit 10 will simultaneously cover the second tenon 31 on the long side of the second plate unit 10. After the long sides and short sides of the three plate units 10 and the long sides corresponding to the angle between the first plate unit 10 and the second plate unit 10 are attached to the assembled position, force is applied in a pressing manner to make the corresponding The first tenon 21, the second tenon groove 32 and the first tenon groove 22 and the second tenon 31 complete the assembly and realize the snap-fit of the herringbone mosaic, without the need to tilt the plate unit upside down for assembly, so it can be assembled with appropriate The length and width ratios are arranged and assembled into various forms. Referring to Fig. 98, it shows that the plate units are assembled and arranged to form a second pattern of parquet. In combination with Fig. 98, the second pattern of parquet selects four strip plates and a square plate of the same size, and the surface size of the square plate is One-half of the surface length of the strip-shaped plates, the opposite sides of the plates are provided with a first tenon 21, a first tenon 22, a second tenon 32 and a second tenon 31. When assembling the parquet, assemble and connect the short side of the first strip board and the long side of the second strip board in an edge-aligned manner, at the angle between the first strip board and the second strip board Place the square plate so that the two adjacent sides of the square plate are assembled and positioned with the long side at the angle between the first strip plate and the second strip plate, and then apply force by pressing to make the square plate and the first strip plate The strip-shaped board and the second strip-shaped board are assembled, and then the third strip-shaped board and the fourth strip-shaped board are assembled, thereby forming a two-way lock and parquet installation of the square floor.
本发明还提供了对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,下面对该扣合方法进行说明。本发明的一种对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,包括如下步骤:The present invention also provides a method for buckling the embedded locking plate, and the buckling method is described below. A method for buckling an embedded lock plate of the present invention includes the following steps:
如图1所示,提供复数个板材单元10,所提供的板材单元10具有上表面11、底面12以及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边13,14上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22;As shown in FIG. 1 , a plurality of board units 10 are provided, and the provided board unit 10 has an upper surface 11 , a bottom surface 12 and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides 13 and 14 are respectively formed with matching the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22;
在带有第一凸榫21的一侧边13形成有与上表面11对应边缘连接的第一对接面131,第一对接面131呈竖向设置,第一凸榫21形成于第一对接面131的下方,且第一凸榫21自第一对接面131向外侧凸出,第一凸榫21具有第一顶面211、第一外侧面212以及第一底面213;A first butting surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 is formed on the side 13 with the first tenon 21 , the first butting surface 131 is arranged vertically, and the first tenon 21 is formed on the first butting surface 131, and the first tenon 21 protrudes outward from the first butt surface 131, the first tenon 21 has a first top surface 211, a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213;
在第一凸榫21的下方形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽32,第二榫槽32的下方形成有与底面12的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面132,第二榫槽32的槽底自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入,第二榫槽32具有第二上槽壁321、第二内槽壁322以及第二下槽壁323;A second tongue groove 32 recessed inward is formed below the first tenon 21 , a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 , and the second tongue groove 32 The bottom of the groove is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132, and the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321, a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323;
在第二上槽壁321与第一底面213之间形成有顶靠面41;A resting surface 41 is formed between the second upper groove wall 321 and the first bottom surface 213;
在带有第一榫槽22的另一侧边14上形成有与上表面11的对应边缘连接的第二对接面141,第二对接面141呈竖向设置,第一榫槽22形成 于第二对接面141的下方,第一榫槽22的槽底自第二对接面141向内侧凹入,第一榫槽22具有第一上槽壁221、第一内槽壁222以及第一下槽壁223;A second abutting surface 141 is formed on the other side 14 with the first tongue groove 22 and connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 . The second abutting surface 141 is arranged vertically, and the first tongue groove 22 is formed on the first Below the two abutting surfaces 141 , the groove bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is recessed inward from the second abutting surface 141 , and the first tongue groove 22 has a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223;
在第一榫槽22的下方形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫31,第二凸榫31的下方形成有与底面12对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面142,第二凸榫31的头部自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出,第二凸榫31具有第二顶面311、第二外侧面312以及第二底面313;A second tenon 31 protruding to the outside is formed below the first tenon groove 22 , a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31 , and the second tenon 31 The head protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142, and the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311, a second outer side surface 312 and a second bottom surface 313;
在第二顶面311与第一下槽壁223之间形成有限位面42;A limiting surface 42 is formed between the second top surface 311 and the first lower groove wall 223;
在第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一对接面131之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶51,且第一凸阶51自第一对接面131向外侧凸出;A first convex step 51 protruding outward is formed between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first butting surface 131 , and the first convex step 51 protrudes outward from the first butting surface 131 ;
在第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221与第二对接面141之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽52,第一凹槽52自第二对接面141向内侧凹入;且第一凹槽52与第一凸阶51相适配,第一凹槽52可容置第一凸阶51;A first groove 52 concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141, and the first groove 52 is concave inward from the second abutting surface 141; And the first groove 52 is matched with the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51;
带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽22的另一板材单元10,第一凸榫21开始进入第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32开始罩扣于第二凸榫31,让第一凸榫21的第一外侧面212顶靠在第一凹槽52对应的壁面,第一凸阶51对应的侧面顶靠于第二对接面141,让顶靠面41顶靠在限位面42上,接着以按压的方式对带第一凸榫21的板材单元10边缘施力,即向顶靠面41垂直上方的上表面11以垂直按压的方式施力,经由限位面42的引导,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中、第一凸阶51进入第一凹槽52中、第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,即实现板材单元10间的双向锁扣连接。The sheet unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is moved in the same plane to the other sheet unit 10 with the first tenon 22, the first tenon 21 begins to enter the first tenon 22, the second tenon 32 begins The cover is fastened to the second tenon 31, so that the first outer side surface 212 of the first tenon 21 abuts against the wall surface corresponding to the first groove 52, and the side surface corresponding to the first convex step 51 abuts against the second abutting surface 141. Let the abutting surface 41 abut on the limiting surface 42, and then apply force to the edge of the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 in a pressing manner, that is, press the upper surface 11 vertically above the abutting surface 41 with a vertical pressure. The first tenon 21 enters the first tenon groove 22, the first convex step 51 enters the first groove 52, and the second tenon groove 32 is fastened to the second convex On the tenon 31, the two-way locking connection between the plate units 10 is realized.
本发明的另一种对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,包括如下步骤:Another method for buckling an embedded lock plate of the present invention includes the following steps:
如图1所示,提供复数个板材单元10,所提供的板材单元10具有上表面11、底面12以及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边13,14上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫21及第一榫槽22;As shown in FIG. 1 , a plurality of board units 10 are provided, and the provided board unit 10 has an upper surface 11 , a bottom surface 12 and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides 13 and 14 are respectively formed with matching the first tenon 21 and the first tenon groove 22;
在带有第一凸榫21的一侧边13形成有与上表面11对应边缘连接的第一对接面131,第一对接面131呈竖向设置,第一凸榫21形成于第一对接面131的下方,且第一凸榫21自第一对接面131向外侧凸出,第一凸榫21具有第一顶面211、第一外侧面212以及第一底面213;A first butting surface 131 connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 is formed on the side 13 with the first tenon 21 , the first butting surface 131 is arranged vertically, and the first tenon 21 is formed on the first butting surface 131, and the first tenon 21 protrudes outward from the first butt surface 131, the first tenon 21 has a first top surface 211, a first outer side surface 212 and a first bottom surface 213;
在第一凸榫21的下方形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽32,第二榫槽32 的下方形成有与底面12的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面132,第二榫槽32的槽底自第一竖向面132向内侧凹入,第二榫槽32具有第二上槽壁321、第二内槽壁322以及第二下槽壁323;A second tongue groove 32 recessed inward is formed below the first tenon 21 , a first vertical surface 132 connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tongue groove 32 , and the second tongue groove 32 The bottom of the groove is concave inward from the first vertical surface 132, and the second tongue groove 32 has a second upper groove wall 321, a second inner groove wall 322 and a second lower groove wall 323;
在第二上槽壁321与第一底面213之间形成有顶靠面41;A resting surface 41 is formed between the second upper groove wall 321 and the first bottom surface 213;
在带有第一榫槽22的另一侧边14上形成有与上表面11的对应边缘连接的第二对接面141,第二对接面141呈竖向设置,第一榫槽22形成于第二对接面141的下方,第一榫槽22的槽底自第二对接面141向内侧凹入,第一榫槽22具有第一上槽壁221、第一内槽壁222以及第一下槽壁223;A second abutting surface 141 is formed on the other side 14 with the first tongue groove 22 and connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface 11 . The second abutting surface 141 is arranged vertically, and the first tongue groove 22 is formed on the first Below the two abutting surfaces 141 , the groove bottom of the first tongue groove 22 is recessed inward from the second abutting surface 141 , and the first tongue groove 22 has a first upper groove wall 221 , a first inner groove wall 222 and a first lower groove wall 223;
在第一榫槽22的下方形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫31,第二凸榫31的下方形成有与底面12对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面142,第二凸榫31的头部自第二竖向面142向外侧凸出,第二凸榫31具有第二顶面311、第二外侧面312以及第二底面313;A second tenon 31 protruding to the outside is formed below the first tenon groove 22 , a second vertical surface 142 connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface 12 is formed below the second tenon 31 , and the second tenon 31 The head protrudes outward from the second vertical surface 142, and the second tenon 31 has a second top surface 311, a second outer side surface 312 and a second bottom surface 313;
在第二顶面311与第一下槽壁223之间形成有限位面42;A limiting surface 42 is formed between the second top surface 311 and the first lower groove wall 223;
在第一凸榫21的第一顶面211与第一对接面131之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶51,且第一凸阶51自第一对接面131向外侧凸出;A first convex step 51 protruding outward is formed between the first top surface 211 of the first tenon 21 and the first butting surface 131 , and the first convex step 51 protrudes outward from the first butting surface 131 ;
在第一榫槽22的第一上槽壁221与第二对接面141之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽52,第一凹槽52自第二对接面141向内侧凹入;且第一凹槽52与第一凸阶51相适配,第一凹槽52可容置第一凸阶51;A first groove 52 concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall 221 of the first tongue groove 22 and the second abutting surface 141, and the first groove 52 is concave inward from the second abutting surface 141; And the first groove 52 is matched with the first convex step 51, and the first groove 52 can accommodate the first convex step 51;
将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10呈倾斜状态移向带有第一榫槽22的另一板材单元10;使第一凸榫21部分插入第一榫槽22中,第二榫槽32部分罩扣于第二凸榫31,让第一对接面131与第二对接面141相抵靠,接着将带有第一凸榫21的板材单元10进行旋转下压,让第一凸榫21进入第一榫槽22中、第一凸阶51进入第一凹槽52中、第二榫槽32卡扣于第二凸榫31上,即实现板材单元10间的双向锁扣连接。Move the board unit 10 with the first tenon 21 to the other board unit 10 with the first tenon 22 in an inclined state; insert the first tenon 21 into the first tenon 22, and the second tenon 22 32 part of the cover is buckled on the second tenon 31, so that the first butt surface 131 and the second butt surface 141 abut against, and then the plate unit 10 with the first tenon 21 is rotated and pressed down, so that the first tenon 21 Entering into the first tenon 22 , the first convex step 51 entering the first groove 52 , and the second tenon 32 snapping on the second tenon 31 , the two-way locking connection between the plate units 10 is realized.
以上结合附图实施例对本发明进行了详细说明,本领域中普通技术人员可根据上述说明对本发明做出种种变化例。因而,实施例中的某些细节不应构成对本发明的限定,本发明将以所附权利要求书界定的范围作为本发明的保护范围。The present invention has been described in detail above with reference to the embodiments of the accompanying drawings, and those skilled in the art can make various modifications to the present invention according to the above description. Therefore, some details in the embodiments should not be construed to limit the present invention, and the present invention will take the scope defined by the appended claims as the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (61)

  1. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that,
    带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;The side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical direction setting;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A second tongue groove (32) concave inward is also formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) the connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ; the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A second tenon (31) protruding to the outside is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶(51),且所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first convex The step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与所述第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第 二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;A first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141). The groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
    所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);The first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一凸阶(51)及第一凹槽(52)与第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) and the first groove (52) and the second convex The tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) cooperate with each other to perform snap connection.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 1, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), and the first inclined top surface (2132). The top surface (2131) is connected with the first outer side surface (212) and the second inclined top surface (2132);
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than that of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the abutting surface (41). The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215)。The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215).
  3. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The counter-integrated locking plate according to claim 1, wherein the second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall(323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及 第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第一竖向面(132)和所述第二下槽壁(323)的连接处设有第一斜导面(1321),所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第一竖向面(132)连接的端部相对于所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第二下槽壁(323)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的外侧设置;A first inclined guide surface (1321) is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface (132) and the second lower groove wall (323), and the first inclined guide surface (1321) is connected to the first inclined guide surface (1321). The end connected with the vertical surface (132) is arranged closer to the outer side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the first inclined guide surface (1321) and the second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二外侧面(312)和所述第二底面(313)的连接处设有第二斜导面(3121),所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二底面(313)连接的端部相对于所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二外侧面(312)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的内侧设置。A second inclined guide surface (3121) is provided at the connection between the second outer side surface (312) and the second bottom surface (313), and the second inclined guide surface (3121) is connected to the second bottom surface (313). ) connected end is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface (3121) and the second outer side surface (312).
  4. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The counter-embedded locking plate according to claim 1, wherein,
    所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第一底面(213)的标高低于所述第二上槽壁(321)的标高;The elevation of the first bottom surface (213) is lower than the elevation of the second upper groove wall (321);
    所述第二顶面(311)的标高高于所述第一下槽壁(223)的标高。The elevation of the second top surface (311) is higher than the elevation of the first lower groove wall (223).
  5. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一下槽壁(223)设有向下凹入的安装槽(224)。The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 1, characterized in that, the first lower groove wall (223) is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove (224).
  6. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一顶面(211)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处设有第一倾斜面(214)。The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 1, characterized in that, a first inclined surface (214) is provided at the connection between the first top surface (211) and the first outer side surface (212).
  7. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸阶(51)包括第一横向面(511)和第一纵向面(512),所述第一横向面(511)和所述第一纵向面(512)的连接处设有第一斜向面(513)。The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 1, wherein the first convex step (51) comprises a first transverse surface (511) and a first longitudinal surface (512), and the first transverse surface A first oblique surface (513) is provided at the connection between (511) and the first longitudinal surface (512).
  8. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸榫(21)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处设有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 1, characterized in that, a downwardly protruding first relief is provided at the connection between the first tenon (21) and the abutting surface (41). (215);
    所述第一榫槽(22)和所述限位面(42)的连接处设有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。A first locking groove (225) recessed downward is provided at the connection between the first tongue groove (22) and the limiting surface (42).
  9. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The counter-embedded locking plate according to claim 1, wherein,
    所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二外侧面(312)与第二底面(313)的连接处和所述限位面(42)与所述第二凸榫31的第二顶面(311)的连接处间的距离(L7)大于第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与第一竖向面(132)的连接处和顶靠面(41)间最小距离(L8)。The connection between the second outer side surface (312) of the second tenon (31) and the second bottom surface (313) and the limit surface (42) and the second top surface ( The distance (L7) between the connections of 311) is greater than the minimum distance between the connection between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132) and the abutting surface (41) (L8).
  10. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫(71),所述第三凸榫(71)自所述第一竖向面(132)向外侧凸出;The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 1, wherein a third protrusion protruding outward is formed between the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). a tenon (71), the third tenon (71) protrudes outward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第二凸榫(31)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽(72),所述第三榫槽(72)自所述第二竖向面(142)向内侧凹入;A third tongue groove (72) concave inward is formed between the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142). Two vertical surfaces (142) are concave inward;
    所述第三榫槽(72)与所述第三凸榫(71)相适配,所述第三榫槽(72)可容置所述第三凸榫(71)。The third tenon (72) is matched with the third tenon (71), and the third tenon (72) can accommodate the third tenon (71).
  11. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽(72),所述第三榫槽(72)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 1, characterized in that a third tenon concave inward is formed between the second tenon groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). a groove (72), the third tongue groove (72) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第二凸榫(31)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫(71),所述第三凸榫(71)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A third tenon (71) protruding to the outside is formed between the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142). Two vertical surfaces (142) protrude outwards;
    所述第三榫槽(72)与所述第三凸榫(71)相适配,所述第三榫槽(72)可容置所述第三凸榫(71)。The third tenon (72) is matched with the third tenon (71), and the third tenon (72) can accommodate the third tenon (71).
  12. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The counter-integrated locking plate according to claim 1, wherein the second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall(323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条(61),且所述第一凸条(61)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A first convex strip (61) protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142), and the first convex The strip (61) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽(62),所述第一容槽(62)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A first accommodating groove (62) concave inward is formed between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). The groove (62) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一容槽(62)与所述第一凸条(61)相适配,所述第一容槽(62)可容置所述第一凸条(61)。The first accommodating groove (62) is adapted to the first protruding strip (61), and the first accommodating groove (62) can accommodate the first protruding strip (61).
  13. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 12, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), the first inclined top surface (2132) The top surface (2131) is connected with the first outer side surface (212) and the second inclined top surface (2132);
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than that of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the abutting surface (41). The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215)。The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215).
  14. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 12, wherein,
    所述第一竖向面(132)和所述第二下槽壁(323)的连接处设有第一斜导面(1321),所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第一竖向面(132)连接的端部相对于所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第二下槽壁(323)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的外侧设置;A first inclined guide surface (1321) is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface (132) and the second lower groove wall (323), and the first inclined guide surface (1321) is connected to the first inclined guide surface (1321). The end connected with the vertical surface (132) is arranged closer to the outer side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the first inclined guide surface (1321) and the second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二外侧面(312)和所述第二底面(313)的连接处设有第二斜导面(3121),所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二底面(313)连接的端部相对于所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二外侧面(312)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的内侧设置。A second inclined guide surface (3121) is provided at the connection between the second outer side surface (312) and the second bottom surface (313), and the second inclined guide surface (3121) is connected to the second bottom surface (313). ) connected end is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface (3121) and the second outer side surface (312).
  15. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 12, wherein,
    所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜向分面(2134)、第二斜向分面(2135)和第一平向分面(2136),所述第一斜向分面(2134)和所述第二斜向分面(2135)为倾斜面,且所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第二斜向分面(2135)连接的端部的高度;The first bottom surface (213) includes a first oblique subsurface (2134), a second oblique subsurface (2135) and a first flat subsurface (2136), and the first oblique subsurface (2134) and the second oblique facet (2135) is an inclined face, and the height of the end of the first inclined facet (2134) connected to the first outer side (212) is lower than the first the height of the end where the oblique facet (2134) is connected to the second oblique facet (2135);
    所述第二斜向分面(2135)、所述第一平向分面(2136)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The second oblique facet (2135), the first flat facet (2136) and the abutting face (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief (215);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第三斜向分面(2234)、第四斜向分面(2235)和第二平向分面(2236),所述第三斜向分面(2234)和所述第四斜向分面(2235)均为倾斜面,且所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第四斜向分面(2235)连接的端部的高度;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a third inclined facet (2234), a fourth inclined facet (2235) and a second flat facet (2236). The third inclined facet (2236) 2234) and the fourth oblique facet (2235) are both inclined faces, and the height of the end where the third inclined facet (2234) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than the height of the end where the third oblique facet (2234) is connected to the fourth oblique facet (2235);
    所述第四斜向分面(2235)、所述第二平向分面(2236)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The fourth oblique facet (2235), the second flat facet (2236) and the limiting face (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  16. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一下槽壁(223)设有向下凹入的安装槽(224)。The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 12, characterized in that, the first lower groove wall (223) is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove (224).
  17. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一顶面(211)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处设有第一倾斜面(214)。The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 12, characterized in that, a first inclined surface (214) is provided at the connection between the first top surface (211) and the first outer side surface (212).
  18. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸阶(51)包括第一横向面(511)和第一纵向面(512),所述第一横向面(511)和所述第一纵向面(512)的连接处设有第一斜向面(513)。The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 12, wherein the first convex step (51) comprises a first transverse surface (511) and a first longitudinal surface (512), and the first transverse surface A first oblique surface (513) is provided at the connection between (511) and the first longitudinal surface (512).
  19. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸条(61)包括第一抵靠面(611)和第一压紧面(612),所述第一抵靠面(611)和所述第一压紧面(612)的连接处设有第一导向面(613),所述第一导向面(613)为倾斜面。The counter-insert type locking plate according to claim 12, wherein the first protruding strip (61) comprises a first abutting surface (611) and a first pressing surface (612), the first A first guide surface (613) is provided at the connection between the abutting surface (611) and the first pressing surface (612), and the first guide surface (613) is an inclined surface.
  20. 如权利要求12所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸榫(21)的第一外侧面(212)与所述顶靠面(41)最高点间的水平距离(L11)大于等于第一对接面(131)与第一凸榫(21)的第一外侧面(212)间最大的水平距离(L4)的3倍。The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 12, characterized in that the horizontal distance between the first outer side surface (212) of the first tenon (21) and the highest point of the abutting surface (41) (L11) is greater than or equal to three times the maximum horizontal distance (L4) between the first abutting surface (131) and the first outer side surface (212) of the first tenon (21).
  21. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The counter-embedded locking plate according to claim 1, wherein,
    所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以 及第二下槽壁(323);The second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第一凸阶(51)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸阶(53),所述第二凸阶(53)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A second convex step (53) protruding to the outside is formed between the first convex step (51) and the first abutting surface (131), the second convex step (53) extending from the first convex step (53) The butting surface (131) protrudes outward;
    所述第一凹槽(52)与第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第二凹槽(54),所述第二凹槽(54)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;A second groove (54) concave inward is formed between the first groove (52) and the second abutting surface (141), the second groove (54) extending from the second abutting surface (141) inwardly concave;
    所述第二凹槽(52)与所述第二凸阶(51)相适配,所述第二凹槽(52)可容置所述第二凸阶(51);The second groove (52) is adapted to the second convex step (51), and the second groove (52) can accommodate the second convex step (51);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条(61),且所述第一凸条(61)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A first convex strip (61) protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142), and the first convex The strip (61) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽(62),所述第一容槽(62)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A first accommodating groove (62) concave inward is formed between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). The groove (62) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一容槽(62)与所述第一凸条(61)相适配,所述第一容槽(62)可容置所述第一凸条(61)。The first accommodating groove (62) is adapted to the first protruding strip (61), and the first accommodating groove (62) can accommodate the first protruding strip (61).
  22. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 21, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), the first inclined top surface (2132) The top surface (2131) is connected with the first outer side surface (212) and the second inclined top surface (2132);
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than that of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the abutting surface (41). The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232) 连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215)。The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215).
  23. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 21, wherein,
    所述第一竖向面(132)和所述第二下槽壁(323)的连接处设有第一斜导面(1321),所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第一竖向面(132)连接的端部相对于所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第二下槽壁(323)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的外侧设置;A first inclined guide surface (1321) is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface (132) and the second lower groove wall (323), and the first inclined guide surface (1321) is connected to the first inclined guide surface (1321). The end connected with the vertical surface (132) is arranged closer to the outer side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the first inclined guide surface (1321) and the second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二外侧面(312)和所述第二底面(313)的连接处设有第二斜导面(3121),所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二底面(313)连接的端部相对于所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二外侧面(312)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的内侧设置。A second inclined guide surface (3121) is provided at the connection between the second outer side surface (312) and the second bottom surface (313), and the second inclined guide surface (3121) is connected to the second bottom surface (313). ) connected end is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface (3121) and the second outer side surface (312).
  24. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜向分面(2134)、第二斜向分面(2135)和第一平向分面(2136),所述第一斜向分面(2134)和所述第二斜向分面(2135)为倾斜面,且所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第二斜向分面(2135)连接的端部的高度;The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 21, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first oblique dividing surface (2134), a second oblique dividing surface (2135) and a first flat surface To facet (2136), the first inclined facet (2134) and the second inclined facet (2135) are inclined planes, and the first inclined facet (2134) and the first inclined facet (2134) The height of the end connected with an outer side surface (212) is lower than the height of the end connected with the first oblique sub-surface (2134) and the second oblique sub-surface (2135);
    所述第二斜向分面(2135)、所述第一平向分面(2136)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The second oblique facet (2135), the first flat facet (2136) and the abutting face (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief (215);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第三斜向分面(2234)、第四斜向分面(2235)和第二平向分面(2236),所述第三斜向分面(2234)和所述第四斜向分面(2235)均为倾斜面,且所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第四斜向分面(2235)连接的端部的高度;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a third inclined facet (2234), a fourth inclined facet (2235) and a second flat facet (2236). The third inclined facet (2236) 2234) and the fourth oblique facet (2235) are both inclined faces, and the height of the end where the third inclined facet (2234) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than the height of the end where the third oblique facet (2234) is connected to the fourth oblique facet (2235);
    所述第四斜向分面(2235)、所述第二平向分面(2236)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The fourth oblique facet (2235), the second flat facet (2236) and the limiting face (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  25. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一顶面(211)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处设有第一倾斜面(214)。The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 21, characterized in that, a first inclined surface (214) is provided at the connection between the first top surface (211) and the first outer side surface (212).
  26. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸阶(51)包括第一横向面(511)和第一纵向面(512),所述第一横向面(511)和所述第一纵向面(512)的连接处设有第一斜向面(513)。The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 21, wherein the first convex step (51) comprises a first transverse surface (511) and a first longitudinal surface (512), and the first transverse surface A first oblique surface (513) is provided at the connection between (511) and the first longitudinal surface (512).
  27. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二凸阶(53)包括第二横向面(531)和第二纵向面(532),所述第二横向面(531)和所述第二纵向面(532)的连接处设有第二斜向面(533)。The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 21, wherein the second convex step (53) comprises a second transverse surface (531) and a second longitudinal surface (532), and the second transverse surface A second inclined surface (533) is provided at the connection between (531) and the second longitudinal surface (532).
  28. 如权利要求21所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸条(61)包括第一抵靠面(611)和第一压紧面(612),所述第一抵靠面(611)和所述第一压紧面(612)的连接处设有第一导向面(613),所述第一导向面(613)为倾斜面。The anti-insert type locking plate according to claim 21, wherein the first protruding strip (61) comprises a first abutting surface (611) and a first pressing surface (612), the first A first guide surface (613) is provided at the connection between the abutting surface (611) and the first pressing surface (612), and the first guide surface (613) is an inclined surface.
  29. 如权利要求1所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The counter-embedded locking plate according to claim 1, wherein,
    所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第一凸阶(51)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸阶(53),所述第二凸阶(53)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A second convex step (53) protruding to the outside is formed between the first convex step (51) and the first abutting surface (131), the second convex step (53) extending from the first convex step (53) The butting surface (131) protrudes outward;
    所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第二凹槽(54),所述第二凹槽(54)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;A second groove (54) concave inward is formed between the first groove (52) and the second abutting surface (141), the second groove (54) extending from the second groove (54) The butt surface (141) is concave inward;
    所述第二凹槽(54)与所述第二凸阶(53)相适配,所述第二凹槽(54)可容置所述第二凸阶(53);The second groove (54) is adapted to the second convex step (53), and the second groove (54) can accommodate the second convex step (53);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条(61)和第二凸条(63),且所述第一凸条(61)和所述第二凸条(63)均自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A first protruding strip (61) and a second protruding strip (63) are formed between the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142) ), and both the first protruding strip (61) and the second protruding strip (63) protrude outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽(62)和所述第二容槽(64),所述第一 容槽(62)和所述第二容槽(64)均自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;Between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132), a first accommodating groove (62) concave inward and the second accommodating groove (62) are formed. a groove (64), the first accommodating groove (62) and the second accommodating groove (64) are both concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一容槽(62)与所述第一凸条(61)相适配,所述第一容槽(62)可容置所述第一凸条(61);所述第二容槽(64)与所述第二凸条(63)相适配,所述第二容槽(64)可容置所述第二凸条(63)。The first accommodating groove (62) is adapted to the first protruding strip (61), and the first accommodating groove (62) can accommodate the first protruding strip (61); the second accommodating groove (62) The groove (64) is adapted to the second protruding strip (63), and the second accommodating groove (64) can accommodate the second protruding strip (63).
  30. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 29, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), the first inclined top surface (2132) The top surface (2131) is connected with the first outer side surface (212) and the second inclined top surface (2132);
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than that of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the abutting surface (41). The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215)。The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215).
  31. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 29, wherein,
    所述第一竖向面(132)和所述第二下槽壁(323)的连接处设有第一斜导面(1321),所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第一竖向面(132)连接的端部相对于所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第二下槽壁(323)连接 的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的外侧设置;A first inclined guide surface (1321) is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface (132) and the second lower groove wall (323), and the first inclined guide surface (1321) is connected to the first inclined guide surface (1321). The end connected with the vertical surface (132) is arranged closer to the outer side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the first inclined guide surface (1321) and the second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二外侧面(312)和所述第二底面(313)的连接处设有第二斜导面(3121),所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二底面(313)连接的端部相对于所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二外侧面(312)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的内侧设置。A second inclined guide surface (3121) is provided at the connection between the second outer side surface (312) and the second bottom surface (313), and the second inclined guide surface (3121) is connected to the second bottom surface (313). ) connected end is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface (3121) and the second outer side surface (312).
  32. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜向分面(2134)、第二斜向分面(2135)和第一平向分面(2136),所述第一斜向分面(2134)和所述第二斜向分面(2135)为倾斜面,且所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第二斜向分面(2135)连接的端部的高度;The anti-insert locking plate according to claim 29, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first oblique dividing surface (2134), a second oblique dividing surface (2135) and a first flat surface To facet (2136), the first inclined facet (2134) and the second inclined facet (2135) are inclined planes, and the first inclined facet (2134) and the first inclined facet (2134) The height of the end connected with an outer side surface (212) is lower than the height of the end connected with the first oblique sub-surface (2134) and the second oblique sub-surface (2135);
    所述第二斜向分面(2135)、所述第一平向分面(2136)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The second oblique facet (2135), the first flat facet (2136) and the abutting face (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief (215);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第三斜向分面(2234)、第四斜向分面(2235)和第二平向分面(2236),所述第三斜向分面(2234)和所述第四斜向分面(2235)均为倾斜面,且所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第四斜向分面(2235)连接的端部的高度;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a third inclined facet (2234), a fourth inclined facet (2235) and a second flat facet (2236). The third inclined facet (2236) 2234) and the fourth oblique facet (2235) are both inclined faces, and the height of the end where the third inclined facet (2234) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than the height of the end where the third oblique facet (2234) is connected to the fourth oblique facet (2235);
    所述第四斜向分面(2235)、所述第二平向分面(2236)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The fourth oblique facet (2235), the second flat facet (2236) and the limiting face (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  33. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一顶面(211)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处设有第一倾斜面(214)。The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 29, characterized in that a first inclined surface (214) is provided at the connection between the first top surface (211) and the first outer side surface (212).
  34. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸阶(51)包括第一横向面(511)和第一纵向面(512),所述第一横向面(511)和所述第一纵向面(512)的连接处设有第一斜向面(513)。The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 29, wherein the first convex step (51) comprises a first transverse surface (511) and a first longitudinal surface (512), and the first transverse surface A first oblique surface (513) is provided at the connection between (511) and the first longitudinal surface (512).
  35. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二凸阶(53)包括第二横向面(531)和第二纵向面(532),所述第二横向面(531)和所述第二纵向面(532)的连接处设有第二斜向面(533)。The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 29, wherein the second convex step (53) comprises a second transverse surface (531) and a second longitudinal surface (532), and the second transverse surface A second inclined surface (533) is provided at the connection between (531) and the second longitudinal surface (532).
  36. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸条(61)包括第一抵靠面(611)和第一压紧面(612),所述第一抵靠面(611)和所述第一压紧面(612)的连接处设有第一导向面(613),所述第一导向面(613)为倾斜面。The counter-insert type locking plate according to claim 29, wherein the first protruding strip (61) comprises a first abutting surface (611) and a first pressing surface (612), the first A first guide surface (613) is provided at the connection between the abutting surface (611) and the first pressing surface (612), and the first guide surface (613) is an inclined surface.
  37. 如权利要求29所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二凸条(63)包括第二抵靠面(631)和第二压紧面(632),所述第二抵靠面(631)和所述第二压紧面(632)的连接处设有第二导向面(633),所述第二导向面(633)为倾斜面。The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 29, wherein the second protruding strip (63) comprises a second abutting surface (631) and a second pressing surface (632), the second A second guide surface (633) is provided at the connection between the abutting surface (631) and the second pressing surface (632), and the second guide surface (633) is an inclined surface.
  38. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that,
    带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;The side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical direction setting;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)自所述第一竖向面(132)向着所述上表面(11)的方向凹入;A second tenon groove (32) is further formed below the first tenon (21), and a first vertical connection connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon groove (32). facing surface (132), the second tongue groove (32) is concave from the first vertical surface (132) toward the direction of the upper surface (11);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ; the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向上凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142);A second tenon (31) protruding upward is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge connection corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the second vertical face (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶(51),且所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first convex The step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与所述第二对接面(141) 之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;A first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141). The groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
    所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);The first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    所述第二榫槽(32)和所述第一竖向面(132)的连接处设有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽(72),所述第三榫槽(72)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;The connection between the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132) is provided with a third tongue groove (72) concave inward, and the third tongue groove (72) extends from the The first vertical surface (132) is concave inward;
    所述第二凸榫(31)与所述第二竖向面(142)的连接处设有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫(71),所述第三凸榫(71)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;The connection between the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142) is provided with a third tenon (71) protruding to the outside, and the third tenon (71) extends from the The second vertical surface (142) protrudes outward;
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一凸阶(51)及第一凹槽(52)、第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)和第三凸榫(71)及第三榫槽(72)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) and the first groove (52), and the second convex The tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) and the third tenon (71) and the third tenon groove (72) cooperate with each other to perform a snap connection.
  39. 如权利要求38所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 38, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), the first inclined top surface (2132) The top surface (2131) is connected with the first outer side surface (212) and the second inclined top surface (2132);
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than the height of the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41) The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215)。The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215).
  40. 如权利要求38所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,第三榫槽(72)包括第三上槽壁(723)、第三内槽壁(721)和第三下槽壁(722);The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 38, wherein the third tongue groove (72) comprises a third upper groove wall (723), a third inner groove wall (721) and a third lower groove wall ( 722);
    第三凸榫(71)包括第三顶面(713)、第三外侧面(711)和第三底面(712);The third tenon (71) includes a third top surface (713), a third outer surface (711) and a third bottom surface (712);
    所述第一竖向面(132)和所述第三下槽壁(722)的连接处设有第一斜导面(1321),所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第一竖向面(132)连接的端部相对于所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第三下槽壁(722)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的外侧设置;A first inclined guide surface (1321) is provided at the connection between the first vertical surface (132) and the third lower groove wall (722), and the first inclined guide surface (1321) is connected to the first inclined guide surface (1321). The end connected with the vertical surface (132) is arranged closer to the outer side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the first inclined guide surface (1321) and the third lower groove wall (722);
    所述第三外侧面(711)为倾斜面,所述第三外侧面(711)与第三底面(712)连接的端部相对于第三外侧面(711)与第三顶面(713)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的内侧设置。The third outer side surface (711) is an inclined surface, and the end of the third outer side surface (711) and the third bottom surface (712) is connected with respect to the third outer side surface (711) and the third top surface (713) The end of the connection is located closer to the inner side of the plate unit (10).
  41. 如权利要求38所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一下槽壁(223),所述第一下槽壁(223)设有向下凹入的安装槽(224)。The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 38, wherein the first tongue groove (22) has a first lower groove wall (223), and the first lower groove wall (223) is provided with a Lower recessed mounting slot (224).
  42. 如权利要求38所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第三凸榫(71)和所述第二竖向面(142)之间设有向下凸出的凸起(715)和向上凹入的沟槽(714),所述凸起(715)与所述第三凸榫(71)连接,所述沟槽(714)与所述第二竖向面(142)连接。The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 38, characterized in that a downwardly protruding protrusion ( 715) and an upwardly concave groove (714), the protrusion (715) is connected with the third tenon (71), and the groove (714) is connected with the second vertical surface (142) connect.
  43. 如权利要求42所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述凸起(715)的底面高于所述板材单元(10)的底面(12)。The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 42, wherein the bottom surface of the protrusion (715) is higher than the bottom surface (12) of the plate unit (10).
  44. 如权利要求42所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述凸起(715)为弧形凸起,所述沟槽(714)为弧形沟槽。The counter-embedded locking plate according to claim 42, characterized in that, the protrusions (715) are arc-shaped protrusions, and the grooves (714) are arc-shaped grooves.
  45. 如权利要求38所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)包括第二上槽壁(321)和第二内槽壁(322);The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 38, wherein the second tongue groove (32) comprises a second upper groove wall (321) and a second inner groove wall (322);
    所述第二凸榫(31)包括第二顶面(311)和第二外侧面(312);The second tenon (31) includes a second top surface (311) and a second outer side surface (312);
    所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜向分面(2134)、第二斜向分面(2135)和第一平向分面(2136),所述第一斜向分面(2134)和所述第二斜向分面(2135)为倾斜面,且所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第一外侧面(212) 连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第二斜向分面(2135)连接的端部的高度;The first bottom surface (213) includes a first oblique subsurface (2134), a second oblique subsurface (2135) and a first flat subsurface (2136), and the first oblique subsurface (2134) and the second oblique facet (2135) is an inclined face, and the height of the end of the first inclined facet (2134) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first the height of the end where the oblique facet (2134) is connected to the second oblique facet (2135);
    所述第二斜向分面(2135)、所述第一平向分面(2136)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The second oblique facet (2135), the first flat facet (2136) and the abutting face (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief (215);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第三斜向分面(2234)、第四斜向分面(2235)和第二平向分面(2236),所述第三斜向分面(2234)和所述第四斜向分面(2235)均为倾斜面,且所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第四斜向分面(2235)连接的端部的高度;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a third inclined facet (2234), a fourth inclined facet (2235) and a second flat facet (2236). The third inclined facet (2236) 2234) and the fourth oblique facet (2235) are both inclined faces, and the height of the end where the third inclined facet (2234) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than the height of the end where the third oblique facet (2234) is connected to the fourth oblique facet (2235);
    所述第四斜向分面(2235)、所述第二平向分面(2236)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The fourth oblique facet (2235), the second flat facet (2236) and the limiting face (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  46. 如权利要求45所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第三凹槽(72)与所述第二榫槽(32)的连接处低于所述抵靠面(41)与所述第一底面(213)的连接处的最低点。The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 45, characterized in that the connection between the third groove (72) and the second tongue groove (32) is lower than the abutting surface (41) The lowest point at the connection with the first bottom surface (213).
  47. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon groove (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that one side (13) with the first tenon (21) a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11) is formed, and the first abutting surface (131) is arranged vertically;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A second tongue groove (32) concave inward is also formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) the connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;所述第一 榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ; the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A second tenon (31) protruding to the outside is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The first bottom surface (213) includes a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), and the first inclined top surface (2131) is connected to the first outer side surface (212) and the The second inclined top surface (2132) is connected;
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than that of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the abutting surface (41). The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215);
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一浮凸(215)及第一锁槽(225)与第二浮凸(216)及第二 锁槽(226)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first relief (215) and the first locking groove (225) and the second floating The protrusion (216) and the second locking groove (226) cooperate with each other to perform a snap-fit connection.
  48. 如权利要求47所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一竖向面(132)和所述第二下槽壁(323)的连接处设有第一斜导面(1321),所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第一竖向面(132)连接的端部相对于所述第一斜导面(1321)与所述第二下槽壁(323)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的外侧设置;The anti-recessed locking plate according to claim 47, characterized in that, a first inclined guide surface ( 1321), the end of the first inclined guide surface (1321) connecting with the first vertical surface (132) is opposite to the first inclined guide surface (1321) and the second lower groove wall (323) ) connected ends are arranged closer to the outside of the plate unit (10);
    所述第二外侧面(312)和所述第二底面(313)的连接处设有第二斜导面(3121),所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二底面(313)连接的端部相对于所述第二斜导面(3121)与所述第二外侧面(312)连接的端部更靠近板材单元(10)的内侧设置。A second inclined guide surface (3121) is provided at the connection between the second outer side surface (312) and the second bottom surface (313), and the second inclined guide surface (3121) is connected to the second bottom surface (313). ) connected end is disposed closer to the inner side of the plate unit (10) than the end connected with the second inclined guide surface (3121) and the second outer side surface (312).
  49. 如权利要求47所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一顶面(211)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处设有第一倾斜面(214)。The anti-embedded locking plate according to claim 47, characterized in that a first inclined surface (214) is provided at the connection between the first top surface (211) and the first outer side surface (212).
  50. 如权利要求47所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 47, wherein the second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall(323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条(61),且所述第一凸条(61)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A first convex strip (61) protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142), and the first convex The strip (61) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽(62),所述第一容槽(62)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A first accommodating groove (62) concave inward is formed between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). The groove (62) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一容槽(62)与所述第一凸条(61)相适配,所述第一容槽(62)可容置所述第一凸条(61)。The first accommodating groove (62) is adapted to the first protruding strip (61), and the first accommodating groove (62) can accommodate the first protruding strip (61).
  51. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon groove (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that one side (13) with the first tenon (21) a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11) is formed, and the first abutting surface (131) is arranged vertically;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;所述第一凸榫(21) 具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer side surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A second tongue groove (32) concave inward is also formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) the connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ; the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A second tenon (31) protruding to the outside is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条(61),且所述第一凸条(61)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A first convex strip (61) protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142), and the first convex The strip (61) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽(62),所述第一容槽(62)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A first accommodating groove (62) concave inward is formed between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). The groove (62) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一容槽(62)与所述第一凸条(61)相适配,所述第一容槽(62)可容置所述第一凸条(61);The first accommodating groove (62) is adapted to the first protruding strip (61), and the first accommodating groove (62) can accommodate the first protruding strip (61);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)设有向下凹入的安装槽(224);The first lower groove wall (223) is provided with a downwardly concave installation groove (224);
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一凸条(61)及第一容槽(62)与第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first protruding strip (61), the first accommodating groove (62) and the second protruding The tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) cooperate with each other to perform snap connection.
  52. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22); 其特征在于,An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides The sides (13, 14) are respectively formed with a first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) which are matched with each other; it is characterized in that,
    带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;The side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical direction setting;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)自所述第一竖向面(132)向着所述上表面(11)的方向凹入;A second tenon groove (32) is further formed below the first tenon (21), and a first vertical connection connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon groove (32). facing surface (132), the second tongue groove (32) is concave from the first vertical surface (132) toward the direction of the upper surface (11);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ;
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向上凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142);A second tenon (31) protruding upward is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge connection corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the second vertical face (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的第一底面(213)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The first bottom surface (213) of the first tenon (21) and the abutting surface (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief (215);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一下槽壁(223)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225);The first lower groove wall (223) of the first tongue groove (22) and the limiting surface (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225);
    所述第二榫槽(32)和所述第一竖向面(132)的连接处设有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽(72),所述第三榫槽(72)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;The connection between the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132) is provided with a third tongue groove (72) concave inward, and the third tongue groove (72) extends from the The first vertical surface (132) is concave inward;
    所述第二凸榫(31)与所述第二竖向面(142)的连接处设有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫(71),所述第三凸榫(71)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;The connection between the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142) is provided with a third tenon (71) protruding to the outside, and the third tenon (71) extends from the The second vertical surface (142) protrudes outward;
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)和第三凸榫(71)及第三榫槽(72)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the second tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) and the third tenon The tenon (71) and the third tenon groove (72) cooperate with each other to perform snap connection.
  53. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单 元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that,
    带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;The side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first abutting surface (131) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical direction setting;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131); the The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫(71);A second tenon (32) concave inward is also formed below the first tenon (21), and a third tenon (32) protruding outward is formed below the second tenon (32). 71);
    所述第三凸榫(71)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第三凸榫(71)自所述第一竖向面(132)向外侧凸出;A first vertical surface (132) connected with the corresponding edge of the bottom surface (12) is formed below the third tenon (71), and the third tenon (71) is formed from the first vertical The surface (132) protrudes outward;
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22) is formed with a second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11), and the second abutting surface (141) is in the form of a second abutting surface (141). vertical setting;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ; the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有向内凹入的第三榫槽(72),所述第三榫槽(72)与所述第三凸榫(71)相适配,所述第三榫槽(72)可容置所述第三凸榫(71);A second tenon (31) protruding outward is also formed below the first tenon (22), and a third tenon (31) concave inward is formed below the second tenon (31). 72), the third tenon (72) is adapted to the third tenon (71), and the third tenon (72) can accommodate the third tenon (71);
    所述第三榫槽(72)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第三榫槽(72)自所述第二竖向面(142)向内侧凹入;A second vertical surface (142) connected to the edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the third tongue groove (72), and the third tongue groove (72) extends from the second vertical The face (142) is concave inward;
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶(51),且所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first convex The step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与所述第二对接面(141) 之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;A first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141). The groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
    所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);The first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一凸阶(51)及第一凹槽(52)、第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)与第三凸榫(71)及第三榫槽(72)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) and the first groove (52), and the second convex The tenon (31), the second tenon groove (32) and the third tenon (71) and the third tenon groove (72) cooperate with each other to perform a snap connection.
  54. 如权利要求53所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜顶面(2131)和第二斜顶面(2132),所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)和所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接;The counter-inserted locking plate according to claim 53, wherein the first bottom surface (213) comprises a first inclined top surface (2131) and a second inclined top surface (2132), the first inclined top surface (2132) The top surface (2131) is connected with the first outer side surface (212) and the second inclined top surface (2132);
    所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜顶面(2131)与所述第二斜顶面(2132)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜顶面(2131)和所述第一外侧面(212)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第二浮凸(216);The height of the end of the first sloping top surface (2131) connected with the first outer side surface (212) is lower than that of the first sloping top surface (2131) connecting with the second sloping top surface (2132) The height of the end of the first inclined top surface (2131) and the first outer side surface (212) is formed with a downwardly protruding second relief (216);
    所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述第一斜顶面(2131)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜顶面(2132)与所述顶靠面(41)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜顶面(2132)和所述顶靠面(41)的连接处形成有向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The height of the end of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the first inclined top surface (2131) is higher than that of the second inclined top surface (2132) connected with the abutting surface (41). The height of the end portion, a first relief (215) protruding downward is formed at the connection between the second inclined top surface (2132) and the abutting surface (41);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第一斜靠面(2231)和第二斜靠面(2232),所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)和所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a first bevel surface (2231) and a second bevel surface (2232), the first bevel surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222) connected with the second inclined surface (2232);
    所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第二斜靠面(2232)连接的端部的高度,所述第一斜靠面(2231)与所述第一内槽壁(222)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第二锁槽(226),所述第二锁槽(226)可容置所述第二浮凸(216);The height of the end portion where the first inclined surface (2231) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than that of the first inclined surface (2231) and the second inclined surface (2232) The height of the connected end, a second locking groove (226) recessed downward is formed at the connection between the first inclined surface (2231) and the first inner groove wall (222). The locking groove (226) can accommodate the second relief (216);
    所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述第一斜靠面(2231)连接的端部的高度高于所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)连接的端部的高度,所述第二斜靠面(2232)与所述限位面(42)的连接处形成有向下凹入的第一锁槽(225),所述第一锁槽(225)可容置所述第一浮凸(215)。The height of the end of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the first inclined resting surface (2231) is higher than that of the second inclined resting surface (2232) connected with the limiting surface (42). The height of the end portion, a downwardly concave first locking groove (225) is formed at the connection between the second inclined surface (2232) and the limiting surface (42), and the first locking groove (225) ) can accommodate the first relief (215).
  55. 如权利要求53所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第二榫槽(32)包括第二上槽壁(321)和第二内槽壁(322);The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 53, wherein the second tongue groove (32) comprises a second upper groove wall (321) and a second inner groove wall (322);
    所述第二凸榫(31)包括第二顶面(311)和第二外侧面(312);The second tenon (31) includes a second top surface (311) and a second outer side surface (312);
    所述第一底面(213)包括第一斜向分面(2134)、第二斜向分面(2135)和第一平向分面(2136),所述第一斜向分面(2134)和所述第二斜向分面(2135)为倾斜面,且所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第一外侧面(212)连接的端部的高度低于所述第一斜向分面(2134)与所述第二斜向分面(2135)连接的端部的高度;The first bottom surface (213) includes a first oblique subsurface (2134), a second oblique subsurface (2135) and a first flat subsurface (2136), and the first oblique subsurface (2134) and the second oblique facet (2135) is an inclined face, and the height of the end of the first inclined facet (2134) connected to the first outer side (212) is lower than the first the height of the end where the oblique facet (2134) is connected to the second oblique facet (2135);
    所述第二斜向分面(2135)、所述第一平向分面(2136)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The second oblique facet (2135), the first flat facet (2136) and the abutting face (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding first relief (215);
    所述第一下槽壁(223)包括第三斜向分面(2234)、第四斜向分面(2235)和第二平向分面(2236),所述第三斜向分面(2234)和所述第四斜向分面(2235)均为倾斜面,且所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第一内槽壁(222)连接的端部的高度低于所述第三斜向分面(2234)与所述第四斜向分面(2235)连接的端部的高度;The first lower groove wall (223) includes a third inclined facet (2234), a fourth inclined facet (2235) and a second flat facet (2236). The third inclined facet (2236) 2234) and the fourth oblique facet (2235) are both inclined faces, and the height of the end where the third inclined facet (2234) is connected to the first inner groove wall (222) is lower than the height of the end where the third oblique facet (2234) is connected to the fourth oblique facet (2235);
    所述第四斜向分面(2235)、所述第二平向分面(2236)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The fourth oblique facet (2235), the second flat facet (2236) and the limiting face (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  56. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,An in-line locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that,
    带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对贴面(133)和与所述第一对贴面(133)垂直连接的第一压合面(134),所述第一压合面(134)向着所述板材单元(10)的内侧延伸设置,所述第一压合面(134)的下方形成有第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;One side (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first pair of veneers (133) connected with the corresponding edges of the upper surface (11) and with the first pair of veneers (133) ) vertically connected first pressing surface (134), the first pressing surface (134) is extended toward the inner side of the plate unit (10), and the bottom of the first pressing surface (134) is formed with a first butt surface (131), the first butt surface (131) is arranged vertically;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132)所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A second tenon groove (32) is further formed below the first tenon (21), and a first vertical connection connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon groove (32). The groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) facing the surface (132) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对贴面(143)和与所述第二对贴面(143)连接的第 二压合面(144),所述第二对贴面(143)与所述第一对贴面(133)相对应设置,所述第二压合面(144)向着所述板材单元(10)的外侧延伸设置,所述第二压合面(144)的下方形成有第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side (14) with the first tongue and groove (22) is formed with a second pair of veneers (143) connected with the corresponding edges of the upper surface (11) and with the second pair of veneers ( 143) A connected second pressing surface (144), the second pair of veneers (143) are arranged corresponding to the first pair of veneers (133), and the second pressing surface (144) faces the The outer side of the plate unit (10) is extended and arranged, a second abutting surface (141) is formed below the second pressing surface (144), and the second abutting surface (141) is arranged vertically;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ;
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A second tenon (31) protruding to the outside is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer side surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);The second tongue groove (32) has a second upper groove wall (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);The second tenon (31) has a second top surface (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的且呈台阶状的第一凸阶(51),所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;Between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), a first convex step (51) protruding to the outside and in the shape of a step is formed, so the first convex step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的且呈台阶状的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;Between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141), a first groove (52) which is concave inward and has a stepped shape is formed. The first groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
    所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);The first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    所述第二凸榫(31)的第二底面(313)与所述第二竖向面(142)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸条(61),且所述第一凸条(61)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;A first convex strip (61) protruding outward is formed between the second bottom surface (313) of the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142), and the first convex The strip (61) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142);
    所述第二榫槽(32)的第二下槽壁(323)与所述第一竖向面(132)之间形成向内侧凹入的第一容槽(62),所述第一容槽(62)自所述第一 竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;A first accommodating groove (62) concave inward is formed between the second lower groove wall (323) of the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132). The groove (62) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132);
    所述第一容槽(62)与所述第一凸条(61)相适配,所述第一容槽(62)可容置所述第一凸条(61);The first accommodating groove (62) is adapted to the first protruding strip (61), and the first accommodating groove (62) can accommodate the first protruding strip (61);
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第一凸阶(51)及第一凹槽(52)、第一凸条(61)及第一容槽(62)与第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21), the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51), the first groove (52), the first convex The strip (61), the first accommodating groove (62), the second tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) cooperate with each other to be fastened and connected.
  57. 如权利要求56所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸榫(21)的第一底面(213)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 56, characterized in that, the first bottom surface (213) of the first tenon (21) and the abutting surface (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding a first relief (215);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一下槽壁(223)和所述限位面(42)连接形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The first lower groove wall (223) of the first tongue groove (22) and the limiting surface (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  58. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材,由板材单元(10)组装而成,所述板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);其特征在于,A counter-embedded locking plate, assembled from a plate unit (10), the plate unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four sides, wherein at least two opposite sides A first tenon (21) and a first tenon (22) are respectively formed on the sides (13, 14); it is characterized in that,
    带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第一对贴面(133)和与所述第一对贴面(133)连接的第一压合面(134),所述第一压合面(134)向着所述板材单元(10)的内侧延伸设置,所述第一压合面(134)的下方形成有第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置;The side edge (13) with the first tenon (21) is formed with a first pair of veneers (133) connected with the corresponding edges of the upper surface (11) and with the first pair of veneers (133) ) connected to the first pressing surface (134), the first pressing surface (134) extends toward the inner side of the plate unit (10), and a second pressing surface (134) is formed below the first pressing surface (134). an abutting surface (131), the first abutting surface (131) is arranged vertically;
    所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的下方还形成有第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)自所述第一竖向面(132)向着所述上表面(11)的方向凹入;A second tenon groove (32) is further formed below the first tenon (21), and a first vertical connection connected to the corresponding edge of the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon groove (32). facing surface (132), the second tongue groove (32) is concave from the first vertical surface (132) toward the direction of the upper surface (11);
    所述第一凸榫(21)与所述第二榫槽(32)之间形成有顶靠面(41);An abutting surface (41) is formed between the first tenon (21) and the second tenon (32);
    带有第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对贴面(143)和与所述第二对贴面(143)连接的第二压合面(144),所述第二对贴面(143)与所述第一对贴面(133)相对应设置,所述第二压合面(144)向着所述板材单元(10)的外侧延伸设置,所述第二压合面(144)的下方形成有第二对接面(141),所述第 二对接面(141)呈竖向设置;The other side (14) with the first tongue and groove (22) is formed with a second pair of veneers (143) connected with the corresponding edges of the upper surface (11) and with the second pair of veneers ( 143) A connected second pressing surface (144), the second pair of veneers (143) are arranged corresponding to the first pair of veneers (133), and the second pressing surface (144) faces the The outer side of the plate unit (10) is extended and arranged, a second abutting surface (141) is formed below the second pressing surface (144), and the second abutting surface (141) is arranged vertically;
    所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,且所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;The first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second butt surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) is concave inward from the second butt surface (141) ;
    所述第一榫槽(22)的下方还形成有向上凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142);A second tenon (31) protruding upward is further formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge connection corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). the second vertical face (142);
    所述第一榫槽(22)与所述第二凸榫(31)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the first tenon (22) and the second tenon (31);
    所述第二榫槽(32)和所述第一竖向面(132)的连接处设有向内侧凹入的第三榫槽(72),所述第三榫槽(72)自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入;The connection between the second tongue groove (32) and the first vertical surface (132) is provided with a third tongue groove (72) concave inward, and the third tongue groove (72) extends from the The first vertical surface (132) is concave inward;
    所述第二凸榫(31)与所述第二竖向面(142)的连接处设有向外侧凸出的第三凸榫(71),所述第三凸榫(71)自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出;The connection between the second tenon (31) and the second vertical surface (142) is provided with a third tenon (71) protruding to the outside, and the third tenon (71) extends from the The second vertical surface (142) protrudes outward;
    所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);The first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer side surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);The first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的且呈台阶状的第一凸阶(51),所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;Between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), a first convex step (51) protruding to the outside and in the shape of a step is formed, so the first convex step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的且呈台阶状的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;Between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141), a first groove (52) which is concave inward and has a stepped shape is formed. The first groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141);
    所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);The first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), and the first groove (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    借此,相邻的两个板材单元(10)可通过第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22)、第二凸榫(31)及第二榫槽(32)和第三凸榫(71)及第三榫槽(72)的相互配合而进行扣合连接。Thereby, the two adjacent plate units (10) can pass through the first tenon (21) and the first tenon groove (22), the second tenon (31) and the second tenon groove (32) and the third tenon The tenon (71) and the third tenon groove (72) cooperate with each other to perform snap connection.
  59. 如权利要求58所述的对嵌式锁扣板材,其特征在于,所述第一凸榫(21)的第一底面(213)和所述顶靠面(41)连接形成向下凸出的第一浮凸(215);The counter-insert locking plate according to claim 58, characterized in that, the first bottom surface (213) of the first tenon (21) and the abutting surface (41) are connected to form a downwardly protruding a first relief (215);
    所述第一榫槽(22)的第一下槽壁(223)和所述限位面(42)连接 形成向下凹入的第一锁槽(225)。The first lower groove wall (223) of the first tongue groove (22) and the limiting surface (42) are connected to form a downwardly concave first locking groove (225).
  60. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,其特征在于,包括如下步骤:A method for buckling an embedded locking plate, characterized in that it comprises the following steps:
    提供复数个板材单元(10),所提供的板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)以及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);A plurality of board units (10) are provided, and the provided board unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four side edges, wherein at least two opposite side edges (13, 14) are respectively formed on There are matching first tenons (21) and first tenon grooves (22);
    在带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置,所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出,所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);A first butting surface (131) connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11) is formed on the side (13) with the first tenon (21), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131). , the first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    在所述第一凸榫(21)的下方形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入,所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);A second tongue groove (32) recessed inward is formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) The connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132), and the second tongue groove (32) has a first vertical surface (132). two upper groove walls (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    在所述第二上槽壁(321)与所述第一底面(213)之间形成有顶靠面(41);A resting surface (41) is formed between the second upper groove wall (321) and the first bottom surface (213);
    在带有所述第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)上形成有与所述上表面(11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置,所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入,所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);A second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11) is formed on the other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22), the second abutting surface (141) is arranged vertically, the first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second abutting surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) extends from the second abutting surface (141) inwardly recessed, the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    在所述第一榫槽(22)的下方形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出,所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);A second tenon (31) protruding outward is formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). The connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142), and the second tenon (31) has a first two top surfaces (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    在所述第二顶面(311)与所述第一下槽壁(223)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the second top surface (311) and the first lower groove wall (223);
    在所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶(51),且所述第一凸阶(51)自所述 第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first The convex step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    在所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与所述第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;且所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);A first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141). The groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141); and the first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), the first groove (52) (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    带有第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)在同一平面移向带有第一榫槽(22)的另一板材单元(10),所述第一凸榫(21)开始进入所述第一榫槽(22)中,所述第二榫槽(32)开始罩扣于所述第二凸榫(31),让所述第一凸榫(21)的第一外侧面(212)顶靠在所述第一凹槽(52)对应的壁面,所述第一凸阶(51)对应的侧面顶靠于所述第二对接面(141),让所述顶靠面(41)顶靠在所述限位面(42)上,接着以按压的方式对带第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)边缘施力,经由所述限位面(42)的引导,让所述第一凸榫(21)进入所述第一榫槽(22)中、所述第一凸阶(51)进入所述第一凹槽(52)中、所述第二榫槽(32)卡扣于所述第二凸榫(31)上,即实现板材单元(10)间的双向锁扣连接。The sheet unit (10) with the first tenon (21) moves in the same plane towards the other sheet unit (10) with the first tenon (22), which starts to enter the In the first tongue groove (22), the second tongue groove (32) begins to cover the second tenon (31), so that the first outer side (212) of the first tenon (21) ) against the wall surface corresponding to the first groove (52), the side surface corresponding to the first convex step (51) abuts against the second abutting surface (141), so that the abutting surface (41) ) against the limiting surface (42), and then exerting force on the edge of the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) in a pressing manner, guided by the limiting surface (42), Let the first tenon (21) enter the first tenon groove (22), the first convex step (51) enter the first groove (52), and the second tenon groove ( 32) The second tenon (31) is snapped, that is, the two-way locking connection between the plate units (10) is realized.
  61. 一种对嵌式锁扣板材的扣合方法,其特征在于,包括如下步骤:A method for buckling an embedded locking plate, characterized in that it comprises the following steps:
    提供复数个板材单元(10),所提供的板材单元(10)具有上表面(11)、底面(12)以及四个侧边,其中至少两个相对的侧边(13,14)上分别形成有相适配的第一凸榫(21)及第一榫槽(22);A plurality of board units (10) are provided, and the provided board unit (10) has an upper surface (11), a bottom surface (12) and four side edges, wherein at least two opposite side edges (13, 14) are respectively formed on There are matching first tenons (21) and first tenon grooves (22);
    在带有第一凸榫(21)的一侧边(13)形成有与所述上表面(11)对应边缘连接的第一对接面(131),所述第一对接面(131)呈竖向设置,所述第一凸榫(21)形成于所述第一对接面(131)的下方,且所述第一凸榫(21)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出,所述第一凸榫(21)具有第一顶面(211)、第一外侧面(212)以及第一底面(213);A first butting surface (131) connected to the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11) is formed on the side (13) with the first tenon (21), and the first abutting surface (131) is vertical The first tenon (21) is formed below the first butt surface (131), and the first tenon (21) protrudes outward from the first butt surface (131). , the first tenon (21) has a first top surface (211), a first outer surface (212) and a first bottom surface (213);
    在所述第一凸榫(21)的下方形成有向内侧凹入的第二榫槽(32),所述第二榫槽(32)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)的对应边缘连接的第一竖向面(132),所述第二榫槽(32)的槽底自所述第一竖向面(132)向内侧凹入,所述第二榫槽(32)具有第二上槽壁(321)、第二内槽壁(322)以及第二下槽壁(323);A second tongue groove (32) recessed inward is formed below the first tenon (21), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tongue groove (32) The connected first vertical surface (132), the groove bottom of the second tongue groove (32) is concave inward from the first vertical surface (132), and the second tongue groove (32) has a first two upper groove walls (321), a second inner groove wall (322) and a second lower groove wall (323);
    在所述第二上槽壁(321)与所述第一底面(213)之间形成有顶靠面(41);A resting surface (41) is formed between the second upper groove wall (321) and the first bottom surface (213);
    在带有所述第一榫槽(22)的另一侧边(14)上形成有与所述上表面 (11)的对应边缘连接的第二对接面(141),所述第二对接面(141)呈竖向设置,所述第一榫槽(22)形成于所述第二对接面(141)的下方,所述第一榫槽(22)的槽底自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入,所述第一榫槽(22)具有第一上槽壁(221)、第一内槽壁(222)以及第一下槽壁(223);A second abutting surface (141) connected with the corresponding edge of the upper surface (11) is formed on the other side edge (14) with the first tongue groove (22), the second abutting surface (141) is arranged vertically, the first tongue groove (22) is formed below the second abutting surface (141), and the groove bottom of the first tongue groove (22) extends from the second abutting surface (141) inwardly recessed, the first tongue groove (22) has a first upper groove wall (221), a first inner groove wall (222) and a first lower groove wall (223);
    在所述第一榫槽(22)的下方形成有向外侧凸出的第二凸榫(31),所述第二凸榫(31)的下方形成有与所述底面(12)对应的边缘连接的第二竖向面(142),所述第二凸榫(31)的头部自所述第二竖向面(142)向外侧凸出,所述第二凸榫(31)具有第二顶面(311)、第二外侧面(312)以及第二底面(313);A second tenon (31) protruding outward is formed below the first tenon groove (22), and an edge corresponding to the bottom surface (12) is formed below the second tenon (31). The connected second vertical surface (142), the head of the second tenon (31) protrudes outward from the second vertical surface (142), and the second tenon (31) has a first two top surfaces (311), a second outer surface (312) and a second bottom surface (313);
    在所述第二顶面(311)与所述第一下槽壁(223)之间形成有限位面(42);A limiting surface (42) is formed between the second top surface (311) and the first lower groove wall (223);
    在所述第一凸榫(21)的第一顶面(211)与所述第一对接面(131)之间形成有向外侧凸出的第一凸阶(51),且所述第一凸阶(51)自所述第一对接面(131)向外侧凸出;A first convex step (51) protruding to the outside is formed between the first top surface (211) of the first tenon (21) and the first abutting surface (131), and the first The convex step (51) protrudes outward from the first abutting surface (131);
    在所述第一榫槽(22)的第一上槽壁(221)与所述第二对接面(141)之间形成有向内侧凹入的第一凹槽(52),所述第一凹槽(52)自所述第二对接面(141)向内侧凹入;且所述第一凹槽(52)与所述第一凸阶(51)相适配,所述第一凹槽(52)可容置所述第一凸阶(51);A first groove (52) concave inward is formed between the first upper groove wall (221) of the first tongue groove (22) and the second abutting surface (141). The groove (52) is concave inward from the second abutting surface (141); and the first groove (52) is adapted to the first convex step (51), the first groove (52) (52) can accommodate the first convex step (51);
    将带有第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)呈倾斜状态移向带有第一榫槽(22)的另一板材单元(10);使所述第一凸榫(21)部分插入所述第一榫槽(22)中,所述第二榫槽(32)部分罩扣于所述第二凸榫(31),让所述第一对接面(131)与所述第二对接面(141)相抵靠,接着将带有第一凸榫(21)的板材单元(10)进行旋转下压,让所述第一凸榫(21)进入所述第一榫槽(22)中、所述第一凸阶(51)进入所述第一凹槽(52)中、所述第二榫槽(32)卡扣于所述第二凸榫(31)上,即实现板材单元(10)间的双向锁扣连接。Move the board unit (10) with the first tenon (21) in an inclined state to the other board unit (10) with the first tenon (22); make the first tenon (21) part Inserted into the first tongue groove (22), the second tongue groove (32) is partially covered with the second tenon (31), so that the first butt surface (131) is connected to the second tongue (31) The abutting surfaces (141) abut against each other, and then the plate unit (10) with the first tenon (21) is rotated and pressed down, so that the first tenon (21) enters the first tenon groove (22) In the middle, the first convex step (51) enters the first groove (52), and the second tenon (32) is snapped on the second tenon (31), that is, the plate unit is realized (10) Two-way lock connection between.
PCT/CN2021/120635 2020-09-27 2021-09-26 Oppositely-embedded locking sheet material and fastening method WO2022063264A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011030067.1 2020-09-27
CN202011030067.1A CN112012426B (en) 2020-09-27 2020-09-27 Opposite-embedded type lock catch plate and buckling method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022063264A1 true WO2022063264A1 (en) 2022-03-31

Family

ID=73527784

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/120635 WO2022063264A1 (en) 2020-09-27 2021-09-26 Oppositely-embedded locking sheet material and fastening method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112012426B (en)
WO (1) WO2022063264A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112012426B (en) * 2020-09-27 2022-04-05 张棋惠 Opposite-embedded type lock catch plate and buckling method
CN112647670B (en) * 2020-12-18 2022-02-08 安徽国基通用技术有限公司 Hasp face and plate hasp connection structure

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07108638A (en) * 1993-10-07 1995-04-25 Ig Tech Res Inc Refractory panel
CN2573602Y (en) * 2000-02-02 2003-09-17 克罗诺斯番技术有限公司 Panel with connection profile
DE102005012827B3 (en) * 2005-03-17 2006-07-20 Johannes Schulte Panel for floor, wall and cover lining, has two locking borders, where each border has dome channels and dome bulges and flanks of bulges contact themselves, and dome grooves and dome bars that partially lie together with locking borders
CN2841815Y (en) * 2005-08-29 2006-11-29 德尔集团苏州木业研究院有限公司 The finger latch floor
CN201671289U (en) * 2010-05-10 2010-12-15 德尔国际地板有限公司 Retaining floor
CN205990727U (en) * 2016-07-29 2017-03-01 浙江晶通塑胶有限公司 Floor lock button
CN107806220A (en) * 2017-09-28 2018-03-16 张家铭 Lock-catch type plate and its peace tear method open
CN108789746A (en) * 2018-08-23 2018-11-13 浙江云峰莫干山地板有限公司 A kind of floor heating solid wood floor block bindiny mechanism and its processing method
CN112012426A (en) * 2020-09-27 2020-12-01 张棋惠 Opposite-embedded type lock catch plate and buckling method
CN212507192U (en) * 2020-09-27 2021-02-09 张棋惠 Opposite embedded type lock catch plate

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2641201Y (en) * 2003-12-26 2004-09-15 乐山吉象地板制品有限公司 Composite and locking to each other type floorings
CN2764854Y (en) * 2005-03-04 2006-03-15 孙和根 Heavy type clamped snap-close floor
DE202011110452U1 (en) * 2011-01-28 2014-02-11 Akzenta Paneele + Profile Gmbh paneling
CN102383569A (en) * 2011-07-02 2012-03-21 宣建民 Heated floor locks
CN203878929U (en) * 2014-05-30 2014-10-15 取卓材料科技(上海)有限公司 Double-lock-catch silicon-based floor board

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07108638A (en) * 1993-10-07 1995-04-25 Ig Tech Res Inc Refractory panel
CN2573602Y (en) * 2000-02-02 2003-09-17 克罗诺斯番技术有限公司 Panel with connection profile
DE102005012827B3 (en) * 2005-03-17 2006-07-20 Johannes Schulte Panel for floor, wall and cover lining, has two locking borders, where each border has dome channels and dome bulges and flanks of bulges contact themselves, and dome grooves and dome bars that partially lie together with locking borders
CN2841815Y (en) * 2005-08-29 2006-11-29 德尔集团苏州木业研究院有限公司 The finger latch floor
CN201671289U (en) * 2010-05-10 2010-12-15 德尔国际地板有限公司 Retaining floor
CN205990727U (en) * 2016-07-29 2017-03-01 浙江晶通塑胶有限公司 Floor lock button
CN107806220A (en) * 2017-09-28 2018-03-16 张家铭 Lock-catch type plate and its peace tear method open
CN108789746A (en) * 2018-08-23 2018-11-13 浙江云峰莫干山地板有限公司 A kind of floor heating solid wood floor block bindiny mechanism and its processing method
CN112012426A (en) * 2020-09-27 2020-12-01 张棋惠 Opposite-embedded type lock catch plate and buckling method
CN212507192U (en) * 2020-09-27 2021-02-09 张棋惠 Opposite embedded type lock catch plate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112012426B (en) 2022-04-05
CN112012426A (en) 2020-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022063264A1 (en) Oppositely-embedded locking sheet material and fastening method
US10738479B2 (en) Floor panel and floor covering consisting of a plurality of such floor panels
US8281549B2 (en) Floor panel, flooring system and method for laying flooring system
US10787821B2 (en) Locking type panel and panel connecting piece and connection method therefor
CN212507192U (en) Opposite embedded type lock catch plate
CN107806220B (en) Lock catch type plate and mounting and dismounting method thereof
AU2020400885B2 (en) Releasable joining system for floor panels, a floor panel, a floor system, a method for laying and a method for releasing a floor panel
TW201802331A (en) Buckle-jointed plate and mounting and dismounting method thereof wherein the plate is formed with a tenon and a mortise on at least two opposite edges for mutually buckling and assembling plate units
KR100862668B1 (en) An assembly type flooring block
WO2011026399A1 (en) Floor joint structure and floor therewith

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21871633

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21871633

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1